Quantcast
Channel: zoran rosko vacuum player
Viewing all 2176 articles
Browse latest View live

Erling Kagge - The book expands the concepts of silence and noise beyond their aural definitions and engages with modern culture’s information overload, need for constant connection, and cult of busyness. Kagge draws on his experiences as an explorer, including a solo sojourn to the South Pole

$
0
0
Image result for Erling Kagge, Silence: In the Age of Noise
Erling Kagge, Silence: In the Age of Noise Pantheon, 2017.   


What is silence?Where can it be found?
Why is it now more important than ever?
In 1993, Norwegian explorer Erling Kagge spent fifty days walking solo across Antarctica, becoming the first person to reach the South Pole alone, accompanied only by a radio whose batteries he had removed before setting out. In this book. an astonishing and transformative meditation, Kagge explores the silence around us, the silence within us, and the silence we must create. By recounting his own experiences and discussing the observations of poets, artists, and explorers, Kagge shows us why silence is essential to sanity and happiness—and how it can open doors to wonder and gratitude.



“Breathtaking and inspiring, it teaches us how to find precious moments of silence—whether we are crossing the Antarctic, climbing Everest, or the train at rush hour.”—Sir Ranulph Fiennes

Silence braces a space within which we can hear ourselves think. Quietly, wisely, it makes a case for dumbing the din of modern life, and learning to listen again. Drawing on the experiences of Kagge’s extraordinary life in wild places, this is a book of great concentration” —Robert Macfarlane

“Searing and soaring…. For Kagge, silence is more than the absence of sound: it is the incubator for thought, the conscious eradication of external distraction, and the ability to live in one’s own mind as fully as one lives in the physical world. Infused with powerfully evocative art and photographs that enhance his salient concepts, Kagge’s treatise on this endangered commodity provides an intriguing meditation for mindful readers.”—Booklist

Kagge (Under Manhattan), an explorer and publisher, provides 33 answers to three linked questions he poses to himself—“What is silence? Where is it? Why is it more important now than ever?”—in short, meditative essays. The book expands the concepts of silence and noise beyond their aural definitions and engages with modern culture’s information overload, need for constant connection, and cult of busyness. Kagge draws on his experiences as an explorer, including a solo sojourn to the South Pole and a climb up the Williamsburg Bridge, and on more mundane experiences such as his daily commute. He also takes inspiration from famous people as various as Seneca, Kierkegaard, Elon Musk, and Rihanna. An intentionally scattershot bibliography (“an attempt at listing those sources I can easily recall”) may frustrate those wishing to read further. Kagge writes accessibly and economically, supplementing the text with the occasional inclusion of art and photographs. He raises some intriguing ideas—regarding, for example, inequities in access to silence and the concept of silence as a luxury—that could benefit from more examination, but the format requires that he provide only minimal analysis. Great pleasure lies in Kagge’s creative investigations. The reader leaves more mindful of the swirl of distraction present in everyday life. —Publishers Weekly


A slender investigation into the idea of silence and its importance to those who dwell in the ceaseless noise of the modern world.
Norwegian explorer and publisher Kagge (A Poor Collector's Guide to Buying Great Art, 2015, etc.), the first person to reach all of the Earth's "three poles"—the North Pole, the South Pole, and the summit of Mount Everest—should be an expert on silence; he once spent more than 50 days trekking alone, without radio contact, to the South Pole in Antarctica, “the quietest place I’ve ever been.” A dinner conversation with his family and a lecture on the topic provided the author with the impulse to write this book, which consists of 33 attempts to answer a series of questions: "What is silence? Where is it? Why is it more important now than ever?" Drawing from his personal experiences, as well as conversations with artists, poets, athletes, philosophers, and musicians, Kagge challenges readers to grapple with the concept, inside of which, he contends, "the world's secrets are hidden." Interspersed with the short chapters are images, including photographs taken by the author during his expeditions and works by artists including Ed Ruscha and Catherine Opie. Despite its philosophical nature, the book is aimed at a general readership, and, befitting the subject matter, the narrative has a meditative quality. Kagge explores his subject from many different angles—not simply as the absence of sound but as a matter of human perception, a force both external and internal. Though they contain no startling revelations, his reflections provide a thoughtful approach to a topic of import to many who live in "the age of noise."
An eloquent and persuasive argument for the significance of silence, in all of its forms, from an author who has explored the limits of the human experience. - Kirkus Reviews


Erling Kagge: The power of silence in the smartphone age


THE COLLECTION_ Short Fiction from the Transgender Vanguard - one big step for transgender visibility in literature, and clearly sends the message that transpeople defy stereotypes

$
0
0
Image result for THE COLLECTION_ Short Fiction from the Transgender Vanguard,
THE COLLECTION_ Short Fiction from the Transgender Vanguard, Ed. by Tom Leger & Riley MacLeod, Topside Press, 2012.


A dynamic composite of rising stars, The Collection represents the depth and range of tomorrow’s finest writers chronicling transgender narratives. 28 authors from North America converge in a single volume to showcase the future of trans literature and the next great movements in queer art.
I met a girl named Bat who met Jeffrey Palmer / Imogen Binnie -- Saving / Carter Sickels -- To the new world / Ryka Aoki -- The cafe / R. Drew -- Black Holes / RJ Edwards -- Other women / Casey Plett -- Greenhorn / K. Tait Jarboe -- Tammy Faye / A. Raymond Johnson -- The queer experiment / Donna Ostrowsky -- Tomboy of the western world / Terence Diamond -- A Roman incident / Red Durkin -- An exquisite vulnerability / Cyd Nova -- Masks of a superhero / Mikki Whitworth -- Stones stand still / Madison Lynn McEvilly -- Two girls / Alice Doyle -- Runaways / Calvin Gimpelvich -- To do list for morning / Stephen Ira -- Winning the tiger / Katherine Scott Nelson -- A short history of my genders / MJ Kaufman -- Ramona's demons / Susan Jane Bigelow -- Dean & Teddy / Elliot DeLine -- Malediction and pee play / Sherilyn Connelly -- War with waking up / Noel Arthur Heimpel -- Cursed / Everett Maroon -- Birthrights / M. Robin Cook -- Ride home under a thuderstorm / Oliver Pickle -- Entries / Riley Calais Harris -- Power out / Adam Halwitz


It is difficult to estimate the number of transgender people in the United States. People do not indicate whether they are transgender on a Census form; they will check a box either for their biological sex or intended sex. Some transpeople simply identify as straight men or women, especially if they have completed their transition, and want no further discussion of their previous life. Other transpeople still identify as queer in one way or another, and may always identify as transgender whether or not they choose to transition. For other transpeople, their racial, ethnic, religious, cultural, or professional identity will come before their gendered one. It is a matter of personal choice. For these reasons, while no one has determined the number of transpeople in the United States, if the American transpeople stood up to be counted, they would compose an extremely diverse group of people, impossible to categorize.
Brooklyn transmen Tom Léger and Riley MacLeod met in 2002 at New York University while taking English and Creative Writing courses. Nine years later, they founded Topside Press with the intent of publishing authentic transgender narratives. Their short story anthology The Collection: Short Fiction from the Transgender Vanguard (Topside Press), coming to bookstores in October 2012, will be the inaugural publication of this independent press. Léger has observed that there is “a boom of transgender expression and culture…happening in the U.S. right now” and that “transgender people deserve great art.” For those souls living outside of New York City who may not have access to transgender theatrical productions, some really good books will do—books that present transpeople as whole, multidimensional characters that resist stereotype. With that charge, Léger and MacLeod posted a call for short stories written by and about transpeople through GLAAD and other national websites and listservs.
Léger and MacLeod have been working with various transgender communities for nearly ten years; Léger with transpeople in the arts, MacLeod with transpeople in the prison industrial complex. Through their own personal experiences, their work together on the STAGES Transgender Theater Festival in 2003, and correspondence with diverse groups of transpeople, Léger and MacLeod struggled to carve out a space for the true stories of transpeople. Not only did they get resistance from others in creating such spaces, but it was initially difficult to get transpeople to come forward with their stories, especially in theater. The written word—especially fiction—can provide anonymity for those transgender writers who might not want to reveal their own identities.
We will never know how many transgender writers exist in the world, but The Collection: Short Fiction from the Transgender Vanguard showcases twenty-eight of the boldest and brightest, including Carter Sickels (The Evening Hour, Bloomsbury USA 2012), Ryka Aoki (Seasonal Velocities, Trans-Genre Press 2012), Everett Maroon (Bumbling Into Body Hair, Booktrope 2012), Susan Jane Bigelow (Broken, Candlemark & Gleam 2011), Casey Plett (McSweeney’s), and Katherine Scott Nelson (Have You Seen Me, CCLAP 2011, Lambda Literary Finalist). Some anthologies contain one or two stories by big name authors to bring in sales; people read those stories and ignore the rest. The average reader might have no familiarity with the authors featured in The Collection, but it will make no difference. That person might start reading The Collection at the beginning, or at the story with the most eye-catching title…and they will keep readinguntil they finish the entire book. Without pedanticism or morality plays, all twenty-eight stories teach us something about the experiences of people who identify as transgender. At the same time, we may be so absorbed in the writers’ use of descriptive language, plot, or what the main characters are trying to achieve, that we may actually forget that these are stories about transgender people and just might say to ourselves, this is classic fiction, about people who we know, about things that we too have experienced!
The Collection contains stories about Yankees, Southerners, Midwesterners, and West Coasters; all colors, religions, cultures, ages, and educational levels are represented, making this book a true American anthology. Recurring themes of acceptance, assimilation, family ties, and the pursuit of dreams weave in and out of each story. Heroes arise from the least likely of tales. In Red Durkin’s “A Roman Incident,” seventeen-year-old Charlie Eaglethorne of Hope Hull, Alabama becomes a professional speed eater because it is the only way she can earn enough money to leave her hellhole of a nowhere town. Durkin puts the reader in Charlie’s skin, forcing the reader to gobble Buffalo chicken wings and smell the vinegary odor of human sweat, hot sauce, bleu cheese dressing and vomit while listening to the taunts directed at the fat girl, the faggot, the weirdo, the town pariah while she continues to stuff herself. Charlie has a choice—death by chicken wings, or death by the crowd. Midway through the competition someone hits her over the head with a green glass bottle; while blood, sweat, and Buffalo wing sauce blind her, Charlie keeps eating. She earns third place, but it is enough; she has won enough money—and enough self-respect—to leave Hope Hull alive. The brutish sensuality of gorging on chicken wings in the sticky Alabama heat, the ugliness of the crowd, and Charlie’s determination—rather than her transgender status—are the focal points of the story. At the same time, Durkin makes the reader wonder, if Charlie were not a transgirl in this redneck town, but simply a bullied teen, would she have put herself through the same agony to earn her freedom? Such a story is worthy of inclusion in a literature anthology for an English class.
I will be telling everyone about The Collection; it is one big step for transgender visibility in literature, and clearly sends the message that transpeople defy stereotypes. I hope to see more great work from all twenty-eight of these fresh writers. - Rachel Wexelbaum

Augusto Abelaira - a masterfully constructed narrative device not only generating a plethora of meanings for each reader, but also giving us the pleasure of watching a great ludic mind at work

$
0
0
Image result for Augusto Abelaira, O Bosque Harmonioso
Augusto Abelaira, O Bosque Harmonioso [The Harmonious Forest],Lisboa, O Jornal, 1982.


licobodiscivacacotopelinamgdevogradivenliptordugalsenturfgalipntocsersagalmutpvar
No, this is not some tongue-twisting onomatopoeic coinage from Finnegans Wake. As a matter of fact, in the language of  a certain tribe inhabiting the interior of Java Island, this word is habitually used  as the coordinate conjunction equivalent to the English and. Incidentally, these people make do with only thirty words most of which have multiple meanings. For example, the word trob can convey such disparate notions as “eagle”, “sea”, “milk”, “dog”, “stone”, “mother”, “son” as well as many other ideas.
We learn this curious but hardly trustworthy factoid from The Harmonious Forest,  a 16th century manuscript analysed by the narrator of Augusto Abelaira’s novel of the same name – a slim book with plenteous rewards. This Portuguese novel, published in 1982, follows in the footsteps of Jorge Luis Borges, Italo Calvino  and Umberto Eco in its playful treatment of history and textuality, its questioning of the reliability of written documents and its preoccupation with the blurred distinctions between forgery and authenticity, the copy and the original.
The novel itself is presented as a notebook kept by Arnaldo Cunha, a schoolteacher with scholarly ambitions who is constantly tormented by existential anxieties. The contents of the notebook are a hodgepodge of different texts that provide us with a glimpse of the narrator’s everyday life, his philosophical musings, and the subject of his research. There are four primary documents making up the text of the notebook. First of all, there is the Renaissance novel The Harmonious Forest written in Latin by the obscure 16th century traveller and polymath Cristovão Borralho. We get to know this work indirectly, either through translated excerpts or just through brief summaries provided  by Cuhna. Secondly, there is the biography of Borralho penned in Portuguese by his friend Gaspar Barbosa. Thirdly,  there are  copious annotations left in Barbosa’s biography by an anonymous 18th century political exile in Paris. Likewise, these two texts are made available to us as either quoted passages or the teacher’s retellings. Finally, the notebook contains the personal diary of Arnaldo Cunha in which he discusses the three above-mentioned texts as well as vents his numerous frustrations and insecurities. Since jumps between these four texts are rather abrupt, it requires a certain effort to keep track of the story gradually emerging through the interaction of  direct and indirect quotations, summaries, observations, digressions and interpolations. 
Arnaldo Cunha is a self-conscious parody of the typical protagonist in an existentialist novel. Oppressed by the absurdity and wretchedness of everyday life, he wants to achieve something significant, knowing all too well that he is neither talented nor ambitious enough to do that. He has a lot of interests in various fields that he feeds with disparate reading, but none of his enquieries are profound enough to let him make his mark in the world. He is trapped in the limbo between his immediate surrounding, which he considers low-brow and tedious, and the unattainable realm of  stellar performance and recognition. The only way to satisfy his ambitions seems to be writing an important work (think Antoine Roquentin from Nausea). However, he realises that it cannot be a work of fiction due to his lack of imagination, so the only option on the table is a critical study of somebody else’s work. And that somebody should be virtually unknown to the literary and critical establishment, so that it would be “easy to say new things without great effort”.  The mysterious Cristovão Borralho appears to the ideal candidate for such an enterprise.
The name will be familiar to those who have read The Travels of Mendes Pinto, a 16th century travelogue chronicling its author’s adventures in Asia and Africa that warranted  justified comparisons with Marco Polo’s famous Book of the Marvels of the World.  Cristovão Borralho is mentioned in The Travels several times as Fernão Mendes Pinto’s companion.  Borralho’s The Harmonious Forest is a patchy affair. Most of the book  is made up of  the tall tales shared by his comrades aboard an India-bound vessel on the eve of its fight with a Turkish galliot. The stories are either bawdy tales reminiscent of The Decameron or fantastic adventure stories with philosophical undertones bringing to mind some of Voltaire’s Contes and Swift’s satires. If we assume that the real author of these narratives is Borralho himself, then it becomes evident that the traveller and scholar had a precocious mind that greatly outstripped his epoch and envisaged already in the 16th century some of the developments in philosophy and science which would take place only centuries later. One of the funniest stories is ascribed to Tomé Lobo (who is also mentioned by Mendes Pinto). In it we learn of an island inhabited by astute macaques who have invented their own means of communications using a chest with golden pieces as their vocabulary. Each piece stands for a specific word, so in order “to talk” a monkey has to use the relevant tokens and then put them back into the chest. Everything changes, however, with the visit of the Portuguese explorers who introduce on the island the idea of God and thus trigger a language revolution which leads the monkeys to differentiating between the signifier and the signified and thus creating the prerequisites for the democratisation of discourse: the appearance of paper words, serviceable insofar as their value is backed up by the golden pieces, and accessible to all monkeys. Tomé Lobo’s account is not just a sweeping satire of the critical theories fashionable in the 1960-1970s (i.e. structuralism and poststructuralism) – it makes fun of the common human urge to create theoretical systems explaining the world and then regarding  them as the ultimate truth. Some of the macaques bear suggestive names: Planton, Fucô, Lunan.
By and large, when describing their encounters with the indigenous population of some exotic place, the local language is one of the primary objects of the explorers’ interest. Besides the already mentioned tribe, which communicates using just thirty words, we get to know an indigenous community that has a multitude of words for each thing, each of those reflecting its specific condition: i. e. they will use different words for an eagle, depending upon whether the eagle is in the sunlight, or in the moonlight, or under the rain, etc. There is also a tribe which uses the same word to denote completely different objects: they have, for example, one word for “fish”, “triangle”, and “moon”. When there is no food and a child is hungry it is enough for the mother to point at the moon/fish and the little one will be sated.
The discoveries of the Portuguese travellers are not limited to the seas, as becomes know from  Borralho’s account of his journey to the Moon under Mem Taborda’s captainship. Needless to say, the latter has also been lifted from Mendes Pinto’s travelogue. Just like in the story about the talking monkeys, the tranquil life of the indigenous community on the Moon is overturned by the ideas the Portuguese explorers bring along. Mem Taborda and his crew, carried in a makeshift sailing vessel to the Moon from the Tibetan mountains by favourable winds, shake the seemingly solid foundations of the communist utopia built by the Lunar inhabitants. The newly arrived discover to their surprise that the locals don’t have fire arms, work only three hours a day, do not have any private property, and think little of gold because of its sheer abundance on the Moon. At first, they  deride the insatiable greed driving the adventurous subjects of the expanding Portuguese Empire. But as the intruders depart with a load of gold, they have already infected the Lunar civilisation with their avarice, and when they come back in two years’ time, they can contemplate  all the fruits of a society obsessed with accumulating wealth: social inequality, lack of rescources, rebellions and repressions. 
The stories are not limited solely to the quests for new lands and the enrichment of the empire. We also learn about more personal quests presented as gripping allegories: one man’s quest for God and another’s for a woman.  The former is narrated by yet another seafarer from The Travels, Vicente Morosa. It is the story of a Chinese man called Xang Tu, who sets off on a journey looking for God after his wife’s death. He closely follows the tracks left by somebody he believes to be God, uttering each time when he stumbles upon some evidence of misery or destruction: “God has passed here.” In the long run, the man realises that it is actually the Devil he might be pursuing, ultimately failing to see the difference between the two. As for the quest for a woman, this story is not to be found in Borralho’s manuscript, perhaps due to its excessively racy content. Luckily for Arnaldo Cunha, this tale appears in Barbosa’s text, and he is more than happy to summarise it for us. The protagonist of this tale has sex with a masked woman at a Venitian-style ball, and the pleasure granted to him by her vagina is so great, that he dubs it “the harmonous forest” and dedicates all his life to finding its mysterious possessor. His glass slipper is the memory of his ecstasy, so he travels the world making various women “try it on” by the only method available to him, that is, by sleeping with them. “Proustian precursor of Henry Miller?” wonders the author of the notebook after finishing his summary of this tale. But what about his own quest, does he succeed in proving that he has discovered an unknow monument of 16th century travel writing?
There’s the rub, for lacking conclusive proof the manuscript’s authenticity at his disposal, Cunha is faced with several different possibilities, and not all of them are favourable for his grand project. The least harmful one is that Borralho never existed – Gaspar Barbosa invented him and wrote both The Harmonious Forest and the fake biography to avoid possible persecution at the hands of the Holy Office. But things could be worse. What if both Barbosa and Borralho are the witty inventions of the 18th century anonymous author of the marginalia? Then most of the revolutionary insights of the Renaissance scholar are nothing but anachronistic flourishes of a person observing the 16th century from the heights of the Enlightenment. And, of course, Cuhna’s discovery will be completely nullified if it turns out that all the three texts have been forged  in the 20th century. This issue never gets resolved, but come to think of it, nor does the protagonist’s anxiety about the meaninglessness of life. As he himself neatly sums up at the end of the novel: “All that bitterness. To know that life has no sense and still keep looking for it.” Let’s leave him there. We know that he is just a function, an “existentialist” seedling in the metafictional forest of Augusto Abelaira.
“The key to the treasure is the treasure”, John Barth famously wrote in 1973. Perhaps Arnaldo Cuhna would have a hard time accepting this postmodern principle, but, at the end of the day, this is what really drives his own story. What he might believe to be a failed attempt at a search for meaning through scholarly work and self-analysis, we should regard as a masterfully constructed narrative device not only generating a plethora of meanings for each reader, but also giving  us the pleasure of watching a great ludic mind at work. - theuntranslated.wordpress.com/2017/12/13/the-harmonious-forest-o-bosque-harmonioso-by-augusto-abelaira/


livros:
http://becamposmelo.blogspot.hr/2013/05/augusto-abelaira_15.html

Nathanaël - From out of agile and Celinian ellipses, Nathalie Stephens creates an asynchronous, transnational ‘discordance…in time,’ a hugely amplified recent past whose familiarity haunts us not as nostalgia but as trauma. The human body is facing a crisis” and “sex is immersed in hermaphrodism

$
0
0
Image result for Nathanaël, Feder, Night Boat,
Nathanaël, Feder, Night Boat, 2016. 

A singularly adventurous contribution to the worlds of mystery fiction, philosophy, and photography
 
With an English as ebullient as it is macabre, Nathanaël’s novel plunges its reader into a filmic world redolent of unsolved crime and suspicion. Part noir, part philosophical investigation, part literary subterfuge, Feder tenders image over evidence as it exfoliates the inside-out life of its protagonist Feder, at once aloof and queerly omniscient, with a propulsive intimacy that all but breeds a sense of the narrator’s complicity in the narrative’s central travesty. In this reality, municipal sewer systems are brimming with bodies drifted in with the tides, the last century’s architectures have gone unpeopled, and a minor mishap on a tram can cause the sudden death of a stranger across a continent. Feder offers no simple set of problems and solutions, but the texture of an electric curiosity at play in language.

Somewhere between philosophical treatise and pastiche of a high-modern novella, Nathanaël’s Feder: A Scenario marks the author’s tenth volume with Nightboat Books. Beautifully designed, Feder follows its eponymous main character through his mundane life of steady bureaucratic labor in a highly regulated dystopian society, “a world of silence” not altogether dissimilar from the contemporary United States. The narrative, stylistically broken and spliced, follows Feder to the moment that this mundanity is broken through linguistic and temporal revelation. “Tomorrow is not a word that had occurred to Feder before. The whole mechanism grinds to a halt.” Unfortunately for Feder, these revelations have lethal consequences.The book is invested in the traditions of authors like Albert Camus, Anne Carson, Julio Cortazar, and Maggie Nelson with its intellectual rigor and theoretical underpinnings (sharing, with Nelson for instance, a great respect for Wittgenstein). Decidedly cerebral, Feder doesn’t just involve the mind, it takes place there; the associative, disembodied voice of a narrator is quite nearly pure intellect. So much of what we are allowed to see of this world, just in snatches, is architectural, the manipulation of light and space acting as a kind of structural inspiration for the narrative. What’s more, the philosophical mode has poetic qualities and both of these are dressed up in the façade of prose. This was a mode of many the philosophers in Feder’s pages: the fictional scenario to illustrate a point. While the prose is occasionally opaque in intention, the book finds its denouement in a remarkably beautiful lyric section entitled “Topography of a Bird.”
“The bubonic hour is reserved for everyone,” the Delphic narrator says in this final section. Perhaps “Topography of a Bird” appeals to the reader as a kind of rich foil for the relatively stark syntax of the rest of Feder. The section itself is concerned with a certain kind of revolution after the death of Feder, even if only a personal revolution in the thought processes of the two characters, Anders and Sterne, who reside in these lush sentences
Carson has her deft humor and Nelson a lively messiness, even Camus and Cortazar have the weight of sheer weirdness to balance out some of the denser portions of their texts. Nathanaël uses the immaculate structural intricacies of pretense and simulation as a counterweight for Feder’s density. There are so many gestures toward recognizable narrative and familiar structures. The art in these gestures lies in that fact that they rarely resolve, instead often getting purposefully obscured in technical jargon or minutiae. These gestures are laid atop one another until, to borrow an image from the book, like so many images on a single piece of film they lose all sense of immediacy, “a thick amassment of detail, so intricate as to be indiscernible. . . . The surface fallen from itself, as it were; a strange luminescence.”
So often these narrative structures imitate riddles, or games. “For a moment Feder believes he is being watched. It is a game he likes to play with himself.” This comes, again, from the philosophers’ scenario method of explanation: If we have someone named Feder with y and z qualities and we understand that the world in which he lives has a and b conditions and he is put in whatever situation, what happens? In this way revelations can be thought of as parallel to punchlines. The thing about this book is it never reaches a punchline or revelation, instead exploring scenarios via non sequitur and collaged narrative structure.
“We have made ourselves manifest. Now, there is no one left to see.” When Feder manifests himself as a temporal being, one with a past, present, and future (or put in a more classical context a beginning, middle, and end, therefore manifesting as a dramatic being, as well), he comes to his end. In much this way, the book itself defies understanding, glancing off direct appeals to meaning. Its genre is amorphous, its style at turns deeply engaging then coldly exclusive. Feder is a puzzle, a dramatized mental game, some rules of which readers might feel like they are missing. But, this reader is certainly ready to hear the riddle again; maybe next time I’ll catch on. - Trevor Ketner  https://www.lambdaliterary.org/reviews/01/21/feder-a-scenario-by-nathanael/

Writer and translator Nathanaël’s (The Middle Notebooks) latest is a slim, obscure “scenario” in which philosophical musings on architecture, the photographic image, and epistemology are layered atop a bare-bones narrative foundation. History, this elliptical book seems to imply, is too violent, chaotic, and vast to perceive in all its complexity; rather, the historical record is like a photograph left “to macerate too long in the developer... [a] thick amassment of detail, so intricate as to be indiscernible.” The enigmatic protagonist is Feder, “a man, who is no man, in a time, which is no time.” He is a creature of habit, marching up the same stairs to the same desk in a soulless architectural complex, where he works as a functionary assigned various vague tasks. Feder investigates an unidentified corpse languishing at the bottom of a stairwell, only to be eventually deemed guilty for some unspecified offense. The cipher-like Feder is at once vital to the smooth operation of the state mechanism and utterly replaceable, a body as expendable as the ones constantly washing ashore and onto the city streets. Thick, theory-heavy prose abounds—“The coincidence of reflectivity and transparency provokes an unresolvable somatic contradiction which is most apparent at a building’s flexion”—but Nathanaël’s idiosyncratic vision and patches of desert-dry absurdist humor add a pleasurable element to the reader’s book-length bafflement. - Publishers Weekly

There are some works in literature that attempt to express the ineffable. Kafka was one of the practitioners of this dark art. Joyce, Beckett. The Modernist canon contains some of these heroic attempts to make intelligible a sense of the absurd that has crept into the consciousness and conception of human history, of human existence itself. Some writers, like the existentialists of the mid-20th century, used almost conventional narrative devices to convey to the reader what is being attempted. I think of Camus’ “The Stranger” or “The Fall”, or Sartre’s “Nausea”.
Within this tradition of Modernity is an oft-neglected strain of narrative and writing that arises with the early 20th century avant-garde. Cubism, Futurism, Surrealism; spanning countries as diverse as Russia, Italy, and France, these three movements of the avant-garde brought (amongst other artistic accomplishments) written works like those of Filippo Tommaso Marinetti, Emilio Settimelli, Daniel Burliuk, Daniil Kharms, and Velimir Khlebnikov.
The tradition of the experimental novel has far from been abandoned. Some writers have even gone on to have some success (or at least a succès d’éstime) with mild experimentation (such as Donald Barthelme, William Gass, or Flann O’Brien among many others).
But what is experimental literature? An easy definition is that it is written work that emphasizes innovation and technique. If this is the case, most experimental literature fails to interest because it is not interested in deeper subjects or themes.
In “Feder”, the latest book by Nathanaël, experimental literature achieves a certain kind of apotheosis as technique is merged with a philosophical sensibility that creates a poetic vision of darkness that is both mesmerizing and aesthetically beautiful.
Nathanaël, author of over twenty books including translations of experimental writers, has been tracing an interesting path in literature that deserves to be followed. Her work is usually presented as essays, but they are more than that. I have seen where they are described as “intergenre”. And this, I believe is accurate. The limit of any definition is in our attempts to describe her work using conventional descriptors, not in the work itself.
“Feder” is a self-described “scenario”, but perhaps the word is used in English (where it exists with one meaning) but meant in French (where it exists but has a different meaning). Since Nathanaël is both a French and English writer, she uses the English language much like Nabakov, using certain words as in the above example, words that may have multiple meanings in either language, or words that may be neologisms but when read in context, they are immediately understood. This suppleness, this plasticity demonstrates an ability to view and use the English language in ways perhaps a unilingual English writer is not capable of.  
This is not a novel, but it isn’t poetry, either. Indeed, to me it reads more like a “screenplay” of an imaginary movie that can never be made due to the impossibility of realizing mise-en-scenes that could not be reproduced on celluloid, oneiric imagery of the type found in one of the hermetically-packed paragraphs such as this: “The water was brought to a very high temperature according to custom and the people moved around on their knees. In moments when the structure was overturned, the people appeared to be suspended from a sky of concrete.” 
And yet the book is poetic. Poetry abounds here in dazzling fragments that are beautiful, breathtaking. One key here, I think, is to understand that the writer is using a very compact language that is purposely freighted with symbolic meaning. The use of the English language is clear but also dense, like a solid block of crystal – or ice. There is no narrative, unless it exists in a fragmented state, individual lines delivered within the book that are sparkling, evocative.
And a narrative does emerge, a nightmarish one. The structure is deceptively simple, but contains hints, references to other works, to historical reality. Simplicity such as that is evidenced by e.e. cummings, a poet whose work many see as “easy” to replicate but when attempted, isn’t so easy.
This density presupposes both intelligence on the part of the reader as well as a willingness to follow the shimmering labyrinth of language that Nathanaël deploys in the book.
Examples abound of the richness of the poetic language: “A body scarcely visible runs from the camera. One imagines it victorious in flight, over the hill and into oblivion. Or else ligatured to a horizon of hope.” “The human instinct is distinctly cannibal.” “A body propels itself now through a revolving door, spinning with the centuries.” “To be cast as the last of the last is to bequeath oneself to a fastidious past.”
There are echoes – perhaps shadows is a better word – of other works; Kafka, certainly, but others as well, such as Beckett’s novels (“Malone Dies” for example). In the final section -- which, in a frenzied coda that spouts an avalanche of images, where the language breaks down to an almost dizzying train of aphorisms or non sequiturs which remind one of Cioran or even Nietzsche -- there is a personage named Sterne, perhaps a reference to the grandfather of all experimental writers?
The mention of other artists and writers are oblique and abstract. Since the over-arching structure of the book, like a crystalline spider-web flecked with dew, is barely visible and implies some kind of dystopic reality, I was stunned to find (what I believe to be) a reference to “Nunca Más”, the title of two books (one in Brazil, “Nunca mais”, and one in Argentina, “Nunca Más”) that were exposés of the inhuman abuses suffered by prisoners during the military dictatorships that brutalized two South American countries in the 60’s and 70’s. These documents were gathered by activists and released as books with those titles.
This supposition was furthered by a direct mention of “Guerra Sucia”, a term which was first used in the context of the horrors unleashed by the Argentine military in that country against the populace, in particular young radicals and activists.
It is only vaguely implied in its setting, perhaps like a fragment of a bone found in a boulder field, an inexplicable fossil. My inference is only further suggested because of a “character” named Argentina, who seems to be doomed like many of the young people who were brutally tortured and murdered by these authoritarian regimes.
But again, the suggestions, the hints are purely imagination – or perhaps real? Section II of the book is entitled, in Italian, “Prigioniere”: Prisoners. Are Feder and Argentina prisoners, as all citizens are in a repressive military regime? Again, the subtlety could be misleading or simply my own hallucination.
There are mentions of the Jugendstil, Antonioni’s process of latensification; quotes from Hobbes, Wittgenstein, Walter Benjamin, Georges Didi-Huberman that preface sequences, like bars of gold placed before the entrance to a dungeon cell… but these quotes or references don’t strike me as needless or random. Rather, they appear to be placed strategically in an arcane, occult manner, like a spread of tarot cards. Seemingly random at first read, they are there for a reason.
If there is one criticism, then, of “Feder”, it would be that annotations, tracing some of the references, implied or inferred, real or imaginary might be of use. Like Joyce’s “Ulysses” or the “Cantos” of Pound, works that benefited from companions to, or annotations of, those works, annotations to “Feder” might increase the enjoyment of the book, or certainly help to confuse more with an even further layer of symbols and meanings inferred by the reader of the text.
Ultimately, this book is enjoyment. This might not seem the case, dealing as it does with dark, foreboding themes and symbols that deal with what appears to be the unrelenting horror of a man living in a totalitarian, dystopic state. The book’s poetry, its struggle to express that ineffability mentioned earlier, to watch a writer intentionally write with both aesthetic beauty and technical difficulty is marvelous, and awe-some--in the original meaning of the word--makes this work, for me, one of joy and pleasure of a highly distilled literary kind.  
What is an experimental literature? Unlike the description mentioned above, I think that an experiment is an attempt to create something outside of consensual complacency or accommodation, to provoke emotion, visions, to realize the potential of what literature can achieve.
In a world of so much hyper-commodified palaver, of sterile and uninspired writing that is as nourishing to the soul as fast food is to the body, of unimaginative literature barely worthy of the term that re-treads tired stories and plots, "Feder" experiments and ends in a victory of the resistive power of literature.
Reading works like that by Nathanaël changes you in a subtle, almost imperceptible way. - Manuel Morales y Méndez  http://www.pilsencommunitybooks.org/feder/



Nathanaël, The Horses That Come Out of Our Heads

Continuous movement coupled with the inability or unwillingness to settle down in one place or another is not exactly something that most people are accustomed to grasp without harsh judgment (acknowledged or not), especially when the subject of movement is perceived as a “woman” expected to embody domesticity, or more accurately, docility. On such adverse terms, experiencing an acute sense of displacement and alienation comes as no surprise, and eventually, the force of gravity inflicted by the reality might force one’s thoughts to materialize into words on paper, even if the paper might very well be shredded to pieces later.
Registering rituals of migration similar to the ones performed by non-humans while also trying to wipe out distances of various nature, Nathanaël’s The Horses That Come Out of Our Heads is forwarded as a chapbook that folds and unfolds according to its own invisible maps, in the same way non-humans (particularly birds) use landmarks to chart their territories and movement patterns, landmarks that are most likely to stay imperceptible to the human eyesight and logic. It is a sequence of arrivals and departures, all marked by the dreary feeling that there is actually no escape from constant surveillance, internal or external — in fact, all animals see to be living under a totalitarian regime of some sort and humans are no exception.
There are shelters along the way, spaces inhabited by silences and ambiguity that are safe as long as they preserve their anonymity. They are spaces that also function as places of passing and mourning. But the defensive, even murderous architecture, with structures and patterns that refuse comfort to the homeless while also erasing the brutality of colonial past and enslaved labor, is still here, a reminder that “natural” flows have been interfered with and manipulated by humans in a narcissistic endeavor to reflect their own image. One might choose to look at such buildings in awe, but this would also mean that the gaze has been tamed as well — to naturalize murder by erasing any evidence of it.
The French, as much as the Americans, are more or less dissimulated arms dealers; even though it is said that hunting grounds are better managed in the United States — but this relativism is already suspect to me — I question this word management which is nothing more than a permission to kill, which cloaks itself, then, in the force of the law in order to exonerate itself both of its malicious intent, and its wile.

The admiration that a cathedral or some ancient construction can incite should at least be mitigated by just as vast a sentiment of horror as to what its construction entailed in slavery, and brought about as mortality (murder).
More often than not, voyages stand for mere escapism — immersing oneself in trendy scenery but without really listening or paying attention to the newly emerging contexts. These are also the kind of voyages that one takes without leaving preconceived ideas behind and which do little more than reaffirming the human expansion at the expense of everything else while compassion gets directed only at oneself, leaving no room for empathy towards other persons and getting replaced by narcissism in no time.
But with its sketches of blurred geographies and doses of memories and writing that collide against instances of biting loneliness and self doubt, The Horses That Come Out of Our Heads does more than simply defying conventional genres, particularly the linear, chronological storytelling avowed by the memoir genre. It also refuses any kind of closure or nostalgia despite being assembled from memories that might stand for a subtle attempt at surviving banalities and disturbing realities without using journeys as an easy way out. One’s body might find rest in self-imposed solitude and the spaces between things without limiting them, either by defining them in human terms or perceiving them exclusively through normative lens only to modify them later. Writing attempts that are not committed to recalling anything can even obscure this body, but not its desires.
The most atrocious orgasm is the one that arises in sleep. The wound of what sleeps, and sleeping, breaks against the body, the very rock of the capsized, all drowned, off the shore of that unhabituated desire.

I sleep and I come. You are waiting for me there as ever you have awaited me, younger, alive. There are no ghosts, only the extension of a cruelty which belongs to oblivion. You come out of oblivion and you say: You love me. More than anything and anyone.
The Middle Notebookes

Nathanaël,The Middle Notebookes, Nightboat Books, 2015.

Winner of the Publishing Triangle Award for Trans and Gender Variant Literature
Nathanaël’s philosophical notebooks propose a poetics of intimate engagement with mortality. The Middle Notebookes began in French, as three carnets, written in keeping with three stages of an illness: an onset and remission, a recurrence and further recurrence, a death and the after of that death. But the narrative only became evident subsequently; the malady identified by these texts was foremost a literary one, fastened to a body whose concealment had become, not only untenable, but perhaps, in a sense, murderous. It is possible, then, that more than anything, these Notebookes attest both to the commitment, and the eventual, though unlikely, prevention of, a murder
All of Nathanaël’s prose seeks the terminal poem, the poem that passes into action, that passes through the window, invents the outwards of being, which is not being but becoming, innocently. There is no more prosaic poem than what today Nathanaël’s writing attempts. For this poet narrative speaks of nothing, it doesn’t evoke, nor does it convoke: this writing is in movement toward the new man, the origin and the end of all philosophy as of all literature. In hatred of the novel and in hatred of the cinema, Nathanaël invents a new manner of registering and of representing the humanized living. Let us name this an erotic pictogrammatology. Alain Jugnon


http://www.upne.com/images/covers_large/9781937658052.jpg



Nathanaël,Sisyphus, Outdone.Nightboat,2012.

Here, Nathanaël engages the catastrophal—photographic, translative, architectural—calling to the scene a discrepant combinatory of voices including Ingeborg Bachmann, Ludwig Wittgenstein, and Dmitri Shostakovich, to insist on the relational and seismic state of language and the image.

“Troubling borders separating disciplines, dividing countries, and distinguishing words, Nathanaël’s texts borrow meticulously and programmatically from other authors, literalizing the Barthesian ‘tissue of quotations’ as they also draw incestuously from, and thus plicate, her own oeuvre. Each writing is thus in itself, and in relation to Nathanaël’s larger corpus, beset by the calculated vertigo of écriture, as Nathanaël enacts obsessive returns to a cluster of characteristic concerns, each time with a change of lens that profoundly informs her renewed scrutiny and its consequences.” —Judith Goldman

Sisyphus, Outdone. Theatres of the Catastrophal, by Nathanaël, was launched into the world at the Corpse Space on Milwaukee Avenue last Wednesday evening, in the presence of the author and Daniel Borzutsky (my discussants in open conversation), and a sizeable yet intimate crowd.
This is one of a score of books recently issued by Nathanaël, who writes between genres: that word genre referring to both genre and gender, in the French sense—in what is much more than a pun transgressing tongues, but instead a primary aperture onto the unflaggingly, unapologetically seismic, fracturing and yet twinning, hermaphroditic terrain of this author’s mind. I was asked to open the space to a voicing of this latest text, which is in conversation with all of the prior, and whose very body models the reconception of the self as, to cite Nathanaël, “in seism.”
I’ll transcribe here my opening remarks as moderator about the text as counterboulevard:
The work is clearly related to Nathanaël’s earlier texts in being composed as from within a thicket of discussants, both living and on paper, and including herself. However, formally speaking, Sisyphus, Outdone pulls itself apart to a greater extent. It is as though the threads in what Judith Goldman justly calls Nathanaël’s “tissue of citations” had been yanked convulsively to make the threshold/voids between voices more palpable—as in translation. The frontispiece in fact features the formula for the “equation of dynamic crack growth,” courtesy of Michael O’Leary.
I think of course of Benjamin’s Arcades Project, since Benjamin was the one who said of translation that “if the sentence is the wall before the language of the original, literalness is the arcade”: literalness being a structure of innumerable, unapologetic thresholds.
In the open thresholds signaled by white space on the page we are subjected to the difficulty, and silent undertaking, of advancing from one voice or citation to the next in “disappointed bridges” (cited from Joyce on page 53), “Bawling by architecture’s apertures” (68).
And in fact, the status of the “advance” is thrown into question by this work, which is constantly doubling doors, seeing the threshold of text and abode as both exit and entryway, a text that can reverse, repeat, revise, the “instant cast backwards.” And this itself has to do with the “repetition at the heart of catastrophe” that Cathy Caruth theorizes and Nathanaël reperforms.
- oikost.com/

Sisyphus, Outdone.Theatres of the Catastrophal
In lieu of an abstract, here is a brief excerpt of the content: [ extract ]
§ "Ways of dying also include crimes."
§ I feel myself of another time, as though there were other time.
§ Side by side or superimposed, Paul Virilio's Tilting bunker and Michal Rovner's Outside #2 exacerbate - they reiterate - the time of decay : Rovner's over-exposures bring to the surface of the Bedouin house its temporal degradation, granting it oblique equivalency with the bunker sinking into the sand. Rovner slows time, measuring its imprint, extruding from the house in the desert the implanted time of accelerated degradation. What Virilio's bunker exposes (documents) Rovner's anticipates by ennervation. There is the subjective disclosure of the subject's disintegration in time, in a frame. What I see, in each instance, is not a house nor a bunker, but the work of time, the anticipation and accomplishment of death's (de)composition.
§ Un événement de lumière.
§ An event of light which is or might be a storm. Light storming the house in the desert. Light, which in this instance, is, has the potential to be, catastrophal. Bringing about. Standing the house more still.
§ The photograph lacks definition. A world (worlds) undefined.
§ The photograph does not lack definition. It draws out that which by definition is undefined. Undiscerned by instrument. Absent of designation.
§ Do I kiss it back.
§ Death's (de)composition is (also) a theatre of war.
§ What are we waiting for.
§ In Guy Hocquenghem's aspiration to objectless desire and Hervé Guibert's consideration of subjectless photography there is the intimation of the removal of a self in order to unburden a context of its context. A voice without language or touch without touch.
§ "La sexualité indépendante de tout objet ... sujet et rejet même."
§ In the last of language, language is subjectless. It ruins itself against an embarrassing hope for more. Its perversion is less than this. Less than its desire for itself.
§ Its rejection.
§ A ruined language is a language with neither subject nor object. It says nothing (or too much) of where it has been. Intimacy is, in this instance, intimation: "La ruine nous conduit à une expérience qui est celle du sujet dessaisi, et paradoxalement il n'y a pas d'objet à cette expérience."
§ Who was there in the first place.
§ The door is always open. This might be History's proviso. An inhospitable hospitality. Suspect and ill at ease.
§ The I might be a catastrophist. Taking turns. Turning out.
§ Seismically speaking, a split self is rendered unavowably speechless. Self without self. Irreferent.
§ Is it for lack of place.
§ Or: a siteless retort, pronounced out of place. The site ridded of seeing may be a way away from pronouncement. Built or borne.
§ This is Heidegger's declaration: "The proper sense of bauen, namely dwelling, falls into oblivion." This is the case, also, of the proper senses. Undwelled, obliviated.
§ The impropriety with which, for example, we are secluded.
§ For example: we bereave the sense of our freedoms.
§ A house which is built into its destruction.
§ RY King's photographic dissolve marks the paper immutable. (Figure 1) Immutable in that it is always imbricated in a mechanism of deterioration. In this improper sense, the image is not separable from its degradation. Its substances are both paper and light. Thus they are neither, as they run into each other.
§ The bird, in this instance, which is scarcely discernible, is in a field of apparent surfaces. It comprises the surface by which it becomes visible, an irregularity on a structure of hay bales in a field of depleted colour. The photograph misdirects its intention. It intends for me to fall in.
§ In to America.
§ The identification of a site is improper in...
 

Theatres of the Catastrophal: A Conversation with Nathanaël
By Geneviève Robichaud
On the occasion of the release of her most recent book, Sisyphus, Outdone. Theatres of the Catastrophal (Nightboat Books, 2012), Nathanaël and I shared a conversation.
Lemon Hound
Geneviève Robichaud:It is the impact of the fragment, the assemblage, the collaborative element of your new book, Sisyphus, Outdone. Theatres of the Catastrophal, that interests me at this juncture and that compels me to gesture to certain parts of my traversée (not fully articulated as a réplique, per se, but as an experience nonetheless). I will begin with your own beginning, the one after the epigraphs, before the first series of tableaux begin. Je suis au seuil de la porte. It is the place where, in Sisyphus, “Someone carries a door through a door. | This is demonstrable.” Is there such a place as an in between space?
Nathanaël: It is unclear to me that one can speak of beginnings with Sisyphus. It seems to me that with this work’s concern with belatedness, there is a refutation (possibly) of anything resembling an advent. To be perhaps too literal with it, the epigraphs are wrested from the midsts of works, the equation included with the epigraphs is extracted from a much more complex calculus, itself tied to an undisclosed conversation, and even the frontispiece, with its mathematical deliberations, is only part of a much larger problem. Sispyhus itself, by which I mean the book, is residual at its very beginnings. One could, I suppose, make this claim of any text, since it is organised with elements of language that are themselves, of necessity, and by design, belated: they come after. Here, however, there is no assurance given that any beginning is without suspicion as to its instigation. Does the text begin where you have indicated (with, what might be treated as a further epigraph, or else a mathematical problem), or with the lone word “Still” with its semantic instabilities. If I am placing so much emphasis on the question of beginning, it is because of its eventual relationship to the between you have chosen to question. In Sisyphus, I think the question is quickly dispensed with; this work is concerned with reiterative endings, moments just past the last, as it were, too late. As for me, if I granted as much attention as I did to a so-called between space, in prior works, it was, I think, in error; a temporal error that allowed for bracketings. Here, everything is at once gaping and violently contained.
GR: The idea of “the gaping and violently contained” is provocative, as is your method of culling citations from a large repertoire of works and authors, meticulously re-staging them to create a conversation between passages. I use the word “passage” here deliberately – not only to gesture to the textual fragments that are assembled in Sisyphus but also in regards to my own experience reading the work as a kind of traversée. What is the connection, if any, between the idea of a “passage” (especially if we consider the work of the passage or fragment as an invitation to move from one site to another) and the catastrophal, or is it the arrangement of the fragments, like a musical score, that results in the feeling that one is passing through something that re-emerges as the same, yet-not-quite-the-same? Another manner of posing the question would be to ask: to what extent has the idea of a false in-between, “a temporal error that allowed for bracketings” in your older works, made possible a kind of reification of time and perhaps even of space in Sisyphus?
N: I might hazard, in return, that the traversals in question with their temporal inclination toward desuetude – the passager, who is both, in French, passenger, and passing (transitory), substantive and epithet, which is to say, outdone, or overstepped, convokes the very threshold which is surmised at the outset of Sisyphus, with the figure of the double door; though this is imprecise, it is two doors, most likely, one inside another, evidently a material impossibility, because this would imply the simultaneous occupation of a single point in space of more than one door. And here, I have elided the figure of the someone carrying the door. What you identify as “the same, yet-not-quite-the-same” may already be indicative of the movement you ask after. I could say, for example, that for a time, I imagined translation as a movement between texts; in this case, the traversals are many; only the boundary across which the text must be carried, if we are to follow the by now much-abused etymology of the term translate, reveals itself to be disintegrative, friable. Which amounts to the destruction of all identifiable coordinates – temporal or otherwise. In translation, I have come to understand that what is most ignored, in conversations about translation, is the moment at which the texts come to pieces; the boundary, amplified, is extenuated, it ceases to exist. The catastrophal, in this sense, disallows the convenience, the privilege, of an interimary moment, because the reprisals are all driven into one another, with equal vigor and violence. I have no interest in making a theory out of this, but of thinking it through its own thinking – the most telling indicator for me, is in the misapprehension of language, and in its misconstrual of the mind, the body, whichever and however they contraverse one another. The various instances of this which arrive at Sisyphus are already broken in the ways they reveal themselves to be. In a sense, this evidences the destruction of pasts, which are active in the time of the work as it is alluded to. An example of this might be Shostakovich’s decision to dedicate a quartet to himself (not incidentally the eighth). The composer anticipates the pall which has already fallen upon his work. To imagine himself dead, thus, and without a reciprocal text, compels him to determine it, to determine, in effect, his own post-mortem, a posteriori, from out of his vital course. What happens, in language, and with this decision, is the confounding of times, and the belying, precisely, of Sisyphus’s traversals. But it would be an error to place excessive emphasis on the citations collected into Sisyphus. They arrive, fragmentary, and punctual, in the midst of a text that is otherwise concerned with its own indeterminate elaboration: which is to say it is a written thing.
GR: Can you elaborate on what you mean by “the moment [in translation] at which the texts come to pieces” (I love that idea) and what Sisyphus or the orchestration of the “theatres of the catastrophal” has illuminated for you?
N: Translation’s disintegrative states have become something of a preoccupation; what I mean – and I’m still thinking this through – is that the instabilities instigated by translational acts are written into the text. Photographic processes have proven very instructive in relation to this. For example, Antonioni writes of the endless inscription onto photographic film of visual, material information that escapes the eye’s scrutiny. Prolonged development processes will reveal the ostensibly endless latent images contained in a single frame of film. In theory, one could expose an image ad infinitum, culling from the celluloid more and more infinite detail. But we know from a photographer such a Josef Koudelka, who practices a very sensitive relationship to time, that excessive development will produce a pitch black photograph – one could imagine this as the absolute, the most complete photograph, in which the intricate detail produces a solid, impenetrable mesh of opacity. In which everything is inscribed and nothing is legible. A corollary exists in translation, and it is the moment at which the texts – foregoing the bilateral language of source and target texts (with its tidy between, and problematic direction) – the texts, with their languages, enter into disintegrative states. It has something to do with proximities and loss of intelligibility. It has something also to do with vigilation. The moment at which one is most focused might be the moment one must close one’s eyes out of sheer intensity. Something is, of necessity, eradicated, in one’s apprehension of — disaster, say. Absolute vigil does not, can not, exist. The senses cannot abide such demand.
A friend recently directed me to a photograph of the Chernobyl disaster – this photograph of ejected graphite from the Chernobyl core – literalises the exact problem I am referring to. The radioactivity is visible as a disturbance in the photographic field. And the photographer, uncredited, though likely a Soviet authority, died as the photograph was taken; the cause of his (?) death is both the photograph and the radiation. The two become indistinct and determining for one another. In this, it might be useful to return to several of the acceptions of catastrophe, which are crucial to Sisyphus, namely, a “final event,” “a sudden and violent change in the physical order of things” (in Sisyphus, it is the seism, or earthquake, which functions as principle exemplar), and “the change […] which produces the conclusion of a dramatic piece,” all of which with their connotations of calamity. As I was writing Sisyphus, I had in mind Genet’s text “L’étrange mot d’…” in which the morbid necessity for a particular kind of architecture of the theatre is argued. Fixity, the very phantasm of photography, becomes an ethical injunction – against the unsituatable fantasy of post-modern subjectivity. To respond to both fixity and disintegration as equally incumbent forces, rewrites ethics against a different acception of time. In my thinking, it has something to do with a way of thinking anteriority. Catastrophe theory is interested in precisely this sort of discontinuity; its apprehensions of imminent material change, for example, are predicated on an already foregone anterior state of flux.
GR:I am thinking about something you said earlier about not wanting to create a theory but instead thinking through the writing. Looking at your list of publications, I cannot help but notice how prolific you are, but also the degree to which a set of recurring preoccupations is worked out in each text. While I do not get the sense that these concerns are reiterated (in fact, I think your work is characteristic of movement and redefinition), I wonder to what extent each work opens up the possibility of another (or is it perhaps too simplistic to say that each work creates channels into the next)? Where has the process of thinking through the writing brought you this time? What’s next?
N: It’s very possible (in fact arguable) that these channels exist, though they tend to reveal themselves (to me) after the fact. I can think of several prior, perhaps more determined examples of this, though they’re likely too tedious to narrate. Certainly the channels are not necessarily linear, in that there has been increasing enmeshment from one project to another, and the relays between works is rarely unilateral; one of the more complex examples of this might be the concurrent writing of Carnet de désaccords, against an unfinished manuscript in French, and at least two other pieces of writing, one of which was the talk, ALEA, on Algerian rooftops, as well as extracts from my end of various correspondences; the textual contaminations were multifarious and at this point, likely untraceable to an origin. In the case of Sisyphus, Outdone., the conduit is made explicit in the epilogue to We Press Ourselves Plainly, the last line of which is: “Sisyphus, outdone.” And for some time, while I imagined Sisyphus, Outdone. as a translation of the Press text, that consideration disappeared into other more immediate concerns tied to the actual writing of the piece. It’s probably safe to say that to recover that conduit would require a fair bit of excavation, and by that time it will have assumed another shape, bitten as it will have been by forms of decay. In the sense that the Press text is concerned with a voice in a room, Sisyphus, Outdone. is equally concerned with the parameters of a (the) room; or perhaps with the impossible autopsying of the destruction(s) evident in the Press text (impossible for the exact reasons rendered in Morendo, in which a body, on the verge of autopsy, and presumed to be dead, then discovered not to be, though already in a state of decomposition, is then subjected to the injunction to carry through with the morbid operation – in keeping with the portentous photographs on the wall). I would caution against too great a literalisation of this intention, though, since it is by now subsumed into something which, I hope, exceeds this aspiration (by now somewhat banal, and certainly of little interest if carried out with exactitude). If I make rules for myself, or if my work presents me with rules, as is often the case, I have no loyalty to them, nor to following them à la lettre. There is thus a necessity of disloyalty to myself in all of this – this being that which escapes me in text. I wish to underscore this because of the dismaying conceptual fervor which seems to have taken hold of the century – not out of disdain for conceptualism per se, but for its limitations and the self-congratulatory effort that accompanies what amounts at times (and at its worse) to the simple carrying out of orders (one’s own or otherwise) with martial rigidity. There’s an ethical complaint in what I’m saying, but I won’t go into it here, though it may have something to do with the problem of vigilation which I discussed earlier.
”By now it is considered a truism that translation is the closest form of reading. I’d like to dispute this claim; not merely as a provocation, but precisely for reasons pertaining to the problem of vigilation, in which exacerbated attention provokes a kind of (I would say, necessary, however devastating) capsize, and what reveals itself at that moment of misalignment is of greater interest to me than the obvious concordances.”
As for what’s next, if you are asking after chronology, last year and the year before I reinscribed the triptych of French language Carnets into English, the most recent of which is Carnet de somme. It became imperative out of a concern for concordance (of place, time, nomination, language…); these will comprise a single volume in English, under the title The Middle Notebookes. If you are asking after questions I haven’t quite been able to formulate for myself, they are induced by some of what I was alluding to above, that is, elements of film, the photographic inflection of translation, and an irritable impasse vis-à-vis anteriority.
GR: This morning, while on the bus and reading from Sisyphus, Outdone, at random, a passage stuck out to me, which I read over and over: “what gives way is given away…this is what I understand of translatability…The point at which there is nothing left, nothing to motion over, nothing to speak for” (28). To me, this passage not only illuminates something about translation, it also points to something inherent in the reading act. How or where do the task of the translator and the reader align?
N: I wonder whether they do. I’ve given some thought to this of late, and am still sorting through it. By now it is considered a truism that translation is the closest form of reading. I’d like to dispute this claim; not merely as a provocation, but precisely for reasons pertaining to the problem of vigilation, in which exacerbated attention provokes a kind of (I would say, necessary, however devastating) capsize, and what reveals itself at that moment of misalignment is of greater interest to me than the obvious concordances. I’ve written about this elsewhere – in relation to intimacy and more recently to extinction – the ‘this’ being the lack of reciprocity that occurs in the midst of what might be idealized as absolute reciprocity (with the ‘absolute’ ever called into question). The first failed reciprocal relationship is that of the translated version of a text and the text being translated. Each bears the mark of that catastrophe. To take an example from Sisyphus, with its preoccupation with doors, Paul Virilio’s “trap doors open in a cement floor” translates the French “des trappes s’ouvrent dans le sol de ciment”. In French the doors disappear. But this is incorrect. It is in English that the door is made explicit; it appears, arguably, from nothing in the French sentence. The English makes manifest what is subsumed into the French trappes at the moment of repetition (bearing in mind the French acception of répétition which means to rehearse). The practised implications, then, for Sisyphus are many, not the least of which the derailment of the text – without the doors, the sense is thwarted, the thinking cannot take place as before. One can also look away from the so-called original to concurrent versions of a work, for evidence of further forms of disjunction. The implications, for example, in Buber’s Ich und Du (the very title of which incriminates the determined disjunction between the familiar Du in German to the officialised formal Thou in English), for an English reader of Kaufmann’s translation is radically altered in Bianqui’s French translation of a single line from the same text: Kaufmann’s ‘it does not help you to survive’ contradicts the intent of Bianqui’s ‘il ne fait rien pour te conserver en vie’. In my desire to come closer to German, I rerouted my thinking through French translations of the German; the multiplication of versions, rather than elucidating my reading of the text, further complicated it, interrupting the imagined proximities I might have written into my lecture. These are hazards, accidents of translation that inhibit reading. But what a formidable inhibition.
GR: “Formidable inhibition,” the title of a future project perhaps?   Speaking of projects, you recently received a PEN Translation Fund fellowship for your translation of Hervé Guibert’s journals, Le mausolée des amants, which is due in 2014 as The Mausoleum of Lovers(Nightboat Books). So far, we’ve talked about translation in terms of transience (like photography’s misleading truth claim, especially as it pertains to fixity), disintegration and even the act of reading. But what about the incommunicable? (I am moved every time I reread the passage in Sisyphus where you cite Guibert: “j’ai besoin de catastrophes, de coups de théâtre”). Has translating Guibert’s Le mausolée des amants revealed or given you access to otherwise incommunicable realms of experience? Much has been written on the subject of haunted media, but what about the idea of a haunted sentence? What have you learned about Hervé Guibert that you didn’t know before you embarked on this project? What have your experiences as his translator revealed to you?
N: The haunted sentence seems particularly fitting in light of an earlier work of Guibert’s, L’image fantôme, in which the text bears the trace of absent photographs which form the armature of the work (a failed photograph of his mother, without which, according to the author, the book would not have existed). Guibert calls this le désespoir de l’image. Transposed, one might speak, in effect of le désespoir de la phrase; this may be the very plight a translator is beset with. The scale of Le mausolée des amants (560 pages in the Folio edition) demanded, that at a practical level, I alter the way I usually work with a text – scoring the pace of translation versus revision differently – employing alternation rather than relying on momentum (this is aided also by the fact that the work is divided into a series of separate entries). But perhaps more strikingly, the intimacies that, as a reader, Le mausolée des amants afforded me, all but disappear in the course of translation. “For if the sentence is the wall”, writes Benjamin – and in this instance, Guibert’s language is not visceral to me, in the way, for example, Collobert’s is – I translated a first feverish draft of Meurtre in less than a week, and this has everything to do with the proximities that exist for me in relation to Collobert’s language – translating her, she is, in a sense, writing me, and perhaps even, with all due modesty, there is something of my own language that I find in hers; her language is intimate, visceral, her topographies familiar, and in that instance the boundaries tended to want to disappear – that was one of the dangers posed by that particular task: a willingness to go. With Guibert, it is otherwise, the distances are steadfastly maintained; there is never a moment at which Guibert ceases to be manifest in his own work, which is reflective of the kind of control he waged over himself, his photographs and his texts, even his film, during his lifetime. Translating Catherine Mavrikakis opened the way, not only to Guibert, but to this kind of demand, which requires the concurrent porosity (vulnerability) necessary for being thus penetrated by a text, and the vigilance necessary to resist conflating oneself with it. The violences committed by a text, even in such convivial circumstances, can be terrible. It is humbling to be so altered.
GR: Nathanaël, it has been a true pleasure and a privilege exchanging words, thoughts, ideas with you. You have been so generous. There is one more thing…with two new books out, (Sisyphus, Outdone. Theatres of the Catastrophal. Nigthboat, 2012. and Carnet de somme. Le Quartanier, 2012) are there readings that we (or our lucky friends across the border) should look out for? In Montreal?
N: I thank you for your very engaging – and demanding – questions, Geneviève.
As for events, in the immediate, I am scheduled to give a couple of readings and a talk at SUNY Buffalo’s Poetics program (February 7 and 8). And the following month, in New York (March 10), I’ll contribute to a panel hosted by Nightboat Books at Poets House with Rob Halpern, Martha Ronk and Susan Gevirtz. As for Montréal, the city left me with its key. I would welcome the occasion.
- lemonhound.com/


We Press Ourselves Plainly by Nathanaël

Nathanaël,We Press Ourselves Plainly, Nightboat Books, 2010.

Nathanaël's blog

We Press Ourselves Plainly is a particularly affecting development in an already virtuosic, Ovidian body of work because it renews and makes newly visible crucial continuities: between Continental and North American Postmodernism, the Nouveau Roman and New Narrative, WWII and Operation Enduring Freedom. From out of agile and Celinian ellipses, Nathalie Stephens creates an asynchronous, transnational ‘discordance…in time,’ a hugely amplified recent past whose familiarity haunts us not as nostalgia but as trauma. Among ‘immaculate and catastrophic’ ruins and lacunae, having forgotten ‘the sentence for behaving,’ the narrator embarks upon an ‘adverse and objectionable’ litany of a history whose abjections yield a kind of nihilistic courage: ‘Hope is for martyrs.’ Given that now ‘even the fictions are fictions,’ Nathalie Stephens puts ‘holes…where there were none’ as a way of underscoring that there’s nothing inevitable about gender or genre or violence, just as ‘What is inevitable is not the war but the language that determines the war.’ As grim as Beckett, as moral as Genet, as seductive as Duras—yet this book moves me like no other.” — Brian Teare

Nathalie Stephens' latest prose-poetry book, We Press Ourselves Plainly (Nightboat, 2010), presents itself as a continuous disaster (the disaster of incommunicability, of divided labor, of global warfare, of meaninglessness,"The whole of it") whose continuity prevents the disaster from reaching its apotheosis: the abolition of the text via its totalization.
The disaster around which the text orchestrates goes unnamed, unspecified; it is Blanchot's disaster, an engagement with the experience of death whose impending doom is postponed by the space literature creates. Such a space is typographically represented by ellipses being the sole form of punctuation, which act as a metaphor for an undecidedness, an intervention in time that recalls poet Tyrone Williams' line in The Hero Project of the Centurymeanwhile means dissent.
The language, divided into incomplete sentences or complete sentences with referentially open pronouns, cannot be utilized (cannot, that is, integrate into an entirety, with each part an instrument of the sum). If we take it that the sentence is to language as the single commodity is to capitalism (both being the smallest utilizable unit), then such syntactic ruptures are a way of evading the specter of referentiality, wherein language would be exchanged 1:1 for the world it represents, absent any critical capacity, whereas here, without such a quantitative abstraction, we gaze at the language's quality, its material presence. A sample:

Parcelled out the small formations into smaller ones... Tiny little disasters... Handled carefully and placed gingerly onto small metal trays... Then labelled... We make these manifestations into ourselves... What happens when... Shorn and emaciated... I forget all of it... The disordered remembrances... There is knocking... It comes from inside... A strangulation... The tripes pulled up into the ribcage... A thick elastic band... Not breathing... Heat in the skin of the face... The faces... Hands flipped back... A plasticity... It was touching... A hardness... Twist of a straight bone... Close to snapping... It releases... Leveraged... What do you suppose.... Does she mark time anymore... There is no sense... In the end the...It doesn't

What we notice about the text's material presence is also its absence. Composed of subordinate clauses, it's frequently written in the subjunctive mood (a verb mood used to express various states of irreality such as wish, emotion, possibility, judgment, opinion, necessity, or action that has not yet occurred). This is significant because it implies counterfactual times of action, such as reformulating the present in light of an imagined one, wherein "The projection declare[s] a form of disappearance..." (29) at odds with the society of the spectacle whereby the modern spectacle (as in the image of the real concealing the system of labor producing it) "expresses what society can do, but in this expression the permitted is absolutely opposed to the possible" (Debord, The Society of the Spectacle, 25). 
The subjunctive then is an expression of the contingent, referring to displaced times not crystallized in the "totalitarian management of the conditions of existence." Thus we're in an asynchronous tense the breaks from the objectified present in which our world is usually communicated to us. For example "What happens when" questions the future while "I forget all of it" disables any such active contemplation. So the language wars with itself. Just when we think a plot is developing outside the development of the text itself ("There is knocking") we find "It comes from inside," bringing us back to the zero point. 

Stephens' provocative endnote gives a glimpse of their poetics: 

"The text operates a form of confinement, manifest as a continuous block of text from end to end. If one of the active functions of this work is compression, it is the compression not just of a body in a carefully controlled space, but of all possible spaces pressed into that body, upon which the pressures of historical violence and its attendant catastrophes come to bear” (103).

Thus the text writes thru the structure in which the voices are "always already embedded in the structure they would escape" (Moten, Resistance of the Object, pg 2), performing one's enslavement as liberation as submission, where to read is to redress. - Nicky Tiso


“I should like,” the narrator declares in We Press Ourselves Plainly“for my own name made illegible…” Indeed, we never learn the identity of the devastating speaker whose body and mind is the landscape on which violence unfolds. It is not a pleasant voice nor is it necessarily appealing, yet it enthralls in its immediacy, a distinctive intonation which begs the reader to devour it in its singular attempt to articulate the tragedy of history.
A 97-page book-length poem in the form of continuous blocks of text separated only by ellipses, Stephens endeavors neither to elucidate the source of violence nor to expose a chronological representation, therefore the fragments—some of which are complete sentences and others only partial slivers thereof—have the aesthetic of immutability and timelessness, a voice existing in the present moment yet also in the dredges of the past. “There is a room and there is a war” the speaker declares, yet the poem exists also outside of a room and concurrently in various locations: Berry Head (a coastal headland in the English Riviera), Paris, Hyde Park, Fallujah and Donostia (the Basque region of Spain). Perhaps there has been a war or there will be one. “The wars become one war” and “The wars are indistinguishable” Stephens writes, adding to the atemporality of the poem and the omnipresence of violence. The book opens with a quote by Franz Kafka: “Everyone carries a room about inside him.” which further puts forward that the location is the body itself which bears the carnage. The post-script furthers this idea of the body as an object of compression and cruelty, stating that one of “the active functions of this work is compression...of all the possible spaces pressed into that body, upon which the pressures of historical violence and its attendant catastrophes come to bear.”
This notion of compression, most prominently set forth in the book’s title, stems from the root of the word press, which harks from the early thirteenth century Old French noun presse which means “crowd, multitude.” The verb form also dates from the same century: preser, “push against”. Though Stephen’s book is titled “We Press Ourselves Plainly” (italics mine) the speaker in the book is a very convincing “I”; seldom does the “we” come into view, yet the overall sensation one derives from reading is a collective sense of calamity, as if the voice is representative for a multitude or nation, even if the experiences cited sound at once both ubiquitous and painfully intimate. “There was one country in particular…It became the particularity of every country...” Stephens writes. In other sections the voice seems to shuttle back and forth between a collective and the sentiments of a lover: “The bodies that fall unheld into the next day…I would like to kiss you…The field of vision narrows with the century…We stand on one side or another of the century”.
Notably, when the “we” comes to the forefront it is often in this context of being on one side or another. “We stand on one side or other of the glass”, “We stand each on one side or other of the crossing line”, “We stand each on one side or other of the monument and it is the same monument.” This motive repeats itself with the “we” being on one side or the other of violence (p.47), a door (p. 55), skin (p. 75), name (p. 81). The last time this motif appears is on p. 87, but the object is modified in the latter half of the sentence: “We stand each on one side or other of a pleasure and it is the same pressure” (italics mine). Here the word pressure takes on an agreeable, if not sexual connotation. This “being on one side or the other” subtly presents a type of political counterbalance which seems to be at threat throughout the entire text. The “We” seems to refer to a group of people on different but not necessarily opposing sides. Other times the “we” becomes the pronoun signaling a sexual relationship or perhaps the bond of two individuals forced into close confinement. “We slept in a single bed” (p. 11) or “We are naked for the moment…I grant you this one torment” (p. 15) and “We bear.. Bury…Heart spilling blood into the weakened parts…Vomit it into me..” (p. 39).
This dichotomy between singularity and plurality, while rampant in Stephens’ book, neither weakens or undermines the integrity of the speaker, though rectitude seems to be the least of his/her concerns. Rather this contrariety points to the existential dilemma of identity and the self. “A book is less the appearance of a self than the disappearance, a grievance against self,” Stephens wrote in her 2007 book “The Sorrow and the Fast of It.” The brokenness of the language in “We Press Ourselves Plainly” insinuates a further fragmentation of the self:
…All the buried things arise…The rivers with the bodies of everyone…Each save the first one…It crawls over me…There was one language and this was the son…I refuse the offerings…There are flowers in a vase…I throw them down…We wake and are watchful…The bodies accrue and we name them…Small rashes that spread over the skins…Our languages become enlarged with the grief…
The body, in Stephen’s book, is continuously beaten, cut out or scourged by mysterious malaise like the “small rashes” in the above excerpt. Not only that, but the speaker is perpetually vomiting, as if in an attempt to purge itself of the trauma it has been subjected to. What happens to a speaker which is surrounded and inflicted with excruciating emotional and physical torture? The result for the reader is an erasure of the speaker and the self, so that the excess of remembrance that the speaker endures becomes a longing for blank space, an insistent forgetting or “a compression layered of other moments just like it.” (p. 23)
…Shorn and emaciated…I forget all of it…The disordered remembrances…There is knocking…It comes from inside…A strangulation…The tripes pulled up into the ribcage…A thick elastic band…Not breathing…
Stephens has been compared, and understandable so, with Jean Genet and Hélène Cixous, yet for me Stephens manipulation of language and form is heir to a long tradition of French (though Stephens is French-Canadian) poetic innovation that goes back to Francois Villon and makes itself manifest in contemporary writers such as Edmond Jabès and Claude Royet-Journoud. The form of “We Press Ourselves Plainly”, simultaneously litany and lament, brings to mind Alice Notley’s “The Descent of Alette” in its aesthetic and also its use of punctuation (Notley used quotation marks to separate fragments in much the same way as Stephens utilizes the ellipses). For me, however, the most obvious predecessor of the form that Stephens has chosen is the short dramatic monologue “Not I” by Samuel Beckett which features the same block text separated by ellipsis. “Not I” explores the emotional upheaval experienced by a woman after an unspecified traumatic event. In the performance of “Not I” a black space is illuminated only by a bright light focused on a human mouth, which utters in a frenetic tempo a logorrhea of angst-ridden sentences and sentence fragments, quite in the vein of an audible inner scream. This inner scream is what Stephens has articulated so skillfully. - J. Mae Barizo

In a review of Touch to Affliction, Meg Hurtado describes Nathalie Stephens as “a tragic poet, in the word’s truest sense.” Stephens’ most recent book, We Press Ourselves Plainly, asks what happens to a body, a mind, a landscape that has absorbed the history of tragedy and then manifests that history within itself. It’s not a comfortable question, nor an easy one, and the speaker offers few answers, but rather attempts to embody that tragedy in a speaker’s voice. From the book’s brief post-script:
If one of the active functions of this work is compression, it is the compression not just of a body in a carefully controlled space, but of all the possible spaces pressed into that body, upon which the pressures of historical violence and its attendant catastrophes come to bear.
I’m honesty not sure I can say what it means to have “all possible spaces pressed into th[e] body” of the text (an ambitious project), but one feels in the voice of this text the “pressures of historical violence,” in the mind and body of the speaker, which are then pressed into the body of the text.
The book is composed as one 97-page continuous prose block, fragments of thoughts delineated by ellipses reminiscent most famously of Celine (also recently employed by Chelsey Minnis, though with sparser text and more abundant ellipses, and perhaps others I am forgetting or are unaware of). The effect of the ellipses is very much one of atemporality, by which I mean that the fragments feel snatched out of time and atmosphere; there is no feeling of progression in the prose, or consistent context, which NS’s* post-script indicates is part of the book’s theoretical design:
Spacially, the room is finite. But what enters, through the body of the speaking voice, orients thought away from its confines toward an exacerbated awareness of endlessly forming breaches.
One of the confines of thought is temporal relation to other thought, disrupted here by non-sequitur and repetition. NS’s employment of the word breach implies the intent to transgress—here, both time and space. Technically prose but not narrative, assuming many of the liberties we associate with poetry, this book slips between and out of generic expectations, another breach.
The world of We Press Ourselves Plainly is one in which the seeming whole of humanity’s history of violence has come to bear in one traumatized voice; “we stand on one side of violence and it is the same violence,” NS writes, succinctly. Also: “We stand on one side of history and it is the same history.” The collective pronoun “we” feels expansive and inclusive—who is on the other side of violence and history? Someone with a different relationship to both, I’d imagine, but the author seems to implicate a whole swath of humanity in the “movement” of violence, which is the “movement” of history. Just as the “I” of this text is anachronistic and geographically un-pin-down-able, so is the “we,” so that the reader feels included in this history and its attendant traumas.
The feeling of apocalypse that pervades the book is not a promise of some future demise but the fact of our own insistent violence in this time and this place. It’s not coming, it’s been here all along. The evidence is all around us.
It is the same warning… The same war… I attend the funeral in Fallujah and in Hyde Park… Nothing happens and it is written down… There are manifestations… The regional differences are deprecated… I prepare for it clumsily… The groans rise off the moors and out of the hospital beds…
The notion that all the wars are tantamount to one long war is iterated again as the speaker announces, “For the sake of simplicity the wars become one war” and “The wars are indistinguishable” (an astute and timely observation, as the rhetoric of any warring country tends to try to justify its war by distinguishing it from the other wars). As the text moves through time and space with its elliptical fragments, the speaker also invokes Chernobyl and Charonne,* as if to assure us that we cannot pin violence to one single geography, one time, one place. If the catastrophes of violence are “compressed” (to use NS’s own language) into one physical space (the book) and mental space (the speaker), the effect is dramatic and heartbreaking. What mind is strong enough to endure that much horror and not break? And then, as the semi-concrete artifact of the mind, what happens to language?
We stand each on one side of other of a violence and it is the same violence… In the mouth… The mouth foremost… I make a signature of it… A fount of praises and they are immaculate… Immaculate and catastrophic…
So language itself becomes broken, as is both formally and substantively enacted by this work, but it also perpetuates violence, becomes an artifact and instrument of it. (Et quel dommage.) It is perhaps for this reason that the speaker pleads, “… Stop speaking… Just for a time…”
Here, there is nowhere the trauma of violence doesn’t reach. The body, the singular, human proxy for the physicality of the world in general, continuously vomits, as if in a constant state of rejection (rejection of that which poisons us). It is overwhelmed by toxicity:
A small overburdened liver… A mangled spleen… We bear… Bury… Heart spilling blood into the weakened parts… Vomit it into me… []… How many times bereft… And swollen… Lumped grievously together… Striated and torn… It spreads indiscriminately to other parts…
The notion of contagion is an important one, the idea that sickness spreads: from one part of the body to another, from one body to another body. This is clearly writ politically and geographically as well: it is said that violence begets violence, contagion on a global scale. NS represents the body as macrocosmic proof of this. (As I will suggest more fully below, it is possible the reverse is true as well; if shadow is contagious, why not light?)
A small promotional insert in the book declares that the project of this book yields “a kind of nihilistic courage.” The books insistent nihilism is perhaps most succinctly articulated in the final words of NS’s post-script: “Sisyphus, outdone.” A feeling of futility underlies much of the text, and for understandable reason. To flatten the time and space of history so that the totality of its atrocities feels immediate would indeed “overwhelm the spleen.” And yet, as the speaker comments, “if only it were otherwise.” It’s a lament that reads as if our suffering were absolute; but I can’t help but read the desire for a different world as the promise of it, or at least the promise of its possibility. Not that I think the speaker of NS’s book would be so optimistic; this is a philosophy exclusive of hope: “I make some progress… You blow on it and it goes out…” At the same time, I can’t help but think that the attempt to make art (like poetry, like this book), even out of the most egregious suffering, is always, in itself, a hopeful act, an act of endurance and an affirmation of applied intelligence, those things which have the capacity to change a damaged world.
It’s well understood that when we write, we choose our focus. And because our focus is finite, something is necessarily excluded (if I choose to write about Medieval London, I am probably not therefore writing about globalization in India). A few reviews ago, I wrote about the romantic pastoral as critically problematized simply by virtue of all that it excludes about the natural world (it prettifies that which is not always pretty); reading this book, I wonder if the reverse is also true, and what its implications are. What I mean is, if the pastoral is felt to be problematic because it excludes the ugly, is work which makes its focus catastrophe, disease, etc., problematic because it excludes the beautiful or wonderful or sublime? And if not, why not? Can we say that one exclusion is truly to be preferred over the other? Or that one is more responsible?
Here is a probably woefully poor analogy: let’s say there is a terrible car accident. Twisted metal, mangled bodies, blood, injury, death; the bodies are in distress, there is fear and unimaginable pain (you could insert a scene of bloody violence here if the car accident analogy isn’t working for you). Now let’s say that people gather around this car accident holding large mirrors in front of their bodies. For those inside the accident, their whole world becomes a scene of horror. Everywhere they look around, there is only suffering. I wonder if the world we find ourselves in isn’t a bit like that—there are scenes of unimaginable horror; but what we hold a mirror up to multiplies the original horror manifold.* As NS writes, “It is the same violence… in the mouth.” I am not saying we shouldn’t hold up these mirrors, but I am saying it’s interesting to consider the implications of them, and whether the imperative to witness might include bearing witness to those things that help us endure the historical and personal traumas we are compelled to endure.
———-
* The front matter of the book uses “NS” for Nathalie Stephens, which I have preserved here.
* Known for the Paris Massacre of 1961, in which at least 40 (and as many as 200) Algerians were slaughtered.
* This seems especially the case given how many different kinds of mirrors we have available to us via television, internet, poetry, art, photography, film, journalism, etc., etc. -Christina Mengert


(Self-)Translation: An Expropriation of Intimacies, in Phati'tude, ed. Timothy Liu



The Sorrow and the Fast of It by Nathanaël


Nathanaël,The Sorrow and the Fast of It, Nightboat Books, 2007.

The Sorrow And The Fast Of It exists in a middle place: an overlay of indistinct geographies and trajectories. Strained between the bodies of Nathalie and Nathanael, between dissolution and abjection, between the borders that limit the body in its built environment--the city and its name(s), the countries, the border crossings--the narrative, splintered and fractured, dislocates its own compulsion.
"The Sorrow And The Fast Of It is a severe and tender book in its 'incalculable' correspondence between ocean and ground; the one who writes, and the one who receives."—Bhanu Kapil

It exists in a middle place: an overlay of indistinct geographies and trajectories. Stephens writes strained between the bodies of Nathalie and Nathanael, between dissolution and abjection, between the borders that limit the body in its built environment--the narrative, splintered and fractured, dislocates its own compulsion. "Stephens is obsessed by breaking free, only to find herself brakeless"—Andrew Zawacki.

“Only the writer who astonishes language, who dares to tamper with it, is worthy of the epithet,” writes Nathalie Stephens, and she lives up to the challenge she sets—hers is a use of language that alters the language as she uses it. And in her case, this means two languages, as she writes in both English and French, often using one to infiltrate the other, to crack the other open. Often we sense the two languages passing each other, and as they do, a charge arcs from one to the other, making each stand out in sharp relief.” —Cole Swensen

“A voice,” Nathalie Stephens avows, “is an occurrence of madness.”  Indeed, the specter of la folie is rampant in her latest book, The Sorrow And The Fast Of It, and it happens under a damning, double sign: there is the going mad, and there is the consciousness of it.  The awareness is an intensification of the malady.  As Michel Foucault and several of his notable contemporaries elaborated, with their sights trained on Sade, Lautréamont, Nietzsche, et al., writing is subjection to madness, and madness means the shutting down of the subject.  Across the five untitled sections of an even hundred pages, Stephens struggles to negotiate what is precisely the impasse or impossibility of negotiation.  “I liken speaking to an epitaph,” her speaker admits, thereby succinctly enacting her own demise.  As she recollects, “I fancied myself the vestiges,” having suffered the onset of madness at age twelve.  “I was born in the midst of demolition,” then, both literally (a church was being torn down nearby) and figuratively, one self emerging, cauterized but charred, like a phoenix from the adolescent flames of the other.  Paradoxically, a “suicide begat me.”
Taking a cue from Shoshana Felman, “If madness is indeed an excess of remembrance,” Stephens avers, citing Writing and Madness in ghostly grayscale, “I have come to this embouchure to argue against remembering.”  For Stephens, while madness certainly involves extreme levels of distress, it is not because everything passes, although that is true.  Stephens is not haunted by la recherche du temps perdu, and her mode is far from elegiac.  What wracks her book is less separation or absence, be they physical or temporal, traditionally the harbingers of melancholy, and less the fading memory that, according to the Proustian paradigm, invites sadness.  To the contrary, Stephens revises the ventured thought that, “The distance was too great…,” by reversing it: “…Wasn’t great enough.”  Apartness is not a problem in this book—claustrophobia is.  Without sufficient remove, minus any fixed exterior point, life becomes infernal: “I went to Hell,” she recalls, where Cerberus guards the entrance to Lethe, river of oblivion.  Unremittingly in-fernal, living inside “A body overful of wanting to forget,” Stephens’s speaker is overwhelmed by the immanence of immediate experience.  “There is a fever that overcomes,” she says calmly, seeking the consolation forgetting might bring.  Her pain ushers not from desire for what’s been lost but from a hyperconsciousness of what she cannot lose.  Fascinated and frustrated by the “thing pushed away that remains,” Stephens commits to the quasi-mystical eviscerations that Simone Weil calls decreation: “we are the thing that needs removing,” we “[n]ot so much want as want not.”  Madness here is neither amnesia nor nostalgia, but the inverse incapacity to erase.  Freighted by the sheer limitlessness of a conscious mind without remainder, Stephens needs the opposite of anamnesis or analysis; it is exorcism she solicits, the via negativa, “Surrender me,” vomiting and cutting out and bleeding.
Hence the proposal that it is “possible,” as Stephens puts it, “a book is less the appearance of a self than the disappearance, a grievance against a self.”  The self already an unstable artifice chez Stephens, she does everything in her power to raze it further.  “I would want to be manifold,” she avows in the conditional tense, perhaps acknowledging a utopian aspect to that hope.  As her prose shuttles limpidly between “I” and “we,” the speaker, or speakers, cannot decide on her (or his, as we shall see shortly) or their identity or identities.  An interdiction against simultaneity comes into play: “When we go to speak,” Stephens observes, “only one of us survives.”  When I say “I,” that is, I am not “we,” and vice versa.  This dichotomy reigns in the book, tyrannically.  It becomes clear rather quickly that Stephens, however, is not interested whatsoever in discerning between singularity and plurality, let alone in choosing a side.  Disobedient, she has decided not to decide, for she wants the self, and all its categorical exclusions, excluded categorically from her writing.
The dilemma between unity and multiplicity is not, however, the only existential knot that Stephens endeavors to untie: singularity is itself bifurcated, above all by gender.  Intermittently in dialogue with ‘herself’ throughout the book, ‘Nathalie’ Stephens’s speaker is overheard talking to and about ‘Nathanaël.’  This alter ego, for lack of a better word—and the language’s lack of a better word says something about our failure to think the idea—is not new to Stephens’s repertoire, having shown up earlier in her 2003 volume Je Nathanaël (Book Thug, 2006).  When “I” is Nathanaël, male, the book complains, I am not the female Nathalie.  In this way, the self is both doubled and divided: “One of us is a wave,” claims Nathalie/ Nathanaël, “One of us is a shore.  It matters little which.”  That Stephens writes “l’entre-genre,” as her author’s note (or her authors’ note) specifies, is evident enough: not only is the obvious prose/ poetry overlap in effect, but deeper divisions, or non-divisions, within prose are also on display, as the essay, memoir, and even the récit take turns leading.  This fission or fusion of genres is characteristically French, of course, and in Stephens’s case recalls most forcefully Hélène Cixous, who is likewise her forerunner in geographical and sexual alienation.  So while Stephens does not share Dickinson’s famous restriction, “They shut me up in Prose,” she does express an excruciating aggravation about being incarcerated by femininity or masculinity.  (Stephens’s phrase, “There was a plank of wood and I laid my body on it,” also recalls Dickinson: a plank in Reason broke.)  Her entre-genre writing is thus explicitly inter-gender, too—genre is French for ‘genre’ and ‘gender’ alike—and her supplication to “Unletter me” is clearly related to the agony that surrounds being either Nathalie or Nathanaël; each is literally “Lettertorn” from the other, via the minimal difference between “-lie” and “-naël.”  (While she neglects to point it out, that ‘genre’ and ‘gender’ are separated by a mere letter is undoubtedly not lost on Stephens, who imbues her text with similar similarities, including “Sutured” and “Stuttering,” “slave (Salve!),” and the trill “cove,” “coveted,” and “Covered.”)
At times the speaker’s (or the speakers’) identity appears to be twofold.  The gray half-tones, for instance, install a type of double-talk, whereby the narrator courts or shadowboxes some prior or posthumous, in any case other, self.  The volume’s epigraph, from Derrida, sets up this rapport, one interlocutor replying to another, “You’re right, we are undoubtedly several, and I am not so alone as I sometimes say, when the complaint is torn from me and I devote myself, yet again, to seducing you.”  Stephens’s rhetoric is itself frequently doubled, such as when she reports that, “The drowned are drowning,” or asks, “Must I defend the maddened against the maddening?”  Questions like, “Who do the wounded wound?” open quietly onto problems of tragedy, agency, and abandonment, as in Celan’s lament that no one witnesses for the witness, or Luce Irigaray’s related criticism that in the Hegelian account of Polynices’s interment, no one is left to bury Antigone.  Moreover, occasional rhyme intervenes to offset the loss of reason: pairs such as “defeat” and “complete,” “retreat” and “replete,” project their ‘masculine’ status, while “city” and “seditiously” come closer to ‘feminine’ rhyme; the presence of both together furthers the book’s aspiration to partnership.  Repetition occurs in The Sorrow And The Fast Of It on the level of the individual letter, as well, reinforcing the broader drive toward coupling, identification.  In one early passage, no fewer than a dozen doublings of different letters (b, e, n, o, r, t) happen in about as many ‘lines,’ nearly half of them concerning ‘l’: collapse, billowing, ville, saillie, spiralling.  “Bodypart,” the text inveighs, reasserting the bond between corpus and corpus, “Letter by letter.  Remove what’s missing.”
That anxiety about removal is significant.  As ulterior selves, N and N cannot exist at once.  Like an incarnation of différance, a differing and deferral rendered visceral rather than verbal, one version is relegated to acting as the other’s latent, postponed alternative.  When Nathalie speaks, “Nathanaël has washed his hands of me.”  Such slang connotes familiarity, and indeed a disturbing family romance pervades the book, evasive but inescapable, once in a while recounted in Old Testamental tones.  The story, such as it is, begins with “the mother,” established as “the first place,” and involves an “unwelcome son” and “running daughters running.”  At one point the “brother’s voice” is said to have come “after me,” while elsewhere the phantom voice announces, “You are the daughter and the son.”  No matter the talismanic weight attending this prophecy of the first-person narrator’s duality, though, Stephens’s anguish resides in her normative reduction to a single—Simone de Beauvoir’s “second”—sex.  (Alongside the idea that woman is “second” in the sense of inferiority, we understand that she does not coincide, temporally, with the “first.”  Nathanaël, that is, then Nathalie—in that order.  The dream of what Stephens articulates as “The same name spoken twice” turns out to be a pair of names, each spoken once.)  “Whoever said Nathalie founded that trajectory…,” the speaker attests, asserting the legitimacy that the world accords a name, as well as the decisiveness that follows from it.  “…Threaded me l’aporie,” she continues, “Then said pointing an ugliness a discrepancy.  A girlness unremedied.”  The important word here is aporia: the irresolution of contraries, or mutual incompatibility—if mutuality does not already hint at a collaboration excluded from the aporetic, which is precisely non-cooperation, the side-by-side of different orders of measure.  “We divide into occurrences,” Stephens offers: the presence of Nathalie precludes that of Nathanaël, so The Sorrow And The Fast Of It becomes “the book of the boy many times displaced.”
The self is a de-centered site of possible, but never realized, contingencies, largely because the physical is determinate.  “This is the literal construction of the body,” Stephens reports, pointing not only to the ‘lettered’ deviation between two names beginning Natha-, but also to the biological difference separating them.  When Stephens writes of “Skin splitting plainly along two sides of a fine blade,” when she mentions “a long white scar from breastplate to groin,” that may well strike the reader as metaphorical.  “It was the heart,” after all, “wanted bisecting.”  But we might sense, too, a quite actual incision at issue.  To the same degree that the third-person “It” of Stephens’s title is neither masculine nor feminine in declension, and her sexual politics dedicated to exchanging genders for neutrality, it is tempting, if dangerous, to read the excisions thematized in her text, the “maim” and “scar of skin,” as a corporeal neutering.  Certainly her alternate allusions to a limp “sexe” and a “breach” encourage somatic focus.  (On this score, I am aware of the ambivalent status—whether appropriate or ironic—of the present review appearing in How2, designed to promote “innovative writing practices by women.”)  What Maurice Blanchot terms le neutre—existence as being exterior to oneself, impersonal toward one’s own ‘I,’ such that it is not one’s ‘own’ but precisely an ‘it’—here assumes an obliquely genital form, or deformation, exceeding the self-less condition always already attendant on being.  This volume’s horizon, then: to live not within, or even between, sexual norms, but outside them, less hetero- or homo- than asexual, hermaphroditic less than hors de la sexualité.
Stephens’s narrator strives to derogate, à la Jean Genet, the societal limits s/he finds imposed, even as madness is the incapacity to recognize, know, or successfully use any limiting case as a heuristic.  A perverted version of freedom, madness ends up enabling neither a liberation from stricture nor relief from omnipotent structure, but imprisonment.  “If I mark a spot X with intent to return it is very likely that I won’t,” Stephens writes.  “If I mark the same spot X with no intent to return it is still very likely that I won’t.”  The subject is centrifugal, and returning displaced by infinity sans reprieve.  In madness, the subject is deprived of her subjectivity; she becomes an object.  At that moment, she turns helpless witness to what keeps coming back, bland and indistinct, as an eternal return of the same.  Hence Stephens’s evocations, again and again, of “again and again.”  Hence her unvarying view of the lieu, “It was the same city all over again.”  Hence a temporal disruption—or distension—that stymies memory and desire by collapsing chronology, so that “Dusk comes at morning,” whatever the weather “It is the same season,” whatever happens “It is the same day. // It is the same day.”  In this timeless scenario, past and future past converge, “What was” merges with “Will have been,” and “Is it even plausible,” Stephens wonders, “to speak of after?”  The answer, of course, is no.  Even the prose is caught in a kind of maddening freefall, in which subject and object are conflated, tenor and vehicle untethered; literality becomes hard to sort from conceit, as all standards, centers, levers are dislodged.  As an account of the limit-experience, Stephens’s style encounters limits of its own: enacting sameness, at times her prose risks being samey itself.  We think of Shelley’s angel, beating its desperate wings against the void, and of the pathos that image provokes.
Madness is an inability to mark or differentiate, to secure firm footing in an ever-dissolving place, a context without context.  The mad know no telos, hence no progress.  Divested of any concept of forward or back, tautologically taut, they are condemned to the punishment leveled by the gods against Pentheus: interminable wandering between a pair of suns.  Having looked at what was forbidden to sight, Pentheus is consequently not blinded—the expected penalty, orthodox Greek myth frequently laying down an affliction equal and opposite to the crime—but rather visually saturated: he believes his city one direction, only to discover, partway there, it lies behind him; no sooner does he change course than the confusion repeats itself.  His impotence to arrive renders him literally Unheimlich: un-housed, not at home, uncanny, strange.  As someone who “gasp[s] for the foreigner.  I ask the foreigner to join me,” Nathalie Stephens, in her “much travelled body,” with a “box crammed full of boarding passes,” seems to suffer a similar fate.  Her warnings against the vagueness, the vagaries, the villainy of locale are so insistent that the reader wonders whether she isn’t reminding herself to beware.  “The first difficulty is location,” she postulates, “Place may very well be the first falsehood.”  The landscapes she enters and exits, like the languages at play in her book, are legion, nearly incommensurate.  Myriad cities rise up, seemingly simultaneously, as purveyors of pain and of passage, yet the setting is not always urban: for every cathedral a beach intervenes, for each hydro line a heron; alongside the métro are tar-paper gutters and a drive-through we’re likely to associate with smaller towns, not to mention the pampas even farther from the metropolitan core.  “A place name,” Stephens proffers, “is an occurrence of retreat,” and every locale in her book appears to be retreating from the others, if not from itself, even as its author is in flight.
This distancing from the center, existential as well as geographical, is acute.  Despite a professed “belief in astray,” Stephens’s speaker is not in happy or unhindered transit between languages (French and English) or locations (France and North America, the U.S. and Canada).  De-territorialized, exilic by nature, she is perennially adrift, yet she fails to ‘survive’ her myriad transitions and translations.  “The border is such that either way I cannot cross it,” she confesses.  “And here, on either side, does not exist.”  From Norwich to Guelph, Brnik to Ljubljana, Chicago to Montréal, it is not so much that Stephens traverses boundaries—she is divided by them.  She has set foot in Union Square and Montjuïc, Dartmoor and St. Denis, but they have reciprocally placed themselves in her, and their diversity, their divergence, has caused her to lose her way.  An external corollary to madness, and maybe one of its causes, this jarring juxtaposition of disparate places, each of them “une ville en vrac,” or a loosened, jumbled town, jams the compass needle, annulling any reliable sense of locus.  All coordinates become tangled, as “The cities fold over and over,” and there remains no stable site by which to measure her motion.  This is the existential recoding, for the ‘globalization’ age, of Saint Augustine’s lament, “Our hearts do not rest until they rest in You,” and of Jean-François Lyotard’s scientific concept of la condition postmoderne.  Stephens’s disorientation is, in turn, internalized, with the refugees, hunger, torture, and “bulleted stone” around her acting as real sources of worldly sorrow, not to be abstracted, yet spurring a recognition that her own inflictions are inflected by the world’s.  In parallel, the babble she hears becomes the Babel she speaks.  Her use of the Queen’s English, indicated by spellings such as “colour,” “grey,” and “meagre,” a tendency to use ‘s’ over ‘z,’ is constantly parried by French interpolations: “outre-mer,” “frontière,” “le chien claudique,” “Me voici.”  The latter are not signaled by italics, furthering the sense of a single, continuous language of discontinuities.  Nor is Stephens’s heteronomous linga franca a merely binary system, but is interrupted by Spanish phrases like “cabrón,” by the Slovenian “prosim,” equally unitalicized.  “Our languages,” she observes, “are bridges splintering.”  Connections are constantly crumbling to chasms, and if “The management of thresholds is an arduous practice,” Stephens is fatigued by that noble attempt.
The Sorrow And The Fast Of It is a strange, unsettling mix of encoded ontology, weariness and wariness, with blatant, emotive excess, occasionally pushing melodrama.  It is an uncomfortable, discomfiting book, theoretical and theatrical and bleeding from the heart.  While hardly ‘difficult,’ in terms of thought, style, or form, it is by no means easily assimilable, either, resisting not so much interpretation as accommodation.  The prose and the plot possess a sort of invasive, viral quality, one that puts the experience of trial on trial: c’est chiant, we might say, mais ça chante.  Our reluctant sense of the speaker is someone—or several someones, or no one—helplessly peripatetic but also pariah, fleeing even as she, or he, or they are fled from.  The son-daughter of Cixous and Genet, Stephens is obsessed by breaking free, only to find herself broken, brakeless.  Eroded by what she cannot erase, halved by a dual ‘I,’ she writes in a splayed metropolis of traces and of trauma, where “it is reductive to speak either of autonomy or a bind.  The madness disallows this.”- Andrew Zawacki


 Absence Where As (Claude Cahun and the Unopened Book) by Nathanaël

Nathalie Stephens, Absence Where As (Claude Cahun and the Unopened Book),Nightboat Books, 2009.


 "In ABSENCE WHERE AS, Nathanael reads the unread book, 'the book that comes' to us nevertheless, that haunts and hovers unopened and dreamt, proceeding from the Ecrits of the visionary and revolutionary artist-activist Claude Cahun, to life's library. Through this constellatory essay in the faults of thought, in reading's flaw, Nathanael comes to know and know how, creating new epistemological and aesthetic territory in the radiant continuum between lyric and narrative, the text and the dream of text, which is literature itself"--John Keene

 At Alberta, Nathalie Stephens

Nathalie Stephens, At Alberta, BookThug/2008

 The talks collected in AT ALBERTA have as their ironic coincidence: place. Spatially concurrent, they were all delivered in Edmonton. They deliberately thwart the systematic treatment of genre, translation, desire, and territorialisation through reiterated displacement, subterfuge and irritation. Distrustful of genre delineation, Stephens pursues her work away from the usual generic safeguards, preferring instead the unexpected that arises from the arguably disreputable and misunderstood place where various lines cross. AT ALBERTA persues a new critical position in her delineation.

 Touch to Affliction, Nathalie Stephens

Nathalie Stephens, Touch to AfflictionCoach House Books, 2006.
 TOUCH TO AFFLICTION is a text of ruins: ruins of genre, of language, of the city, of the body, of the barbarism of the twentieth century. At once lament, accusation and elegy, this work articulates the crumbling of buildings, the evisceration of language, the inhumanity that arises from patrie.

Acclaimed poet Nathalie Stephens walks among these ruins, calling out to those before her who have contemplated atrocity: Martin Buber, Henryk Górecki, Simone Weil. In the end, this work considers what we are left with—indeed, what is left of us—as both participants in and heirs to the twentieth century.

TOUCH TO AFFLICTION is political but never polemical. It lives at the interstices of thought and the unnameable. It is a book for our times.
 With Touch to Affliction, Nathalie Stephens explores the poet-as-trespasser. Her speaker wanders through a world to which she clearly feels entitled (she intimately references the train stations and street corners of this poetically consecrated world). However, her cutting lyricism soon reveals that this city exudes not only loss but rapidly approaching danger, and her role within it is more than simply elegiac. Touch to Affliction strives to save what must endure, and Stephens’s speaker is responsible for this task. The poet plays both the elegant bard and the invincible journalist, leading the reader through a “city” that has fallen into the hands of its fate. Her double identity extends to a sense of double vision, which she manipulates gracefully through her awareness of language as song and system. Stephens conjures vibrant images and clarion scenes, but their beauty never compromises their full dimensionality. She has been assigned to search for both the inner and outer story of this “city.”

Her writing itself possesses the texture of light, revealing both what can and what cannot be seen. In one simple example, she says of “a dog lying heavily against a wall” that “It is or is not cold.” In many of the poems, Stephens dramatically expands this sense of double-sight. The fruits of this fearless expansion are several moments in which we know that the speaker is both living and dead. Such moments do not produce horror, nor any sense of a tortured, “ghostly” speaker. Rather, they comprise an achievement in clairvoyance just as serene as it is extraordinary.

The speaker of Touch to Affliction belongs to a world of transparency, a devastated city in which usual boundaries of culture, language, and survival have been removed. Even so, her awareness of such boundaries penetrates the text--constant references to the nature of language at first appear academic, but prove to be anything else. All of her linguistic theatrics eventually assert themselves as essential. Even the tiniest inversions of diction or unconventional, abstract syntax earn their place in this city.

The city could be Paris, to which she makes multiple references, but it could just as easily be 1945-Berlin, or 1917-Moscow, or any other city in time of strife. Fortunately, Stephens possesses such a miraculous intuition for and control of language that this breadth of subject does not damage her visceral nearness to the world of her creation. Though Stephens definitely conjures a visually and intellectually surreal landscape for this “city,” it is a surreality with which she is familiar. Such intimacy with the universal cannot help but impress and fascinate the reader, especially since she graphically describes the emergence of “the city” from her own thigh.

This image resurfaces many times in Touch to Affliction, as do several others, but the thoughts behind them remain ever-original and breathtaking. She identifies her city not only with all cities, but with all individuals. Furthermore, every individual is also a war, a tragedy. She asks, “What part of you is city? What part of you is famine?”

Stephens gives her speaker no immunity against this human-as-war identity. The speaker describes herself in blatantly geographical terms: “You identify me as a contested surface. A stripped margin of land.” Obviously, this gives rise to all kinds of existential questions, the answer to each of which is “yes.” Stephens’s ability to create double-realities seems unlimited--she has created a narrator both omniscient and completely subjective. This assessment also applies to the text itself. The reader may easily traverse half of Touch to Affliction before he or she notices its basic form. Stephens does not compromise between prose and poetry, but exploits language so well that her poems embody and transcend both mediums, just as “the city” must embody and transcend disaster and individuality.

With her view of every individual, including the speaker, as a war zone, Stephens appears “confessional” on many levels. Such a comfortable category feels long-lost and perhaps welcome to the reader, but Stephens boldly and bluntly refuses it, just as it seems to be most supported: “Not confessional. Evidence, rather, of the unspeakable. That thing toward which we move and we are an affront to the language we use to name it.”

She allows us no easy roads, but if one had to “bend [Stephens] into language,” one could call her a tragic poet, in the word’s truest sense--not only does she possess power over tragedy, but inimitable kinship with it. This is the “terrible beauty” of Yeats and the purity of contemporary European writers like Tomaz Salamun, sung by an earth-mother of humility and strength. Though Touch to Affliction waltzes with the tides of violence, Nathalie Stephens writes without fear or compromise, “brazen and stumbling.” Touch to Affliction is a clean, stone Madonna, buckled and rife with violence and the possibility of exultation.
 Meg Hurtado
 From Touch to Affliction
(excerpt 1)
__________

I said City. I didn’t say keep.

City with its falaises.
City with its ruines.
City with its devises.

__________

I prodded what wanted prodding. With my boneless fingers, with my temperamental voice, with my illegitimacy.
The body that wanted burying shattered against me. The reach that wanted collapsing disappeared from view. And the wistfulness in the dry branches of fallen trees dissuaded me from leaning into the thing that might appease.
__________

City is stone, yes, but it is stone that is worn. It is skin that falls away from bone. It is the thing we go toward. It is the thing and that is all. We haven’t a name for it. It is that maddening. It is that forlorn.

What is city is remains and the slow river widens and the ruelles
become constricted and the bodies in their skins with their wide hands touch water that is sullied and drink it into them. __________
These are your dead.
They are the stone walls, the misshapen walkways, the insurmountable inclines, the moss-grown crevices, the stained brick, and the métro with its thin scream pulling over metal, its rattle of boxes from station to station, its injurious rail. What is city is vociferous and batters the body, your body and mine. It is the city in its body and it is very much alive. It pulls what it pushes. It lives against you. And it walks with you in your hobbled legs and your collapsing reach. City is here and it is the place where you have yet to go.
As for your language it is what empties from your mouth and that is all. It is what I mean by mutisme and folie at times. There is a word for incomplete and it begins inside.
(excerpt 2)
__________
What part of you is city?

The mouth straying from speech. The hand from other hands. The hip from sleep. L’ahurissement.
The body you imagined keeping. The sentence, fourfold.
__________
What part of you is famine?

The distance from the body is a sacrilege. It is a cleaner word for fall. It speaks the suddenness of dust. And what wings tear. And what skin splits. And what claims the viscera. I am in it with mes doigts. The small body on the windowsill. And the waiting sounds below. We are prohibition. Our skin strips. Our bloodless. And we are aghast at what we keep. What citystruck we keep. The wrought-iron bridges. The candied animals. The drone.
__________
Night is vertiginous.

City is fosse commune.
__________
« Et vous, vous ne m’embrassez pas? »

Juan Bourla is a voice recorded on paper. A room filled with smoke. History is provocation. His mouth is greedy for sleep. To Lise he is a body in shadow. To Simone de Beauvoir he is what remains unseen.
In Bourla’s Paris, it is always 1943. The rail lines anticipate stone.
___________

This is as our languages recoil. This is what the mouth abhors. The fastening of suffering to the lettermost forlorn. Is this as madness is meant to be? The simple dislocation of city from bone. As though what was impassioned could not be borne. As though what was chaste was close enough to living. And touch reason enough for war.
There isn’t language enough for meaning. I want a mind sensorial. A figure awoken from sleep. The haze in waking is perhaps troublesome, deep. It certainly is burdensome and our mouths become slow. But if the city were wordless, if the pavement broke, what manner for walking, what need for breach?
JE NATHANAEL, Nathalie Stephens
 Nathalie Stephens, JE NATHANAELBookThug,  2006.
 JE NATHANAEL is an endangered text. Neither essay nor poem nor novel nor sex show, what it takes from language it gives back to the body. Through Nathanael, Andre Gide's absent, imagined and much desired apprentice in Les nourritures terrestres (Fruits of the Earth), this text explores ways in which language constrains the body, shackles it to gender, and proposes instead an altogether different way of reading, where words are hermaphroditic and in turn transform desire (consequence). Suggesting that one body conceals another, JE NATHANAEL lends an ear to this other body and delights in the anxiety it provokes. Nathalie Stephens writes in English and French, and sometimes neither
 

Dis/locate, em/body


N. S., Nathalie Stephens, Nathanaël composes in English and French, sometimes separately, sometimes simultaneously, sometimes in the permeable ache between, amidst multiple voiced and embodied pronouns, and in the space of in-between, which she calls l’entre genre. As preposition, entre, can mean between or among, as prefix, it can denote the idea of reciprocity or of being in the middle of two things, as verb, to enter, to go into, to begin. As well, genre does not only signify a category of artistic composition or literature, but also a general kind or type. Biologically it also refers to genus; linguistically to gender.  As such, Stephens enters this space of in-between-kind not to occupy what we may easily confuse at first as a binary (poetry/prose, English/French, female body/male body) but rather to explore the porosity between multiple genres, languages, bodies, voices. In the porosity, a dislocation; in the dislocation unease; in the unease a fruitful and unexpected altering.
In her work, Stephens troubles the idea of the singular mother tongue, singular body, singular place/home, singular desire. The tongue of her language is neither and both English and French, for her vocabulary may at times look like one but be syntactically the other, or sound like one but be the other, or behave like one but shadow the other.
“What is a fuckable text and is it only fuckable in English ? Is there such thing as a literary hard-on ? Who wants Nathanaël ? I do I do. Only he doesn’t exist. He is not kissing you. He leaves no fold on your mattress. He doesn’t break your heart. The tiled floor is cold and your feet are bare. Nathanaël is long gone he was never here not even once. He is a queer boy a loveable boy maybe even a fuckable boy and we are all wet or hard turning pages imagining his breath.” (from Je Nathanaël, published mostly in English by BookThug, 2006)
“Qui veut Nathanaël? I do I do. Seulement il n’existe pas. Il ne t’embrasse pas. Il ne laisse aucun pli sur ton matelas. Il ne te trahit pas. Le plancher carrelé est froid tu es pieds nus. Nathanaël est déjà loin il n’a jamais été ici pas une seule fois. C’est un garçon queer un garçon aimable maybe even a fuckable boy et on bande et on mouille en tournant les pages en imaginant son souffle.” (from Je Nathanaël, publié mostly en français par l’Hexagone, 2003)
In the contours between language, tongue, body and place, desire. A desire that is silent, voiced, enacted and translated.
Nathalie Stephens (Nathanaël) is the author of many books including We Press Ourselves Plainly (Nightboat, 2010), Carnet de désaccords (Le Quartanier, 2009), At Alberta (BookThug, 2008), ...s’arréte? Je (l’Hexagone, 2007) and Touch to Affliction (Coach House, 2006). Some of he work exists in Basque, Slovene, and Spanish with book-length translations in Bulgarian and Brazilian Portuguese. In addition to translating herself, Stephens has translated Catherine Mavrikakis, Gail Scott, John Keene, and Édouard Clissant.
 PAPER CITY, Nathalie Stephens
  Nathalie Stephens, PAPER CITY Coach House Books. 2003.
  "In a Paper City write nothing down." So commands this text, which dismantles itself as it charts its own admonished course, navigating the interstices between English and French, Stephens' own mother tongues. Through the disquieting absence of the letter characters "n" and "b," the narrator's attempt to uncover and record their lives, Stephens confronts and challenges human proscription through the untranslatability of experience, with ironic and apocalyptic consequences. Beneath this thin narrative runs an undercurrent of horror that decries the deliberate plunder of the City resulting from an absolute disregard for history's relationship to "the body's fictions"- what both "n" and "b" terms "art lost to numbers." 

...nomme ici la philosophie : c’est l’anticipation soucieuse de la mort, le soin à apporter au mourir, la méditation sur la meilleure façon de recevoir, de donner ou de se donner la mort, l’expérience d’une veille de la mort possible, et de la mort possible comme impossibilité ; — Jacques Derrida

...explicitly names philosophy : it is the attentive anticipation of death, the care brought to bear upon dying, the meditation on the best way to receive, give, or give oneself death, the experience of a vigil over the possibility of death, and over the possibility of death as impossibility.— Jacques Derrida (tr. David Wills)
, that I have given (to) the form of an injunction : nomme ici la philosophie. Name it. Stripped of its nominative clause, handed to the immediate demand, the sentence, hanged. Thus curtailed, philosophy’s demonstrations are plied, executed, as it were, by a syntactical constriction. Already I am in the wrong, having wronged (a language). The English makes clear indication of my misdemeanour, disallowing the syncope that thwarted my initial reading. (I did not read the English translation, I referred to it). In the way that an unmemorable inscription – To the memory of– recently yielded the fantastical distortion, – too much memory– (a visual occlusion), the early moment of Derrida’s sentence
1234567  

VSK PROJECT: The Middle Notebookes [extract] by Nathanaël

[ … ]

*
If by liberation you intend the emancipation from reason, sure. If it’s the thing that wracks groans and torment from the body, if at the moment of sleeping and waking it is the thing that  transforms me into a howling cemetery, a blood-soaked battlefield. I have become the war and the malady, the face of the death of a person. I have envisioned these technologies. (…) You see, if it isn’t a liberation, it is nonetheless a thing detached against the thing that lays it bare. I am the residue of a self, the absence of relation: thing and thing.
*
Your name is discarded at the side of the road. After the months of deliberations. Thrown among the gravel and algae of the pavement. This abandoned name is barely a death. It will happen to you one day in the mouth of another. That side-road name that holds the shape of your already-body. Your body in disbelief at not having that name.
*
With him, my I-him, in body, I have no further language. He grants me this reprieve.
*
My mind stops at the Bar Kokhba revolt and the collective suicide of the Guadeloupean marrons in 1802, alongside the Mulâtresse Solitude. More than ever, I understand that gesture. At the end of a battle, where nothing is ever won, the evidence of the only possible act is to set fire to oneself. The enemy is nowhere visible, and the city, as it so often is in my thinking, is empty, abandoned. What remains of it, I have ingested, in structure, in discourse, in enmity. The thing against which we fight becomes us. To obliterate it, it must surely be necessary to obliterate it in – and with – oneself. I cannot know what meaning to grant this in a present of abandon, of resentment, confusion and sorrow, of perverse euphoria. There are the cats who ask to be fed, and a love that surely doesn’t intend for me, but toward which I go.
*
The absence of a witness is the beginning of a murder. It became clear to me at the crematorium when the howl, immediately swallowed by the roar of the furnaces, was wrenched from me.
*
Eyes open or closed, it’s the same screen, the same blood, the same smell.
*
Desire’s accusations are irrefutable. I come to you with judgement and morbidity. Against a theatre of moveable parts, Genet insists “the architecture of the theatre … must be fixed, immobilized, so that it can be recognized as responsible : it will be judged on its form”. This, then, is my injunction, that I bring with me, my “irreversible” theatre. Judge me.
*
The conditional is bereaved: tense, unappeased. It carries potentiality’s breach, boring into the undetermined with disbelief. The if then of me, constructed such that uncertainty, embedded in the causal palate of language’s misdeed, is militantly rejected by a structuring of sated need. It locks into place, but this does nothing for a body that falls from a sky. The contaminant is alive, it is vital, distressed; it disregards our posturings. “Nothing is true”, contends Édouard Glissant, “everything is alive”. It is this untrue-alive, which is the end of I (je) – its everlast. The insistence of Cahun’s intransigeant interrogation, speaking, alive: what want and to what end this accusation of endings? Each thing in ending, at the very start. It is sometimes called: onset. And we are its disease.
*
The bed expulses me. My head seized by a liquid burn.
*
We are in time. That, too, is unthinkable.
*
You arrive shortly after. Days, weeks. You say: N. You rid my names of their gravity, their fatality. N., this residue of me, this scrap. You open your mouth with mine, you gorge my cries, you pull my body under the weight of you, I bite into the soil of your shoulder, you cry the continent and the passing hour. You say nothing, you sleep and give me your rest, the livid days of tomorrows. You read to me out loud. You are my passeur, laid over my disappearance.
*
Who will wash the body of my death. Who will kiss my bloody mouth. Who will swallow my cries, my pain. Who will consume my passing. Who will speak me.
*
I am bereft, and unjust. Now I can speak to you of this, now that I’ve written you I don’t know what it will be with the telephone next time or the time after that, but it is ok now that I have told you and please be secretive with this, guard it like a wingless bird with no eyes, who never saw a thing and is afraid of loud noises. Make it precious that way and irrepressibly endangered, such that you have no desire to whisper it, not even to yourself.
*
Fistfully. Mouthfully. The place you take into you is an injury and my prints are all over you. This is your city. Your tawdry. As though speaking of seeing could correct calamity. Our limbs are not limber. And geography cringes at the encroachement of further geography. Find the text that granted permission, the book that wanted burning, the mouth that needed closing, the hand held before an expressionless face. Brazen and stumbling. (2006)
*
Death is long, terribly long, notwithstanding the unbearable remainder.
*
…and into your sleep, I swear it, into your death, I will follow you. (Bernard-Marie Koltès)
*
If it is true that “desire is dead, killed by an image”, it may be that this accusatively emphatic image bespeaks the murderous vigil; to watch, unbidden. To bring the body, unworn, to testify against itself, to responsibilise its enmity, build up the wall of its own figuration, severely, make what is seen visible against history’s rent screen – a black box of miserly misery. Speak into speaking, unlistened. // I go to where it happens. The door is a door that closes. A gate that scrapes shut against a forensic, vaulted compound. These are its barbed technologies, its unmitigated heat, a fire that doesn’t burn, a blood that doesn’t bleed: the smell of it. If desire is dead it is dead at the point of seeing, accused, beseeching. It dies undead, it sees unspoken, it works its asphyxiation into the endangered throat, stripped of its vital civility, mouth open on no sound, untold. The wither image may have killed desire, ineradicably. Death’s death as it were, remaindered at its skinned edge, its posthumous (re)iteration, end upon devastated end.
*
Through the window, the city demonstrates its refusal.
*
A. tells me that I am at the bottom of the pit. But it isn’t at all that. A pit wouldn’t be so bad. A bottom, an utterly agreeable thing. Even unbearably agreeable. But a bottom would be something. I wasn’t able to tell her no, there is neither a bottom, nor a pit, nor a darkness, nor anything of the nihilistic dreams of the living. It’s rather of the order of a blank. I think so. Vigilation is something like that. The attention granted to a thing to the point of the obliteration of looking and of the thing. That is where the voice is lost, touch evaporates, it burns for not being able to burn.
*
Saarbrücken: am in another language, as in a body of water that submerges me without touching me.
*
One must agree to be finished: to be here and nowhere else, to do this and no other thing, now and not never nor ever … to have this life alone. (André Gorz)
*
An overly-aggrieved body, a face that carries several deaths already, including mine, and the murder of the mother, the brother. Who will ever want this mouth?
*
Crossing the square, I feel an utter disgust toward all these humans, I tell myself that it’s everywhere the same people, that it’s no surprise we perpetuate the same violences, just look at us. It isn’t that we don’t love enough, I think perhaps it is that we don’t hate one another enough. The human being is a botched animal.
*
You dance because you are conscious of death. (Pippo Delbono)
*
I continue to scatter myself to the wind, I’m in shreds in these places that seem to come to pieces as I move through them, as though my presence alone conferred their disintegration.
*
Wien: An unthinkable world.
*
November (end). Today I would like to speak to you. I know that you would have something to say to me, to me and to all of this, and that you would take me somewhere on foot, that you would have a thing or two to show me. I can’t imagine going back, but remaining is just as improbable. As for me, I would like one day to kiss your mouth and wonder whether mine is even capable of such a thing. Love from a loveless city. N.
*
My words tonight before a Viennese public in an old hospital reconstituted as a Universität made my mouth into a crypt and purged the last vital energies from the room. Ending unspeaking unbreathing and the room unsound. It is a disconcerting shame that accompanies a death, for the person remaining, the vitally-residual, with her culpable vitality, a fistful of aschenglorie, a scattered self. And a face which must only signify this from now on.
*
Kafka: My love for you doesn’t love itself. (Gorz)
*
The body is seized, inert, beating, palpitating, an anguish in time. Is it me.
*
Deutschland: I go toward everything as though I were late, our late desires, yes. It isn’t a place I would have chosen for myself. But we don’t choose our self.
*
The narrative of the end of a certain time is told in a new time which retains that end – an end by which it presents itself as beginning. (Lyotard)
*
Between two places, in a despotic airport (Frankfurt), I write my hope for an inevitable outre mesure. Might it be, in the end, a matter of “that unforgottenness of forgetting that isn’t memory”? (Malraux).
*
Unmoorings.
*
From part to parting, to be summoned is to be attentive to the surf that founds and founders being, I mean the eventuality of one’s existere, of one’s situation.
*
Vienna is not a city.
*
RY King’s photographic dissolve marks the paper immutable. Immutable in that it is always imbricated in a mechanism of deterioration. In this improper sense, the image is not separable from its degradation. Its substances are both paper and light. Thus they are neither, as they run into each other. The bird, in this instance, which is scarcely discernible, is in a field of apparent surfaces. It comprises the surface by which it becomes visible, an irregularity on a structure of hay bales in a field of depleted colour. The photograph misdirects its intention. It intends for me to fall in. In to America.
*
It comes with a number, assigned to a calcined human body which is incommunicable:                . When it says “…I need catastrophes, coups de théâtre”, it abandons sense. The lake is up to my knees in November.
*
The time of the photograph is (always) after. This imprecision accommodates the numerous successions, the end upon seismic end. In a time without time, un(re)countable: still. In this, it is a perfect crime, “the annihilation annihilated, the end … deprived of itself.”
*
Are you the sum of your cities? What are your cities? Es-tu la somme de tes villes? Quelles sont tes villes? “Wounded mouths that gape onto the void”? (Lyotard)
*
I crossed over, I touched, I howled, I gave, I envisioned, I was afraid and I went toward everything that seemed to go against me. I said yes in spite of myself, while saying never again – not Germany, not Austria, not America, not anywhere ever, especially not me – and it’s this conjunction surely that makes that I exist in the rapacious non-existence of the delirious (mis)deed.
*
Pain and pain again. But it isn’t mine, in that it doesn’t belong.
*
This trip to Germany and Austria was by turns very exacting, and always very emotional; I learned a lot, about myself, about history, about the very violence of my hopes. Vienna especially plied me, with its architecture of pomp and excess, in that city I hardly slept. Presents and pasts combined and I was suffocating… I was suffocating and this didn’t prevent me from feeling just as intensely the warmth with which I was everywhere welcomed. I emerge from it shaken, my head shattered, my body plunged into that (for me) beginning conversation and I am moved by the openings – gentle and violent – that sought me out. There is no turning away from it. I go to that which exceeds comprehension, the furore of history, the aleatory encounters, the receptiveness of a present within voice’s reach.
*
Time goes on, how curious, one doesn’t imagine that it could at such an hour.
*
“for we say here: the time before the fire and time after it.” (in Senocak)
*
To bring a life into the world is to bring that world to its death.
*
…a stable, several rooms, bicycle rides in the countryside, a terrible parking lot, people coming and going, a threat, unnamed, an eventual art show, and the rapid deterioration of my body in the face of everyone. Lying down or standing, the liquefaction of my joints, my bones floating in my remains, gaping holes at my knees, waxen skin, saying to R. who is watching television with several others, kill me, have mercy, why won’t you kill me. A boy beneath a blanket, but nothing was fixed, it must have been the residual death imprinted in the body, my installation in that savagery, its imprint of undesirability, tear me from this sleep.
*
As for this end, attached to a death, I am the one now who is changed by it, and who rejects certain narratives which make me into something I don’t want to be.
*
I make the connection between these texts and the sprig of creosote in the mail, your wanderments and a detailed attention granted to the unsuspected details of a fragile narrative of seasons and their material. The documentation of this – burst and furling. A magistral museum, the one that isn’t edified. I admire your eye and that which is emptied from it, the residue of a gaze is a form of (formless) archive.
*
We could think of the sense of touch as the unconscious of vision. (Pallasmaa)
*
It’s 3:30pm, time for me to sleep. I’ve already had one nap, twice gone round the neighbourhood, made and unmade the bed, adored the cats, prepared inedible foods, drunk the remaining tea, written several letters, taken some notes and checked the mail that doesn’t come. It’s impossible to make these tasks into a day, the day being obstinately out of reach, the door being unrecognisable, one walks into it, face first, still there is some relief in the sensation.
*
The next text is a kind of suppuration. It must be the equivalent of rubbing gravel and glass into a wound, but I must do this violence to myself now. Press my whole face into the ambient abjection, hatred, rage. Perhaps remove a blistered skin, rendering myself raw and possibly more humane.
*
[ … ]


At some point in Je Nathanaël you write“the human body is facing a crisis” and “sex is immersed in hermaphrodism”. Well, this book seems to work in a tension between body and language, art and desire. Do you think that all these terms (and concepts) are in crisis? In what sense?
I certainly hope they are in crisis. The senses continue manifestly to be overriden by discourse in North America, even those that purport to challenge the restraint of the senses by academic (theoretical) and corporate (capitalist) structures. When I wrote Je Nathanaël, which is now over ten years ago, this crisis, for me, was most articulable through the notion of translatability — which bears an arguable relationship to hermaphrodism (in which the overlay and disruption of clearly delineated bodies and languages provokes disintegrative states impressed with desire) — which belies the possibility of origination. Je Nathanaël, like Nathanaël himself, can claim no origin, linguistic or otherwise, as the text grew out of at least two languages at once — French and English. When Nathanaël looks over his shoulder, there is nothing (recountable) to see; time is otherwise affected for him, and not construable according to the accepted linearity of Modernity. Other than the absence of a body that is on the verge always of constituting itself. This crisis is a guarantor of a kind of sensorial vigilance which we’ve relinquished in favour of a kind of systematic deadening of the senses, and of desire.

Rachel Gontijo Araujo has said that you dare to think language as body. Thinking about that tension I’ve mentioned before, could you tell me what does it mean to you to deal with literature physically?
I suspect Rachel is in a better position than I am to answer such a question. I suppose it would be necessary first to question the distinction between the two and the assumptions that define them each individually. The blatancy of the Cartesian divide between body and mind might be instructive here; many so-called post-structuralist thinkers have resisted the notion of language as something incidental, an a-priori of sentience. Of course I disagree emphatically with this kind of facile interpretation which for me is a relinquishment of thought. But I don’t align myself with a particular school of thought nor any philosophical or poetic tendency. I’m wary of wholesale subscription to any system, and prefer something more ad hoc and aleatory. This means each time finding a way to the body in language, the very thing that foresaw the body in the first place. What it may mean in the physical sense of a text is best answered, I think, by the text itself.

How is this physicality related with punctuation (for example, the absence of commas) and with the way you place  the text on the page?
To this, I can only say that the disruption of syntactical authority accompanies the dismantlement of the gendered, sexed, body in this text. Je Nathanaël is a very different text in English than it is in French. And I’m curious to know what happens to it in Portuguese and Bulgarian — the other two languages into which it has been translated. Romance languages are so determined by gender that setting about this work to hermaphrodize French (one of the initial impulses of this project) required a very violent action against French grammatical strictures. This meant annihilating the subject, as in the section entitled La voix, in which the absence of pronouns rejects normative modes of address and inscription. The deception of The Voice is also the deception of language. But in English, something else happens. Suddenly, the work, like the English language, is less marked by gender, and so other strategies must be employed. None of it can be accounted for, I think, and the danger with parsing the text too closely, is that this kind of exercise strips the work of something essential: its sense.

In general terms, how well do you think sex is (re)presented in american literature?
I am afraid I cannot say much about this, as I have read relatively little of it — and besides, I don’t really know what American literature is. I’m not sure such a thing exists — anywhere; besides, there are many Americas. Still, my sense is that U.S. and Canadian literatures, while not nearly equivalent nor interchangeable suffer from both a strained prudishness and ostentatory obscenity. In North America, if we are not busy punishing the body for its excesses, then we are wanting to revolutionize it. Each extremity seems caught in a paradox of dependency. I’d rather think about something else.

You are working on the translation of Hilda Hilst’s “The Obscene Madame D”. What do you like about Hilst’s literature? Do you see any affinities between your own work and that of  Hilst?
Hilst, for me is a writer who truly writes the body — rather than most who theorize the writing of the body, and thus remain squarely in their fixed categories (and stroked by their respective academies). Hilst is brash, crude, elegant, aggrieved and grievous. I first read A Obscena Senhora D after having gone a long time without reading. I am an impatient reader, and as a result read relatively little. But it seemed to me that I could read this work for the rest of my life, and that Hilst was doing something others only claimed to be doing. Her work exceeds, for me, the work of Lispector, who is or was very popular in the U.S. and France because of Cixous’ championing of it. My first thought after reading Hilst was that this was a grave mistake. However much I like A hora da estrela, it doesn’t risk itself, nor lead me to risk myself as a reader the way Hilst does. Hilst is willing to destroy the thing she is making as she makes it. Paradoxically, this is what binds her text, and threatens to destroy her reader. As for affinities between our work, it would be presumptuous for me to measure such a thing. I am a great admirer of her.

I bet you don’t like to answer this question but tell me: who is Nathanaël for you?
You’re right, I don’t at all like this question. Besides, the answer is always changing. Who Nathanaëel was in 2003, 2006 and again in 2011 is different again and again. He began as an unrealized character in Les nourritures terrestres by André Gide. He entered me as a translation. He belonged to no one, certainly not the book. Now, who can say? Nathanaël is a name that is often unpronounceable. - abolhaeditora.com.br/
Nathalie Stephens (Nathanaël)writes l’entre-genre in English and French. She is the author of a dozen books including, The Sorrow And The Fast Of It(Nightboat (US), 2007), its French counterpart, …s’arrête? Je(L’Hexagone, 2007),Touch to Affliction(Coach House, 2006), Je Nathanaël (l’Hexagone, 2003) and L'Injure (l'Hexagone, 2004), a finalist for the 2005 Prix Alain-Grandbois and Prix Trillium. Je Nathanaël exists in English self-translation with BookThug (2006). Other work exists in Basque and Slovene with book-length translations in Bulgarian (Paradox, 2007). With Nota bene (Montréal, 2007), there is an essay of correspondence entitled L’absence au lieu (Claude Cahun et le livre inouvert), the self-translation of which is forthcoming with Nightboat (US): Absence Where As (Claude Cahun and the Unopened Book). Stephens has guest lectured and performed her work internationally, notably in Sofia, Barcelona, Ljubljana, New York and Norwich. The recipient of a Chalmers Arts Fellowship and a British Centre for Literary Translation Residential Bursary, she was the keynote speaker at the 2006 edition of the University of Alberta's Annual Translation Conference. Stephens has translated Catherine Mavrikakis and François Turcot into English and Bhanu Kapil, Gail Scott and Andrew Zawacki into French, with a translation of work by Hélène Cixous forthcoming. Stephens presently teaches at the School of the Art Institute of Chicago.

1 - How did your first book change your life?

It didn't. That was perhaps what was most sobering about it. The boundary between book and no book didn't enable me to cross it or any other boundary. There was no here to there, just the body registering further silences, I might sometimes say humiliations. It is maybe disingenuous to say so, now that there have been this many books. It is not, I think, an exaggeration to say that they were already there. Not as Jabès would say, that the body unfolds the book that is waiting to be written. It is not remotely that prophetic or determined. But that I moved toward the thing that was waiting; itself a form of movement. The movement enabled that encounter, the waiting that I anticipated, presumed, made possible the convergence there of what is arguably an impossibility.

2 - How long have you lived in Chicago, and how does geography, if at all, impact on your writing? Does race or gender make any impact on your work?

I have lived with Chicago since 2002, though I entered the city proper as a resident two and a half years ago. I could measure time in deaths, disease; or else in encounter, friendship; gardens, architecture. The number of falls -- historical and communal. Geography is one way of measuring distance, the many encroachments, and yes, a form of inscription, a way of approaching textuality, of moving through text. But it is not ever limited to the place where I am. Rather, it is cumulative, and the madnesses emerge with those accretions. The littoral imitates the body's permeability -- is this gender? Yes, of course it is, but it transcends the body proper (body parts), the physiological body, making light of our theoretical lamentations, pushing thought past tissue and holding it there; there, being not ascribable to a single (singular) form or articulation. The holding patterns (nation, text) reveal our own subscriptions to nationalistic (genealogical) litany; this is not a call for dissidence, but a manifestation perhaps of the insidious overlap of lives and the constructs that seek to contain them in distinction.

3 - Where does a poem usually begin for you? Are you an author of short pieces that end up combining into a larger project, or are you working on a "book" from the very beginning?

There are no poems anymore. There have not been for some time now. Not that form of encapsulation. I distrust what calls itself poetry -- any genre delineation. Genre pre- or proscription is territorially suspect, the germ of othering, faction. These arbitrary separations reinscribe -- or at very least suggest -- the implicit violences of imperialist, nationalist discourses, and carry with them the usual scourges of complicity and collaboration. Defined in this way, a text -- circumscribed by genre, in a language that reinforces these exclusions -- becomes (is) an occupied territory. Such a position, the positioning of genre, is ontologically untenable, and in my view dangerous.

5 - Do you have any theoretical concerns behind your writing? What kinds of questions are you trying to answer with your work? What do you even think the current questions are?

Am I comfortable locating the questions in time? Pulling at the relational strands that belie the carapaced text? The affective dimension (dementia) of the unexpected. The arbitrary delineations of place. Darwish, for example: "Now where is my where"? A short list of questions reveals nothing, nothingness: absence, place, possibility. These may all be questionable questions, but none are answerable. And it is this exhaustive unanswerability, this positioning of subjectivity at the edge of multiple abysses that make of text (desire) an elusive gesture, anchored only to itself, and pulling whatever remains into its wake.

7 - After having published more than a couple of titles over the years, do you find the process of book-making harder or easier?

The difficulties accrue. It is as though the self were pulled more and more thinly across the spine of each new book. The fragilities more visible, the implications multiplied. It is likely not so; the making of books hasn't changed, but my relationship to this process has, and with it my awareness of the compromises, the vulnerabilities, the surrender of a relationship to language in a context that withholds more than it offers. Art is not what it might have been; and whatever liberties or generosities I had first imagined I might find there are a veneer for the same filth that characterises most human endeavour. What was to have been a way of touching touches me now incontrovertibly, and not always reciprocally. This, perhaps is a kind of devastation; it is also the formulation of an ethics which is not ever separate from the painful questions from which it arises. Such that the binarism (harder-easier) does not apply. Simply the book is complicated by our relationships to it.

8 - When was the last time you ate a pear?

This afternoon.

11 - When your writing gets stalled, where do you turn or return for (for lack of a better word) inspiration?

The turn is inward. It is not so much a matter of going toward any one particular thing, but of inviting movement (back) into the body. Writing seems ironically to exist in direct contradiction with the movement (walking, for example) that enables it. In this respect, it is not a form of stillness, but a struggle with(in) the body's desire for reach. One winter, I walked up and down the shore of the Kantauri Itsasoa. This movement did not bring forward a book; it isn't causal in that way. It reminded the body of a thing it is always already forgetting. Language is in this way a form of treachery.

12 - How does your most recent book compare to your previous work? How does it feel different?

Of the Cahun essay or Nightboat and recent Hexagone books (The Sorrow And The Fast Of It / ...s'arrête? Je), I can say this: that the membrane is ever more thin.

13 - David W. McFadden once said that books come from books, but are there any other forms that influence your work, whether nature, music, science or visual art?

I want to say friendship. Which of course includes all of the above. It is a threshold become possible. The possibility of a threshold.

14 - What other writers or writings are important for your work, or simply your life outside of your work?

This is an impossible question. The obvious answers to which are explicit in some of the work. Still, at the moment (and the moment is never still): De l'évasion(Lévinas), Pour une morale de l'ambiguïté (de Beauvoir), L'Intention poétique (Glissant).

15 - What would you like to do that you haven't yet done?

Sit still.

16 - If you could pick any other occupation to attempt, what would it be? Or, alternately, what do you think you would have ended up doing had you not been a writer?

Forgive me for turning this question against itself, but as I read it, I am drawn away from it by the word occupation, in light especially of a new book about André Gide and WWII, the subtitle of which is A Writer's Occupation. This leads me again to the question of territoriality, and the ways in which we inhabit (occupy, claim, or possess) the spaces (such as language) that may very well be in control of us. The question thus reformulates itself in my mind as: What would you occupy, have you occupied (instead of this thing which you already occupy)?, the ethical tremor of which provokes a kind of terror. Because like it or not, we are all, to some degree, occupants. Occupying, and being occupied. And so driven by the circles we draw around ourselves.

17 - What made you write, as opposed to doing something else?

This is embarrassingly typical: L'étranger.

18 - What was the last great book you read? What was the last great film?






Nathanaël (formerly Nathalie Stephens) is the author of a score of books written in English or French, including We Press Ourselves Plainly, Carnet de délibérations, Paper City, and L'injure. Je Nathanaël exists in self-translation, as does the essay of correspondence, Absence Where As (Claude Cahun and the Unopened Book), first published in French as L'absence au lieu. There is a book of talks, At Alberta. Some texts exist in Basque, Slovene, and Spanish, with book-length translations in Bulgarian and Portuguese (Brazil). Nathanaël's work is repertoried in Constelación de poetas francófonas de cinco continentes (diez siglos) (Mexico). In addition to her self-translations, Nathanaël has translated Catherine Mavrikakis, Édouard Glissant and Hilda Hilst, the latter in collaboration with Rachel Gontijo Araújo. She lives in Chicago.

 In each issue of Capital Xtra, a prominent literary Canadian recommends a queer-authored book. In this installment, writer and video artist RM Vaughan recommends Nathalie Stephens’ Touch to Affliction (Coach House, 2006).

I distrust lists. And although this ongoing literary project by Capital Xtra — this creation of a “best queer books” recommendation list — is both laudable and vitally necessary (it’s not like the Canada Council or any other cultural agency under the Harper regime is going to do it for us queers), the project still smells a bit like a “top ten” — so I distrust the very enterprise. Lists, especially cultural compendiums, are inherently flawed, more notable for who and what they miss than whom or what they name.
I hope that Nathalie Stephens will forgive me then for plopping her mesmerizing talent into this big box of assorted chocolates. Especially since hers is a talent that lives and thrives well outside of any constructed canon. Nathalie is, by nature, averse to such conceits, as are the complex works Nathalie creates. But all my favourite writers exist beyond, and indeed resist, categorization.
To wit, let’s jump into Touch to Affliction, the best, in my not so humble opinion, of Nathalie’s recent works. I’ve chosen this book not just because I love it, but also because, as noted above, I distrust canon-building and this book easily defies canonization. That’s what makes it so queer.
Part meditation, part architectural study, part autobiography, part cultural study, part lament for the end of the world, and all, all, all pure gorgeous poetry (a word I apply to any piece of beautiful writing, no matter how it is formatted on the page), Touch to Affliction is a book that makes you feel like you are being led by a ghost through a maze, while hypnotized, after spending several hours spinning in circles with a gang of Sufi dancers. The book turns back on itself more often, and more flexibly, than a ferret with an itchy backside. You will never read it the same way twice.
If I had to testify about Touch to Affliction in court (a thrilling idea!), I would describe the book as a collection of prose poems inspired by various geographical settings. But, my heavens and hells, what a poor witness I would make! That description ain’t the half of it. Geographical settings, as Nathalie teaches us, include not just the rocks and trees, but also our minds, our sexualities, the whispers and songs our tongues cut into the air, our loves, and, most (and best and worst) of all, language itself. Don’t queers know this, in their hearts, that definitions and delineations are inherently untrustworthy, fluid?
Indeed, Touch to Affliction treats the very notion of “place” as if it were quicksilver (which it is), and then proceeds to follow the slippery, glistening idea “hellways and crooked,” as we say in my native New Brunswick. This is not a book “about,” it is a book that questions the reliability of “about,” of all tangible realities and, especially, our sense of self within space. Heavy-going, yes, but worth the weight.
Not that Nathalie will have anything to do with such cheap and fast analyses. I’m ashamed of myself already. As the narrator in Touch to Affliction warns us: “I am no landscape.”
Take that, Susanna Moodie!
RM Vaughan

Thure Erik Lund - His dream novel, he told me, was a novel that starts here and ends up in Chinese, and the readers should have learned Chinese by the time they got to the end. In one of his books, there’s no people in it, it’s completely empty, but it still works

$
0
0

Thure Erik Lund, Myrbråtenfortellingene 


Let’s talk about Norwegian literature. No, we’re not going to talk about Karl Ove Knausgaard; we’re going to quote him:
You wouldn’t have read him, there’s a Norwegian writer, Thure Erik Lund, he’s the greatest prose writer in my generation. He’s ten years older than me. He’s very wild. His novels start in one place and end up somewhere completely different. His dream novel, he told me, was a novel that starts here and ends up in Chinese, and the readers should have learned Chinese by the time they got to the end. He’s untranslatable. In one of his books, there’s no people in it, it’s completely empty, but it still works, it’s just great. In Norway, Lund was the only expansive writer I knew of.
It is a bit ironic that such an overhyped author, whose books have been translated into numerous languages, should be the one to break the news to the English-speaking world about the existence of Thure Erik Lund, his complete opposite: obscure, untranslated into any other language, linguistically challenging (“untranslatable” says Knausgaard), not easily marketable. But we should be grateful for the successful author of My Struggle– now we at least know what we are missing.
Thure Erik Lund’s greatest achievement is the genrically heterogenous tetralogy Myrbråtenfortellingene (The Myrbråten Tales) united by the presence of Thomas Olsen Myrbråten, the eponymous character. The first novel of the cycle is titled Grøftetildragelsesmysteriet (The Ditch Incident Mystery), and it relates the protagonist’s botched attempt to write a report on the protection of Norway’s cultural monuments commissioned by the Ministry of Culture. Crushed by this failure and confronted with the existential void, Myrbråten first moves to the countryside and then retreats deep into the woods to lead there a solitary existence like some of  kind of postmodern Thoreau. There he embarks upon writing his own theory of the world. Admiring  Lund’s critique of contemporary culture, literary historian Øystein Rottem has written in  a review that it is so radical as to make Thomas Bernhard and Dag Solstad“pale” in comparison.
Compromateria, the second novel in the tetralogy, is the wildest. It is a science fiction allegory that stretches the limits of imagination and language alike, notorious among the Norwegian readership for its hundreds of neologisms. The main character of the novel is an unnamed writer who makes his own books, manufacturing the paper from random bits of junk: shreds of fabric, straw pieces, crushed stones.  At some point he is transported to the futuristic world of Compromateria in which technologies and language are fused together. In his detailed analysis of the novel (unfortunately available only in Norwegian), the critic Arve Kleiva neatly sums up what to expect of Lund’s extravaganza:
What else should I compare Lund with, in a nutshell? The references or rather the associations and formal similarities are so common that they dissolve into generalities: Homer’s adventures, Dante, Rabelais, Thomas More, Baroque travel allegories, Swift, Holberg and (a far stronger resemblance) Hieronymus Bosch, Mary Shelley, HG Wells, Egil Rasmussen, the 20th century dystopia, surrealism, gonzo, sci-fi literature that the reviewer barely knows, Blade Runner, Independence Day, Matrix, Alien, X-Files, but perhaps just as much the revelation traditions,  [..] John’s Apocalypse, the Spanish Renaissance mystics and other visionary poetry. For it is the truth that speaks through this intricate and well-organised system of (alleged) lies and delirium.
The next book of Myrbråtenfortellingene bears the title Elvestengfolket (The Elvesteng Folk) and it features Thomas again as its protagonist. In this short novel we learn about Myrbråten’s earlier life, starting with his childhood in rural Norway in the 1960s and ending in the 1990s, with his arrival in Oslo, on the eve of the great tribulations recounted in the first novel of the tetralogy.
With Uranophilia, the fourth novelLund brings his daring literary enterprise to an end. Thomas is now in his sixties and lives in Oslo again, still working on his philosophical system. His ordinary routine is changed when he meets the inventor Ludvig, who has built a time machine in his shabby workshop. Ludvig initiates his friend into his scientific research, and, after the inventor’s death, Thomas continues the experiments with time travelling. Another important part of the plot is the unravelling of the arcane knowledge concealed within a 16th-century treatise called Uranophilia. The investigation of its impact on the course of our civilsation is attended by a welter of historical and cultural references in which fact and fiction are elaborately intertwined. Especially fascinating are travellers’ accounts about visiting fantastic peoples that would make Pliny and Mandeville look like certified anthropologists.
Since the only piece of information in English about Thure Erik Lund’s tetralogy that I’ve been able to unearth is this short entry on the website of Eirin Hagen Literary Agency, I mostly had to rely on Google Translate and common sense when puzzling out the meaning of the Norwegian essays and reviews to form my own opinion. Based on all the secondary sources I thus perused, I would venture to assume that Thure Erik Lund’s cycle of novels fits that rare bill of a literary work whose linguistic complexity is matched by the complexity of its ideas and imagery. The lack of any translations makes Myrbråtenfortellingene especially tantalising, and I want to believe that despite the label of untranslatability, some brave adventurer will stand up to the challenge of widenening the readership of this fascinating work. - theuntranslated.wordpress.com/2017/12/16/the-great-untranslated-myrbratenfortellinger-by-thure-erik-lund/




Thure Erik Lund (b. 1959) made his literary debut in 1992 with Tanger, for which he received the Tarjei Vesaas Prize. His second book, Leiegården/The Apartment House (1994), was the Norwegian winner in the Scandinavian competition for the Best Contemporary Novel of the year. Lund is decribed as the most promising and innovative Norwegian writers. His big break through came with the four novels about Thomas four novels about Thomas  Olsen Myrbråten: The Ditch Incident Mystery/ Grøftetildragelsesmysteriet  (1999), Compromateria (2002), The Elvesteng Folk/ Elvestengfolket (2003) and Uranophilia (2005). 
Lund’s tetralogy and his latest novel, In/Inn (2006), spans from portrayals of exuberant mundane existentialism and a life lived in close communion with nature, to civilization criticism, monstrous social systems and alternative world theories. The author has a distinctive and extremely well developed language. He displays a great storytelling talent – a voice apart in contemporary literature and one of Norway’s most innovative authors.
He has written eight novels and two collections of essays.
Awards: The Literary Critics’ Prize 2005.  Translations: In /Inn (2006). Sold to Denmark.  
The Ditch Incident Mystery/Grøftetildragelsesmysteriet 
The first part of the novel, The Spiritual Man, is a strong criticism of modernity and the urbane. We meet the intellectual outsider, Thomas Olsen Myrbråten, who fails to write a report for the Ministry of Culture about the challenges relating to the protection of cultural monuments. The paradox is that the authenticity disappears when they become cultural monuments. He is thrown out of the ministry with his report. In the second part, Life Shows Up, Thomas has left town and gone back to his childhood’s home in the country together with Helene, a rather worn out lady. Their love life is exhausting. They are surrounded by the most bizarre village eccentrics who are obsessed with meaningless inventions and working methods. In the last part, The Woodsman, Thomas escapes to the woods, to solitude. He identifies completely with the forest and merges with it physically and mentally.   
The first part of the novel can be read as a criticism of civilization. The two final parts are crazy and original  ”portraits of everyday life” recounted partly as indirect text analysis and partly as verbally colourful and reeking country tales.  
The reviewers wrote: ”In any case, it is such a radical and aggressive confrontation with our modern culture that it makes both Thomas Bernhard and Dag Solstad’s similar confrontations pale in comparison – deeply original in its bizarre rhetoric and one of the most intellectually stimulating books this autumn.”  Øystein Rotten, Dagbladet 
Thure Erik Lund has with his fourth novel shown once again that he is among the best writers of his generation.  The Ditch Incident Mystery moves on the absolute edge of Norwegian literature!”    

Tom Egil Hverven, Culture Radio  NRK P2  Compromateria
Thure Erik Lund's dynamic style of writing soars to new heights in this novel, which is completely different from anything we have read before. We meet a textile designer who immerses himself in the material or matter in which he happens to be working, be it the paper he makes from refuse, the corpses of dogs, or bits of fluff. After a while he finds himself in a world where individual egos are absorbed into or invaded by an unidentifiable collective self: compromateria.    In many ways this book may be read as science fiction of a kind, set in a distant future far beyond the horizons of our own age. But, like all experimental literature, the events it portrays exude an allegorical power that impinges on our own lives. The book implies that we are all controlled by something or someone beyond our ken, something totally incomprehensible that it is impossible to put into words.  
The Elvesteng Folk/Elvestengfolket
This is the story of Thomas Myrbråten and, more particularly, of the time before he found himself in the fix he was in when we first made his acquaintance in The Ditch Incident Mystery. Thomas lives in an isolated rural community tucked away between the small towns of Hønefoss and Hokksund in eastern Norway. Afraid to go to school and fearful of the future, he prefers to skulk in the nearby woods. But he does have two good friends for company, and together the three share in the escapades and adventures of all boys of that age.
Thomas is the narrator, and his narrative though profound reflections reveal an underlying sensitivity that cannot fail to impress anyone able to read between the lines.
Uranophilia
In this fourth and final novel in the cycle about Thomas Myrbråten, the protagonist has become 62 years old, and he lives in a council flat in Oslo. A moderate alcoholic, he goes for his daily walk to the store to buy beer, and then returns home to his flat to write on his “world theory”. But this is but the beginning of a book full of “Lundian” imagination and joy of storytelling. This is exciting, bold and innovative narrative art. There is no one quite like Lund, and almost no one that resembles. . Thure Erik Lund received Natt og Dag’s Oslo Prize 2005 for Book of the Year for Uranophilia. 
The reviwers about Uranophilia: 
“ A masterly storyteller.”  Dagbladet
“Well-written, exiting and challenging, and probably the best Norwegian novel to be published this year… The book is a storehouse filled with groundbreaking mind games, historical information, vivid portrayals, civilsation critique, intricate narrative art end deep dives into the human cognition, all conveyed in a manner that, in all its disturbing gloominess and profound sincerity, incredibly enough also can be describes as entertaining.”                                                         
The critics about the cycle: 
”The expression "intellectual being" will never be the same again after this author’s strange four-volume work about Thomas Myrbråten. People sometimes use the expression "pregnant sentences". If you want to know what they mean, you can start reading these novels." Fredrik Wandrup, in an article about the book reviewer’s favourite books of 2005 
"... His cycle of novels about Thomas Myrbråten is outstanding literature; literature of such rare dimensions that it induces rough, joyous cataplexy ..."   Trygve Riiser Gundersen, in an article about the book reviewer’s favourite books of 2005
 “Thure Erik Lund concludes one of the most overwhelming novelistic projects written in Norwegian in the last decades.”  Dagens Næringsliv 
In (Inn)
The main charactyer has decided to leave the country. He wants to disappear queitly, without telling anyone. All is arranged. His property will be transferred to his children. His car is sold. He wants to go away as slowly as possible, by foot. He believes he is fatally ill. The doctors have not given him any diagnosis, but he has discovered a lump on his back, and he is convinced that he will die.
    Fed up with Norway, by repeating cycles, he does not care a damn about the society, about social plays, roles, expectations and trivlialities. He has ever longed for loniliness, now he wants to explore this long lasting wish.
Published by Aschehoug




Bad Kid Catullus - his famously sexy, savage, tender and scurrilous poems have been transformed and mutated in myriad ways: compressed, expanded, bricolaged, Catullus in six pulp genres, Catullus as playlist, even a Catullus karma sutra

$
0
0
















Image result for Bad Kid Catullus,
Bad Kid Catullus, Ed. by Jon Stone and Kirsten Irving,  Sidekick Books, 2017.


http://sidekickbooks.com/booklab/books/bad-kid-catullus/






Gaius Valerius Catullus was Ancient Rome’s most notorious scandal-monger, filthsmith and lovelorn wretch. In this interactive handbook, his famously sexy, savage, tender and scurrilous poems have been transformed and mutated in myriad ways: compressed, expanded, bricolaged, Catullus in six pulp genres, Catullus as playlist – even a Catullus karma sutra. And then there are pages for you, the reader, to fill in, in your own obscene fashion.
You’ll never look at a sparrow the same way again.




Sidekick Headbooks: headlong expeditions into the half-known. A blend of the factual and fantastical, the lyrical and the visual – and intensely customisable, with scrapbook and do-it-yourself pages. Grab a stylus and get stuck in.
Bad Kid Catullus is the first book in the series




Image result for Bad Kid Catullus,
Collaborators:
Rowyda Amin, Andre Bagoo, Vahni Capildeo, James Coghill, Jei Degenhardt, Craig Dobson, Tim Dooley, Harry Giles, Kirsten Irving, Erik Kennedy, Kathleen Latham, Lindsay MacGregor, Ian McLachlan, Gabrielle Nolan, Wanda O’Connor, Abi Palmer, Abigail Parry, Eileen Pun, Shauna Robertson, Jon Stone, Peter Surkov, Andrea Tallarita, Claire Trévien, Inga Vesper, Rob Walton, Tony Williams, Kate Wise, Jennifer Wong.
Image result for Bad Kid Catullus,
Image result for Bad Kid Catullus,
Image result for Bad Kid Catullus,

Ernst Herbeck - The space between a list of plain facts and the nonsense by which they are concluded may be crossed by an inexhaustible variety of bridges.

$
0
0

Ernst Herbeck, Everyone Has a Mouth, Trans. by Gary Sullivan, Ugly Duckling Presse, 2012.


"This is a poetry that eludes rhetoric and the loud color of sky and sea."


My Last Will

Break a leg comrades
I go off into battle
and not to the bath
break out the sour cream
and howdy there my homeland


The life of Ernst Herbeck is familiar. A bottom-wrung German laborer committed to a psychiatric hospital in the 1940s who spent his entire captivity writing reams and reams of poems that captured the hearts of his countrymen, his biography is the melodramatic 21st century poet’s idea of what an honest, artistic life should and can look like if only someone published their poems on the matter. A life of innocent strife, of submission to established systems (labor, war, conscripted service, hospitalization) and to struggle, Herbeck’s success comes through his written words, which carry infinitely more weight than their size can handle.
Herbeck was introduced to poetry through the encouragement of his psychiatrist Dr. Leo Navratil, who believed that a patient had the capacity for artistically relevant work in the acute stage of their mental illness. In Herbeck’s case, the illness was schizophrenia; the work was poetry. And in Everyone Has A Mouth, published by Ugly Duckling Presse, the two are blended with such a humble, beautiful simplicity that it is difficult to tell the difference.
Herbeck’s schizophrenia first manifested in his early twenties when he was working in a Nazi munitions factory. He began to think he was possessed by animals and by other people. These symptoms were sporadic, and, like most schizophrenics, Herbeck spent the early years of his illness believing he was mostly healthy. However, the possessions became more frequent and more real until Herbeck was committed to the national mental hospital in Niederösterreich (in Lower Austria).
Appropriately, Everyone Has A Mouth takes as long to read as a single therapy session: about an hour. This chapbook of 30 poems is translated from German by Gary Sullivan, with contributions from Oya Ataman and Ekkehard Knörer. The collection is ordered chronologically by the poem’s date of creation, starting with the first poem Herbeck ever penned, “Morning”:
In fall the wind-of-fairies
align
as in the snow the
manes beat.
Blackbirds whistle afield
in the wind and eat.
This little perfect poem’s smallness, written by a ward of the state but located outside among the fairies in nature’s vastness, resembles haiku. It is also dangerously logical.
This chapbook is crafted to intentionally disorient the reader: to possess them by degrees. The poems are arranged like voices in the consciousness of the schizophrenic. The familiar juxtaposition of animals, seasons, and the imaginative in “Morning” is followed soon after by “Blue”:
The Red Color.
The Yellow Color.
The Dark Green.
The Sky ELLENO
The Patentender
The Pedestal, The Ship.
The Rainbow.
The Sea
The Shoreleaves
The Water
The Leaf Vein
The Kleyf (R) “r.”
The Locks + The Lock.
This is what the merely “sane” is incapable of accessing without a guide. This is the heart of mania, the hysterical THE, the real supplanted and usurped by THE “REAL.” This is a poetry that eludes rhetoric and the loud color of sky and sea. And, reading it for the first time, the reader is as stricken as the patient. “Blue” is both an act of language and of mental illness.
For Herbeck, “Blue” is the real: “The Sea, The water” and is beyond reality: “The Sky ELLENO, The Kleyf (R) “r.” These linguistic creations are the conflation of man, of animal, of color seen and color felt at the vibrating heart of the present. Is it confusing? Yes. Is it complicated? Yes. Is it blue? Yes!
This ecstatic illogic is what makes this chapbook so vital. Herbeck’s poetry is a morse code, a tapping on the wall, a language system for the possessed that, to anyone without possession, is clearly hiding something.
The final poem, “A Hint of Sadness,” best reveals Herbeck’s relationship to both himself, to art, and to social constraints of sanity, freedom, and identity:
Caused those birds (blackbirds) before the
Not so wickedly cold winter snow —
A hint of sadness. Hunger,
Hunger, hunger. — — — —
Dr. Navratil coined a phrase for the work created by his patients – Zustandsgebundene Kunst: state-bound art. To Navratil, the relationship between the creator and creation was dependent on outside intervention. The phrase is comically serious when viewed against Herbeck’s language, which is neither bound to German, to syntax, or to any known language at all. - Raul Alvarez http://losangelesreview.org/book-reviews-june-2013/



Ever since W. G. Sebald first wrote about his wanders with Ernst Herbeck in both Campo Santo and Vertigo, we've been keen on knowing more about the obscure German poet. Lucky for us, and everyone, Ugly Duckling Presse has just published the first book of Herbeck's poems in English, translated by Gary Sullivan. BOMBLOG has Wendy Lotterman reviewing Everyone Has a Mouth. His poems "slalom down the border between sense and absurdity," she writes. More:
The space between a list of plain facts and the nonsense by which they are concluded may be crossed by an inexhaustible variety of bridges. Herbeck’s poem “Red” reads:
Red is the wine, red are the carnations.

Red is beautiful. red flowers and red.
Color itself is beautiful.

The red color is red.

Red is the flag, red the poppy.

Red are the lips and the mouth.

Red are the reality and the

Fall. Red are many Blue Leaves.

An almost sarcastically factual litany is followed by a gradual decay of sense and grammar. We are left with the enigmatic falsity “Red are many Blue Leaves.” The internal friction of this statement is different from that of a statement like “Red are Blue Leaves,” leaving you curious as to what accounts for one red leaf being red and another being blue. It is tempting to read any list poem as a staircase, each line one notch closer to the punch-line balanced on the top-step. Herbeck’s poetry is like this, and it isn’t. Each poem builds a platform on which his twists of language and grammatical games are performed. But there is no simple lock-in-key relationship between the facts and the fiction.
The seed for most of the poems in this collection came from Herbeck’s psychiatrist, at whose suggestion Herbeck first began writing in the early ’60s. As the introduction tells us, Herbeck was institutionalized for the bulk of his life, having exhibited schizophrenic symptoms since his 20s. Other relevant biographical information includes Herbeck’s hair-lip—the subject of numerous operations. Herbeck’s poems build like a curious flesh around the nounal pit provided by Dr. Leo Navratil. These texts house a fascination with mouths and lines—reinforced by his affinity for the em-dash. “The Mouth”—from which the title is drawn—is the Herbeck’s most pointed take on his condition in the collection. It reads: “Not everyone has a mouth/ some mouth is disqualified/ or operated on. So it is with me/ the doctor says everyone has/ a mouth.” Through an intimate interrogation of his own face, Herbeck chips at a familiar stone—if the whole is defined by its parts, what happens to it when the parts are broken?
Each poem is like a game of hide-and-go-seek inside a closet—the tight economy of words asks you to search every inch of each poem’s terrain. As a non-German-speaking reader, this task is a bit trickier. For instance, in “Red” it is tempting to read “Fall” not just as “autumn” but as a curt warning of the line to come in which sense will fall. Especially since Herbeck actually uses this vocabulary in the poem “Language” when he writes “Language.—/ Language is fallen for the animal.”
There's more where that came from. Exciting. - Harriet Staff      https://www.poetryfoundation.org/harriet/2012/11/a-review-slaloms-in-for-ernst-herbecks-everyone-has-a-mouth
         
“. . .we must understand [madness] not as reason diseased, or as reason lost or alienated, but quite simply as reason dazzled.” —Michel Foucault
Insanity and poetry are old kin. The number of canonical poets who suffered from mental illness is immense: Blake, Holderlin, Pound, Plath, Lowell, Berryman, Hill, to name just a few. The distinction between insanity and genius is typically judged by the extent of an artist’s transgressions as well as their social class. The blue-blood can afford his or her illness. A struggling mother or teacher is suffocated by it. And although poets may be granted some leniency, they’re hardly alone. Many vocations provide a similar amount of societal absolution, from obsessive-compulsive computer programmers to sociopathic business executives and egomaniacal radio hosts.
This special relationship between mental illness and vocation also reveals a significant dilemma about the nature of insanity. Say, for example, that the expression of some mental illnesses fulfills the needs of a profession especially well, and a large number of people with that illness hold it. This could be the coincidence of industry, society, and psychology: a particular job happens to suit those with a given illness, allowing them a productive place in the world. This assumes an atomized world of isolated forces and a certain amount of good luck. On the other hand, it could be that insanity exists as an expression of socioeconomic forces: that the behaviors and cognitive patterns which are judged to be disordered are, in fact, manifestations of economic and social power structures already in place. In this case, a mind may be ill but its expression of illness is coerced. Further, it could be that the label “mentally ill” is nothing more than a tool of normative control, a term used to categorize, isolate, and mediate societal outliers within the context of their economic use. In this case, a person’s profession and their economic success becomes a key standard by which society judges their relation to sanity.
Behind these possibilities lies an essential uncertainty about whether insanity is material or phenomenological. Is it truly an illness, a mechanical dysfunction that can be approached reductively, measured, and possibly healed? Or is it a complex of cognitive, interpretive, imaginative methods, a way of being in the world that defies societal norms? Perhaps the question is purely ontological, and it should instead be asked, How does society come to know and recognize madness?
A consideration of the role of poets (and other artists) only complicates the matter. If mental illness is phenomenological — if it is first and foremost a social relation — it could be that society has generated a space around poetry where such extreme non-conformity is allowed, and many such persons are drawn (or forced) into it. If so, then the poetry community is just another form of institutionalization, a free-range Bedlam. However, if mental illness is material — if it is a matter of hormones and receptors — it could be that some forms of madness provide the imaginative qualities needed to produce poetry. In this formulation, poetry is the mechanical output of an irregular mind, the excretions of a human poetry machine: language, images, concepts, and social forces enter and then out comes the poem.
Everyone Has a Mouth, Ernst Herbeck’s inaugural publication in English, both sharpens these questions and turns them back on themselves. Herbeck was born in Vienna in 1920 with a cleft palate and lip. He was withdrawn as a young man and, as translator Gary Sullivan writes, led to “solitary creative pursuits,” though never to poetry. This reserve was presumed to be a byproduct of the disfigurement — a physical malformation that, W.G. Sebald writes, “probably played a crucial part . . . in the genesis and particular development of Herbeck’s schizophrenia.”
At the age of twenty, while working in a Nazi munitions factory, Herbeck experienced the overwhelming sense that he was being possessed by animals and other people, and was hospitalized then for the first time. Similar episodes and subsequent hospitalizations recurred over the next five years, but Herbeck was frequently healthy. He was even conscripted into the German army briefly at the end of the war. In 1945, however, Herbeck experienced a major psychological crisis. From that year until his death in 1991, Herbeck spent his days in the care of various mental health institutions, primarily in his native Austria.
Dr. Leo Navratil, a proponent of art brut, or outsider art, began treating Herbeck in 1960. At each session, Navratil would provide a word or an image — such as morning, red, or mouth — and Herbeck would produce a poem in response, on a small piece of scratch paper, such as these lines from “The Mouth”:
Not everyone has a mouth
some mouth is disqualified
or operated on. So it is with me
the doctor says everyone has
a mouth.
With Herbeck’s permission, Navratil published 83 of these poems in his bookSchizophrenia and Language, under the pseudonym “Alexander.” The poems struck a nerve with the Austrian public. Subsequent pseudonymous publications by Herbeck were both popular and critically acclaimed, drawing the attention of art brut theorists Jean Dubuffet and Roger Cardinal, among others. Herbeck’s fame grew over time, and his own books sold tens of thousands of copies; he even appeared on Austrian television.
Unlike poets such as Lowell or Pound who spent significant time in mental hospitals, Herbeck was not a poet who suffered from mental illness. He was not struck by the divine sickness of inspiration, as the ancient Greeks conceived of it. Nor was he a mentally ill person whose own independent artwork was unrecognized until later in life, as with most outsider artists. The more typical relationship between insanity and creativity is reversed: Herbeck was a schizophrenic patient whose institution literally prompted his poetry, for which he is now remembered and acclaimed.
Psychologist Margaret Naumburg, an early American practitioner of art therapy, described the technique as “releasing the unconscious by means of spontaneous art expression.” There are strong echoes of Wordsworth’s definition of poetry, the “spontaneous overflow of powerful feelings.” It’s not a coincidence, exactly. In his landmark volume, Madness and Civilization, Michel Foucault writes that in the eighteenth century, when the medicalization and institutionalization of mental illness first emerges, “passion is no longer simply one of the causes — however powerful — of madness; rather it forms the basis of its very possibility.”
Passion is the common source of both poetry and insanity as each concept was being codified for the modern era. Yet, it is clearly a proxy term, a placeholder like hysteria or melancholy, used to capture social irregularity, nonconformity, what was thought to be a disorder not only of the body but also of the spirit — not unlike sin.
The institutional medicalization of insanity charted in Madness and Civilization is also, or primarily, driven by a distinct moral-theological ethos, one that is in the process of replacing God with reason. It was in this period that the German romantic poet Novalis wrote, “Poetry heals the wounds inflicted by reason.” Foucault cites the physician Sauvages: “these amorous frenzies, these antipathies, these depraved tastes, this melancholy which is caused by grief, these transports wrought in us by denial, these excesses in eating, drinking, these indispositions, these corporeal vices which cause madness, the worst of all madness.” Passion is the shared source of poetry, insanity, and sin, with mental illness and ethics connected in a causal line.
Though the terminology has become more clinical, ethical and social norms continue to inform the diagnosis of mental illness. In 1960, psychologist Thomas Szasz wrote, “In actual contemporary social usage, the finding of a mental illness is made by establishing a deviance in behavior from certain psychosocial, ethical, or legal norms. [. . .] Remedial action, finally, tends to be sought in a therapeutic — or covertly medical — framework, thus creating a situation in which psychosocialethical, and/or legal deviations are claimed to be correctible by (so-called) medical action.”
For Herbeck, poetry was the process by which the passions of his disordered soul were objectified into socially acceptable forms, and the patient seems to recognize it himself. “The Mouth” is certainly a poem about Herbeck’s own cleft lip, but it also dramatizes the psychological transference that art therapy intends to produce. He writes that “not everyone has a mouth” — a process of release for the passions, the internalized nonconformity — and that “some mouth is disqualified” — presumably his own — but is reassured by a second voice that, in fact, “everyone has / a mouth.” The poem is a reflection of the medical device intended to cure the patient, a poem about the power structures that prompted it.
Fittingly, the mouth is also a perfect symbol of this trinity of creativity, insanity, and ethics. The organ is full of potential for each, from poetry to incoherence and accusation. Unreason may be recognized most clearly through speech (reason being primarily rhetorical in nature). In the early modern period, disfigurements of the mouth (such as Herbeck’s cleft palate) were thought to be a mark of evil, and corporal punishment to the mouth — as when Jupiter cut out the nymph Lara’s tongue — was one repercussion of Dante’s most dire sin, betrayal. When Milton describes the downfall of the devil and his cadre, he writes, “[Satan] would have spoke / But hiss for hiss returned with forked tongue . . . shame / Cast on themselves from their own mouths.”
Everyone has a Mouth is a slim volume of 30 poems, with an introduction by translator Gary Sullivan and an index of the German originals. The whole thing can be consumed end-to-end in an hour. Each poem is a deeply personal expression of an inscrutable, isolated interior life. They are playful and sonorous. But these unassuming works also shift and reconfigure between each closer inspection. Consider the poem “Red”:
Red is the wine, red are the carnations.
Red is beautiful. Red flowers and red.
Color itself is beautiful.
The red color is red.
Red is the flag, red the poppy.
Red are the lips and the mouth.
Red are the reality and the
Fall. Red are many Blue Leaves.
The poem begins simply, with an almost sweetly innocent tone, then touches upon themes of war in the flag and the poppies, then on his own physical and mental illness, reaching a climax in the final statement of apparent unreason, “Red are many Blue Leaves” (“Rot sind manche Blaue Blatter”). Even the final line may reference Werner Helwig’s 1960 novel Die Blaue Blume des Wandervogels, which chronicles the dissolution of the youth movement (i.e. the boy scouts) by the Nazis. However the ominous echo of the fall of man is Sullivan’s doing — the German word Herbst, which Herbeck uses, translates to Autumn as well as Fall; Sturzwould perhaps carry a more theological resonance.
W.G. Sebald writes that one poem by Herbeck “gives us more to think about than does the professional disposal of the burden of guilt and the past” and that “Herbeck’s poems show us the world in reverse perspective. Everything is contained in a tiny circular image.” Simple, surprising words or phrases at key moments raises a seemingly personal work into a historical reflection. His poem “Language” is one such case:
a + b glow in the clover.
Flowers at the edge of the field.
Language. —
Language is fallen for the animal.
and strikes the a of sound.
the c merely zips around and
___is also briefly its
______rifle.
The arithmetic of language is unsolvable. But Herbeck is perhaps better suited to an examination of this puzzle precisely because language is irrational, symbolic, and self-referential. The a is sound, and possibly b is the will or the intellect, the form or underlying sense, or the image, sound referring back on itself. Regardless, the c — the logical completion of this equation — is the image of a rifle and the zipping sound of bullets. The dark illogic of this conclusion reconstructs the line “Language is fallen for the animal”: what was upon first reading a comic empathy with beasts becomes something else, and Herbeck’s emphasis on the fallen state of language becomes clear, bearing more weight for the recent atrocities committed by German-speaking peoples.
Sebald also describes Herbeck’s obsession with the hare, “a creature that the author related to the question of his own origin.” His child-like enthusiasm for the animal is on full display in “The Hare!!!”
The hare is an audacious animal!
He runs until the trapsall
fasten. The ears point out; he
listens! For it — — — — it’s never time
to rest. Run runs runs
poor hare!
The obvious connection between animal and poet, as Sebald points out, is the cleft form of the mouth. There is a strong sense of empathy for the hare who “Run runs runs”, for whom “it’s never time / to rest”, a harried tone which is imaginatively evoked by the dashes. Perhaps the feeling of pursuit emerges because the hare “listens” — and that sense of hearing may reflect another empathy, of the sounds that pursue, of voices that cannot be escaped. The coinage of “trapsall” — presumably a compound of “traps all” — is a rare misstep by Sullivan. Herbeck uses “Strappen,” the word for strap or garter rendered in the wrong gender case, which also contains echoes of “Strafen,” the German for punish. But “trapsall” seems to be too much of a stretch. It neither conveys the resonances of the German original nor expands the poem’s effect in English.
Decisions about coinages, irregular punctuation, tone and reference are a challenge for any translator, more so when the author is assumed to be not entirely lucid. Sullivan is forced to discern whether a word or phrase is entirely invented — as in Herbeck’s use of “ELLENO” and “Kleyf (R) ‘r.'” in the poem “Blue” — or whether the language has been pushed to the limits of recognition. If it is invented, it raises the question of whether to render it in an Anglicized version that achieves a similar onomatopoetic or conceptual effect, or to leave the text as it appears in German. Though the style of Herbeck’s poems — surreal, illogical, brief — offers a certain amount of cover, Sullivan navigates the difficulties of these texts well. His presence is rarely felt, which is perhaps among the highest praise a translator can receive. There are no moments of overly awkward phrasing or irregular usages that do not seem to reflect the original intent of the composition. Whether they, in fact, do or do not reflect the original is almost beside the point: the translations succeed as poems in English.
Madness, says Foucault, is reason dazzled. The phrase verges on meaninglessness, but it is also fantastically evocative — Theodore Rothke wrote, “Too much reality can be a dazzle, a surfeit; / Too close immediacy an exhaustion.” The unexpected turns of language and the complexities of Herbeck’s poems capture both the dazzlement of unreason and the exasperation of life. Yet, the means of production haunts these poems. Behind each of them is Navratil’s suggestive power, and the entire medical apparatus whose only goal is to treat Herbeck’s illness, which may be the source of his genius. Either that, or the illness is given an outlet through poetry. Are the poems an enclosure? Are they a byproduct? Are they a prescription? Are they revelation?
In “Patient and Poet!” Herbeck writes, “The patient rots in Him! . . . Pig-scoundrel, rot you dog! / and die!!!” Against the contradiction that defines him, the poet whose talent was revealed by the treatment of his illness revolts against himself, the patient who suffers from insanity. Herbeck desires a reversal of the relationship between patient and poet — but it may not be possible. History cannot be dispersed so easily, and the reality of life defies such simple binaries.
But every unraveling of the primary relation between artist, mind, and art is redeemed by the work itself. What is alive and present for the living world is not Herbeck’s mental illness, but the poetry, the poet’s transcendental act of value-making. Art demands to be interpreted within the context of a reader’s personal experience, but it also generates a new context: reading the poems, following the act of speech through the text, one traces the imaginative, conceptual, and ethical existence of another human being. Art transcends the alienation that is inherent in societal power structures, and it transforms those structures at the same time; the art expresses a new set of values that begin to define what it is to be human in the world. Harold Bloom is only exaggerating when he writes, “Shakespeare will go on explaining us, in part because he invented us.”
The history behind Herbeck’s poetry draws out extraordinary questions, whose answers are not forthcoming, and which should not be passed over. Insanity is certainly material, it has a physical degree; but it can not be reduced to a single function. It is also a phenomenon of existence in the world. It is deeply connected to normative thinking, social relations, ethical standards, economic demands. Somehow all of this is contained in the musical, careful lineation of words. So much reality is a surfeit, expansive beyond all reasonable measure. Suddenly, Whitman springs to mind: “Dazzling and tremendous how quick the sun-rise would kill me, If I could not now and always send sun-rise out of me.” -   Daniel Pritchard     http://criticalflame.org/dazzling-and-tremendous/


    
Finished reading Gary Sullivan’s lovely translations of the poems of Ernst Herbeck, just out from the ever-fair Ugly Duckling Presse. Although apparently much loved in his native Austria, Herbeck seems to have been hardly translated into English, except by Gary, perhaps because of the stigma of having spent his life in a mental institution. His poems are small and startling oddities. I read the first poem “Morning” and right away was smitten. I’ll just quote it here since it’s small.
Morning
In fall the wind-of-fairies align
as in the snow the
manes beat.
Blackbirds whistle afield
in the wind and eat.
The poems give me the strange feeling of watching a scene come in and out of focus — things seem blurred and jumbled, then suddenly a precise image snaps into view, settling the rest around it. They mesmerize. Those who know Gary’s own work know he has an exquisite ear for language. He’s done a great service in bringing these to us. - Allison Cobb     https://allisoncobb.net/2012/06/14/so-jagged-is-the-rhinoceros/                  







Ernst Herbeck: Im Herbst da reiht der Feenwind


Ernst Herbeck (October 9, 1920-September 11, 1991) was a well-loved Austrian poet who was institutionalized at the Marie Gugging Psychiatric Institute on the outskirts of Vienna. He was encouraged to write poetry by Gugging's Head Clinician, Leo Navratil, a champion of naive art who would later establish Gugging's Haus der Künstler, or Artists' House. From 1960 until Herbeck's death in 1991, Navratil prompted Herbeck to write some 1,200 poems, always providing the poet with a theme, which often, though not always, became the poem's title. With Herbeck's permission, Navratil edited and published several books of Herbeck's poetry; a year after Herbeck's death, Navratil edited Herbeck's collected writings, Im Herbst da reiht der Feenwind (In Fall the Wind-of Fairies Align), from which the poems in Everyone Has a Mouth were chosen.

Steven Seidenberg - a dramatic intensification of Seidenberg’s career-long blurring of fiction, poetry, and philosophy—an accomplishment recalling the literary contributions of Blanchot, Bernhard, and pre-impasse Beckett

$
0
0




Steven Seidenberg, Situ. Black Sun Lit, 2018.
www.sjseidenberg.com/


Behold: a body, mind, and voice situated in place, in time and space—moving, moved, and immovable. Steven Seidenberg’s SITU is a hesitant unfolding of demise, a text occupying the interstices between diegesis, philosophy, and poetry. The narrative’s tension finds form in an indeterminate subject’s relationship with a bench: an anguished site of rest and motion. Proving and parodying an epistemology of volition, the unstable narrator imbues their wildly despairing circumlocutions with great poetic urgency. This “thinking thinking” moves in and out of the thinking body it observes, displaying a devastating portrait of the paradoxes at the basis of all willful or inadvertent representation.
 SITU is a dramatic intensification of Seidenberg’s career-long blurring of fiction, poetry, and philosophy—an accomplishment recalling the literary contributions of Blanchot, Bernhard, and pre-impasse Beckett.


To engage with the narrative flow of Steven Seidenberg’s Situ is to pass through the looking glass of consciousness into a seriocomic world of ‘mnemonic throes’ and ‘the null of place.’ I think, therefore where am I? And what? And when? We feel the phenomenal world slip-sliding away, even as we marvel at the charged field of language and thought thus brought to light.”—Michael Palmer

“Steven Seidenberg has confected a stanza out of trains of thought that falter as explanation turns on itself too many times to grasp. He gives us the most amiable of mad narrators who twists gorgeous epistemological filigree, never escaping ‘captive selfdom’ as the lonely audience of his own powerful articulation, an ‘inner other.’ Situ is the fruit of the philosophical quest: a horror of the body—’face flush with the rancid muck that covers his cadaver’—and the rational mind in its infinite regress. ‘The point’ is to capture the moment of knowing—the happy ending where truth is completely expressed. But the unknown overwhelms the known as it becomes known as unknown, a terrain hidden between what can and can’t be said. This terrain is full of wonder, tenderness, laughter, failure, chatter. Our narrator enlarges it by increments as each stanza glides inexorably to its cliff. He hurls us over, only to start again with new faith in hundreds of fresh beginnings.”—Robert Glück

“A feat of extreme smarts, folding in iterative density and intense decay, Situ does philosophy as labyrinthine lit. It’s the private demo of an unheimlich maneuver, a novel of raveling, a vagrant meditation, with its protagonist assuming a metaphysical/mind-body position (bent over himself, inverted) that leads to a voyage around his brume, a roam of his own. This is outsider metaphysics, insider epistemology, inside-out methodology, limning limits of knowledge, will, action, language, memory, and unity in the creation, the scansion, of self and world. Literalizing notions of ground and point of view, and elaborating an abstract analytical baroque, a syntactical sublime, and an abject disoriented philosophy, Seidenberg creates a novel of sui generis reduction, full of dark, dreck humor, deep obsessional disorder, and relentless musical propulsion. Its intestinal yet Latinate formalism, its agonistic wit and ruinous wonder, its keen bent for passivity, would make Beckett chortle, Husserl mull, Descartes nod, Spinoza correspond, Melville wax fanciful. An original, gutsy book.”—Mina Pam Dick




Steven Seidenberg, Itch. RAW ArT PRESS, 2014.



Neither classifiable as fiction nor philosophy, ITCH recounts its narrator's arousal to the possibility of narration, while dredging through the viscera of corporeal awareness to find succor in the prospect of the telling of the tale. Written in propositional aphorisms both sinuously dense and lyrically precise, ITCH occupies a diegetic space somewhere between the austerity of Wittgenstein's Philosophical Investigations and the confessional interruptions of Stern's Tristram Shandy—philosophy with an unreliable narrator, fiction plotted from the compass of first premises to the abject specificity of sensation, of the itch...

The motions of the mind are not the same as the motions of (socially mediated) language. There is a resistance, a tension, between them, as becomes evident in Steven Seidenberg's monologue Itch. The mind's momentum, driven from below by the urgencies of flesh and from above the demands of society, is further augmented and diminished by the viscous flow of language systems. These systems themselves issue from social systems but then become semi-autonomous, pulling the already fraught mind into a strangely inhuman, perhaps interstellar, coordinate system into a new order of being, made up of the uncanny relations that exist between those present absences of signs. Thus, the subject of Itch is itself a "present absence" that, in attempting to conjure and confirm its own being through language, finds itself distorted by that very language, receding infinitely into the mirror-worlds of words. - Andrew Joron (from Foreword)

Scratching the itch is not just repeated action. It moves us in two ways. The first is toward the recognition of our own absurdity in taking perverse pleasure in our awareness of our hopeless commitment to experience the last scratch before satisfaction might occur. The second is the even stranger reinforcement through self-consciousness of repetition of the sense that we are getting somewhere, even if we only gradually exhaust the repertoire by which self-consciousness records its own failure to escape itself. I for one grow less eager to escape the unyielding conundrum presented by Seidenberg's weaving of repeated failure the more I attach to the satisfactions of its rhythms and its tracing thinking tracing thinking… --Charles Altieri

Steven Seidenberg's Itch constitutes a prolonged exploration of deixis--time of pointing to (though never occupying) a place of occurrence. It reminds me that one of the principle Modernist obsessions (one thinks of Stein, Joyce, and Beckett in particular) is with expressing presentness; finding, in Jean-Francois Lyotard's words, a phrase for the instant. But the more we use language to draw out the present, the more words fail to make it appear (like trying to satisfy an itch by scratching it?). The thrownness of the body in pain is surpassed here by the writer who itches, struggling through monologue to express the chiasmus of consciousness and sensation.  --Thom Donovan

A person awoke with an itch and really wants to tell you about it. Itch is a sequence of meditations, an introspection on introspection." A being in a body in a world" spins a tale about the body and the mind, about absence and extension, emotion, sensation, outside and inside, foreground and background, motion and stasis. Each paragraph is a jewel of repetition and reduplication, correspondence and progression, a dance that reels from waltz to gavotte to minuet. The words say, "I form an image..."read it and see!  Norma Cole



We know well our authors who have always been willing to share their ample testament to the inherent burdens of creating narrative beyond craft considerations, unappreciative audiences and critics, or good old-fashioned writer's block. And other writers in turn have likely been eager to learn from these testaments so that they can help themselves see the necessary trepidation which sometimes precedes composing narrative. Beginning with the first cyclical, anonymous exasperations of Steven Seidenberg's Itch, the reader may be reminded of cases such as Jane Bowles and her anguished demands at the linguistic level, akin to, as she put it, chiseling words into marble (as perhaps opposed to what she perceived as the effortless methodology of husband Paul). A story can be a torturous experience before the writer would recognize the story itself.
Drawing upon this same fear, the ever-present threat of language's failure to find its mark—one that will be faithfully preserved for all readers—suffuses the continuous dilemma in Itch. Seidenberg's narrator seeks form from utter formlessness. Instead of the threads of a discernible story being fleshed out before our eyes, however, the narrator soon unleashes an extended treatise as an interior monologue in segments, a larger deliberation upon narrative language with its (im)possibilities, dead ends, and chances: "If it appears I have a purpose that's unwittingly concealed by my advancement towards fulfillment—towards arrival in the form I will uphold—then it's arguably best for me leave off leaving off with it, and forthwith leave off leaving off with it for good." This "leaving off" becomes the figurative chisel that Itch wields, suspended permanently in mid-air by its narrator's sense of lexical precision over play, and an obsession with the classic riddle of a writer's abandon to give the world shape in words alone.
Itch, as a direct challenge to itself and any readers to remain with its narrator until an unforeseeable end, is a literary pragmatist's delight. Its deictic wanderings in fragments start and hesitate, retreating into frequent (and unclosed) ellipses that often are never clarified or explained until some gain can be made. Seidenberg's narrator persistently attempts to begin a story, only to realize an endless agony of the circumlocution of pre-writing, trying to scratch the "itch" of a creative impulse forever haggling with a conscious use of language while, at the same time, including its reader in the deliberations. At one early point, Seidenberg even cleverly allows his readers a generous sort of reprieve from the growing anti-narrative ("Go ahead, then. I'll wait. I have no place else to go. And if, alas, you don't return, then let this vow of patience prove the fondest of farewells..."), then chiding their return from the text's redacted blankness to his apparently pointless endeavor at hand ("You're back. Satisfied? I can't imagine").
As a philosophical work in an aphoristic style reminiscent of E. M. Cioran, Itch rewards in ways better taken piecemeal—as its deceptively absent structure suggests—rather than as an empirical working-out towards its narrative "arrival." In this light, Itch is a realized documentation of a writer's working-in step by step ("One begins with being in...with being inside something [...] but one's attempts to reach back to the sense before all objects [...] pose something of the quandary I find myself in now"). This process almost arbitrarily digresses into fundamentals regarding referents ("How can one begin to speak of what one can't refer to?"), totality ("What I felt was not a singular, nor a succession of singulars, but a singular immersion in a series..."), starting points ("One must presume a stepping point to start from [...] a footing from which every proffered certainty ascends"), and endings ("The tale I tell is fairly forged a preface to the tale I will tell when I'm finished"). The narrator, for every attempt and recoil, appears at times to make some progress towards commencing a story, only to find another groundswell, still wondering what constitutes narrative writing while he keeps propelling onward with a hundred concerns.
For those who do resist this narrator's numerous opportunities to slip past himself, Itch is a worthy supplement to the post-modern conversation about how the paralysis of self-conscious writing must be navigated to reach that great creative optimism and its stirrings, reflected in the final segments as an "impulse" found to "locate the itch" and "move toward the world." Seidenberg's narrator, to be sure, will prove all-too familiar to writers who hover over every aspect of their prose, though his charged, pensive voice may also remain detached enough as to not completely frighten away the initiated when holding them entranced in the book's continuous meanwhile. - Forrest Roth

  
writing sample:

Many failed attempts. Perhaps this is the first. Of my many failed attempts, perhaps this is the first. The first in what will soon appear a series of such failures—surrendered to the obloquy of having yet to happen, or having happened…I say surrendered, and I say attempt, the language of a game which attempts…I say the saying and the saying says…

O

Perhaps this is the first of all the many claims to primacy required to claim any claim to primacy a proof, an incidental figurement of problems and procedures near to happening…near to constituting happenstance as it stands fore right now…

O

If this is sure the first where there has not yet been a second…If this attempt to…If this trope yet amounts to the surrendered primogeniture of other tropes predicted to surrender sometime soon, then how can one presume to think…to mean those varied instances within the nearing preterit and certitude of having passed and purposed themselves into…

O

If this is sure the first of what I know will soon be many…But that’s not where this portent finds its bearing—so its aim. What saying this is first without first having said that this is something…something like…that this that I will soon contrive as something like the subject of…of this and this alone…



Songs of Surrender
 



The Write Stuff: Steven Seidenberg on Not Waiting to Be Hunted to Hide   

Futures and Fictions - In what ways could we imagine a world different from the one in which we currently live?

$
0
0


Image result for Futures and Fictions, Henriette Gunkel, Ayesha Hameed, Simon O’Sullivan, Eds.
Futures and Fictions, Henriette Gunkel, Ayesha Hameed, Simon O’Sullivan, Eds., Repeater, 2017.
read it at Google Books


In what ways could we imagine a world different from the one in which we currently live?
This is the question addressed by the essays and conversations in Futures and Fictions, which explore possibilities for a different “political imaginary”;. With discussions around decolonization, new Afro- and other futurisms, post-capitalism, science fiction, and new kinds of social movements and the intersections of these with contemporary art practice and visual culture Futures and Fictions creates a space for alternate narratives and image-worlds that might be pitched against our neoliberal present.

Contributions from Oreet Ashery, AUDINT (Eleni Ikoniadou, Steve Goodman, Toby Heys), Annett Busch, Bridget Crone, Elvira Dyangani Ose, Kodwo Eshun, Mark Fisher, Stefan Helmreich, Julian Henriques, Daniel Kojo Schrade, Laboria Cuboniks (Patricia Reed, Amy Ireland, Helen Hester, Diann Bauer, Ica-rina Mali Burch), Ursula K. Le Guin, Kemang Wa Lehulere, Robin Mackay, Louis Moreno, Sam Nightingale, Harold Offeh, Luciana Parisi, Theo Reeves-Evison and Judy Thorne.




Wallace Markfield tells his tale with high hilarity and a savage empathy from street spectaculars (fire-escape oratory, mock-Dos Passos time capsules) to domestic free-for-ails, mad bubbees and the gusty scatological interests of young males.

$
0
0
Image result for Wallace Markfield, Teitlebaum's Window,
Wallace Markfield, Teitlebaum's WindowDalkey Archive Press, 1999. [1970.]                


Welcome to Brighton Beach of the 1930s and early '40s as filtered through Simon Sloan, from youth to would-be artist-as-a-young-man at Brooklyn College to the eve of his induction into the army. Wallace Markfield perfectly captures this Jewish neighborhood--its speech, its people, its unique zaniness.
But like any masterpiece--Joyce's "Dubliners" comes readily to mind--"Teitlebaum's Window "both survives and expands upon its time and place. While remaining rooted in the specifics of its own world, thirty-seven years after first being published it teems with Markfield's inventiveness, hilarity, and singular voice.


Framed in Teitlebaum's window, epochs pass in profligate and timely tributes to Teitlebaum's groceries (labor unrest = upward tilts in bagel prices) from 1932-42, while a decade (eight to eighteen) in the life of one Simon Sloan affords another manifestation of the times and verities of Brooklyn's Jews Without Money. In his first novel since the 1964 sleeper, To An Early Grave, Markfield tells his tale with high hilarity and a savage empathy from street spectaculars (fire-escape oratory, mock-Dos Passos time capsules) to domestic free-for-ails, mad bubbees and the gusty scatological interests of young males. Simon, the sometime searcher, later the aspiring writer, pursues sex and identity with a slow burn like the conflagrations at Luna Park. In diary notations early diversions are carefully recounted: Entertainment (""I listened to Jimmy Fiedler. He had on Charley Ruggles and Mary Boland""); Current Events via mother (""If you hear me say I'm upset France didn't fight a little harder it means the refrigerator came""); and School News (""Doris Reitzer vomited in school today. We had a CITYWIDE music teacher""). Brooklyn College offers fiery radical involvements, literary hopes and a certain Helene Grossberg but it's not really a meaningful distance from mother Malvena the Orphan and father Schmuel, Usher at the Lyric Theater. And Simon's tentative flowering threatens to droop on the stem, since Helene is weaving a marriage web which will probably position him as another artifact in Teitelbaum's neighborhood continuum. But there's good news tonight as war comes and Simon leaves with a hymn of thanks to ""Hirohito, Tojo and Mussolini."" Street scene by way of Allen's Alley and it's awake and singing all the way. - Kirkus Reviews

Wallace Markfield, To an Early Grave, Dalkey Archive Press, 2000. [1964.]


When Leslie Braverman passes away at the early age of 41, four of his closest friends are reunited on an odyssey through the streets of Brooklyn in a beat-up Volkswagen searching for the funeral parlor. In a series of fits, starts and wrong-turns, the comedic banter that suffuses the journey of these four Jewish proponents of New Criticism and little-magazine writing is quietly transformed into a quest for the intellectual, emotional and sentimental aura of the past.The basis for the 1968 movie "Bye Bye Braverman,""To An Early Grave" is a testament to the exuberant inventiveness of Wallace Markfield's writing.

"Wallace's 1964 comic novel follows the mishaps that befall four men cruising through the streets of Brooklyn, NY, on their way to bury their friend Leslie Braverman, who has passed away at 41. Though told with humorous overtones, the book reveals that what the men are truly mourning is the loss of the genuine sincerity of the past, which has been replaced by intellectual pretense." -- Library Journal

The line that spun me out of my chair in a fit of laughter came when the VW Beetle packed with New York Jewish intellectuals collides with the taxi. The furious cabbie menaces the VW driver. But one of passengers restrains the cabbie by muttering in his ear: “Don’t be a Shmohawk. He has an in with The Syndicate. He runs with the Trilling bunch.”
Even as Wallace Markfield’s dazzling debut, To An Early Grave, has largely faded from the literary landscape, that Trilling line – and many others – has remained with me lo these fifty years. Markfield’s slim novel was published early in 1964, won rave reviews, was filmed by Sidney Lumet four years later (as Bye Bye Braverman), and was reprinted several times (most recently by the Dalkey Archive Press in 2000). The novel also earned Markfield a Guggenheim Fellowship and a grant from the National Endowment for the Arts. By all reckoning this writer should have had himself a solid and secure literary career (for what it’s worth, Markfield is the only contemporary writer saluted by name in Philip Roth’s Portnoy’s Complaint). But lasting fame was not to be for Wallace Markfield. His three subsequent novels showed a steady decline in artistry, critical reception and readership (one of those books would be privately printed). When he died in 2002 at the age of 75, Markfield was, if not quite forgotten, then indisputably overshadowed by such fellow Jewish writers as Roth, Joseph Heller, Saul Bellow, Isaac Bashevis Singer, Bernard Malamud, even Bruce Jay Friedman. His was a career that, we cannot refrain from saying, went to an early grave.
For all that, To An Early Grave remains not only a highly polished comic gem, but also something of a seminal work. This novel brilliantly captures a significant moment in American Jewish life and letters. That moment, which may be difficult for the current generation of readers and literati to appreciate, was a transitional stage when the sensibilities of bright and striving second-generation Jewish boys, chiefly from Brooklyn and the Bronx, not only dominated the nation’s intellectual journals but infiltrated and altered the wider culture as well. These fellows – and at the time this company was almost exclusively male – inherited the Talmudist’s talent for and dedication to textual scrutiny and interpretation. They applied these skills to the study of world literature, politics and history at institutions of higher education where the Jewish quotas were not in effect, such as Brooklyn College and the City College of New York. And then they expounded on such subjects in journals like the Partisan Review, The Paris Review, The Nation, The New Republic, Commentary, and numerous other weeklies and quarterlies with readerships of perhaps only a minyan or two.
They did something else in those journals, but we’ll get to that in a moment. Consider the task of reconciling, or if not reconciling then melding, two disparate cultures, one founded in Eastern European academies dedicated to the study of sacred texts, the other a product of the Enlightenment and focused on the aesthetics and psychological insights of western poetry and fiction. Think of Leslie Aaron Fiedler writing on Twain and Whitman. Think of Lionel Mordecai Trilling on Mathew Arnold and E.M. Forster. A similar cohort of clever Jewish young men took on history, politics, sociology, the arts. Indeed, their very names, sometimes bestowed by their parents but sometimes adopted by the bearers themselves, often as not signal the two cultures of these critical thinkers, these intellectual movers and shakers: Philip Rahv, Irving Howe, Alfred Kazin, Paul Goodman, Sidney Hook, Irving Kristol, Norman Podhoretz, Delmore Schwartz – we could add a dozen or two more names even before stretching to art critics like Clement Greenberg and Hilton Kramer and Harold Rosenberg.
The four occupants of that VW Beetle – the main characters in To An Early Grave– likewise all bear bicultural names – Barnet Weiner, Holly Levine, Felix Ottenstein and (somewhat puzzlingly) Morroe Reiff – and they are in that VW on the way to the funeral of one of their biculturally named colleagues, the 41-year-old Leslie Braverman. So too of course their creator bears a moniker that points to the two cultures. Like Wallace Markfield, who published his first article in the Partisan Review and whose literary heroes were Joyce and Celine, the four characters are all New York intellectuals. None of them, however, neither characters nor creator, is of the first generation of Jews making a splash in New York’s literary and political journals. This is not the Trilling or Rahv crowd of the 1930s and 1940s but their students and descendants. And functioning as they do in the late 1950s and early 1960s, they arrive at a particular moment and make their own peculiar contribution.
The moment was when art began to go pop – when artists like Lichtenstein, Warhol, Rauchsenberg, Oldenberg and many others made celebrated and inconic artifacts of American mass culture and consumerism, when American movies (movies, not “film” or “cinema”) became the subject of intense critical analysis, when other manifestations of popular taste and even kitsch were deemed worthy of intellectual scrutiny. Small wonder that Markfield’s characters – and many of their real-life counterparts – responded with alacrity to these developments. These sharp New York lads, bearing their bicultural names, grew up in somewhat insular Jewish households and were eager to embrace the wider culture. They became obsessive devotees of baseball, comic strips, movies, pulp magazines and other forms of mass entertainment. And when the opportunity arose, they began pontificating in their scholarly and literary journals not only on Oliver Twist and Karl Marx, but on Orphan Annie and the Marx Brothers.
Indeed, one of the great set pieces in To An Early Grave involves a cutting contest between two of the VW passengers. (What was the name of the Green Hornet’s driver?) Another involves movie trivia. (Name the horses of Tom Tyler, Bob Steele, George O’Brien, Hoot Gibson, Ken Maynard and Buck Jones.) Yet another concerns radio serials. (Who was The Shadow’s girlfriend?) Such popular culture references abound on virtually every page of the novel. (Markfield himself was a master of such trivia. For a time he wrote about movies for the New York Times, where he frequently flaunted his knowledge of Hollywood detritus.) It all sounds like amiable nonsense, until one recalls that by now the study of popular culture has become a mainstay at countless universities, with its own learned journals and societies (and leading to the observation that American higher education went down the tubes when it substituted the study of King Lear with the study of King Kong).
At the same time, To An Early Grave arrived at another auspicious moment – the debut of a new post-Borscht Belt brand of Jewish American humor, satiric, slashing, usually more educated and often more overtly Jewish than ever before. In the world of stand-up comedy it was exemplified by Woody Allen, Mike Nichols and Elaine May, Lenny Bruce, Shelly Berman and the unaccountably Canadian Mort Sahl. In literature it was foreshadowed by Philip Roth (Goodbye, Columbus in 1960) and Bruce Jay Friedman (Stern in 1962) and would hit its heights in the later 1960s (Portnoy’s Complaint, Heller’s Catch-22, and many others.) In this regard To An Early Grave is unabashedly Jewish. It customarily employs Yiddish words and phrases without bothering to translate them, and its characters adopt the speech patterns and even accents of their less assimilated parents. Markfield’s quartet may have fled Brooklyn and the Bronx for the greener pastures of Greenwich Village and the Upper West Side, but they do not deny their Jewishness. They may have shed the religious practices in which they were raised, but they have not adopted any others.
To An Early Grave, then, remains a fascinating literary curiosity, brimming with intellectual energy, crowded with pop cultural references and evoking as much laughter as any stand-up routine. It’s tightly written and economical in structure – four men on their way to a funeral (which some critics have compared to the funeral episode in Joyce’s Ulysses), but it’s packed with carefully crafted “bits,” as the comics might call them. Seven pages depict a literary critic struggling over the first sentence of an essay (“…yield pleasure of a kind… yield a kind of pleasure… but a pleasure increasingly tempered….”). This includes something that will cause not a few writers to wince:

Surely, essays such as these are bound to yield…
Then he went to the refrigerator and tightened all jars, twisted Handi-Wrap around half a tomato, two scallions, a tarnished wedge of Swiss Knight, and with moist toweling wiped a ketchup bottle and a butter dish.
Then he went to the stove and with a wire brush painted Easy-Off into the oven and put scouring powder, steel wool and dry paper toweling into the jets and burners.
Then he went to the garbage pail and lined the bottom with aluminum foil, and with Scotch tape fixed a plastic bag to the sides.
Then he went to the sink and stooped amid the pipes and set up a milk carton that it might be handy for coffee grounds and grease.
Then he went to the bookshelves and at the bottom of the vertically stacked Kenyon Reviews found the one Playboy and, though fighting not to, shook out and inspected from many angles the center fold.
Then he sat.
Then he took up his match again and peeled four more perfect strips.
Then he hummed, hummed and clapped hands to ‘The March of the Movies.’
And he hissed softly, ‘Trilling… Leavis… Ransom… Tate… Kazin… Chase…’ and saw them, the fathers, as though from vast amphitheater, smiling at him, and he smiled at them.
And he typed, with smoking intensity he typed:
“Of course, professor Gombitz’ essays, gathered together for the first time’”
We also get thumbnail sketches of a half-dozen walk-on mourners:
There was Maurice Salomon, the editor of Second Thoughts with his Robespierre profile. He had the air of the oldest of men, as if he had been through the Hundred Years’ War, taken down Sacco and Vanzetti’s last words and seen all movements turn into failure and fiasco. He would be twenty-nine, make it thirty, on his next birthday.
We witness a mourner at the graveside already pitching an article on the deceased to an editor:
“I see, then, not a piece that would definitely pigeonhole Leslie — though the, ah, cultural configurations have critical bearing – but a kind of retrospective reappraisal. In a way that all reappraisals are retrospective. ‘Leslie Braverman: the Comic Vision,’ or ‘The Comic Vision of Leslie Braverman.’” And we get that endless competition over pop culture expertise. (One character boasts: “My piece on John Ford has been twice anthologized. Twice!”
And in a paragraph that captures the love, the jealousies, the resentments, the profound and delicate brotherhood shared by all of his characters, Markfield tells us:
Even after Leroy’s last note went pining upward; even after the coffin was rough-handled by the four diggers; even after they had set it on that evil-looking contraption and jacked it up, and it hung and then slid into the pit; even after he flung his handful of dirt; and even after Ottenstein, Weiner and Levine bawled openly, Morroe held back. Shithead, he labeled himself, horse’s ass, peculiar creature. You could cry when the planes shot King King off the Empire State Building. You could cry when Wallace Beery Slapped Jackie Cooper and then punished his hand. You could cry when Lew Ayres reached for that butterfly.
But even so, nothing wet came from his eyes.
Despite its manic comedy, To An Early Grave ends on a sad and melancholy note, rather like Wallace Markfield’s career. After his brilliant debut, his next novel, Teitlebaum’s Window (1970), both puzzled and disappointed readers. Twice as long as To An Early Grave, an evocation of growing up Jewish in Brooklyn, is exquisitely detailed and often very funny. But it is also plotless, scattered and, perhaps assuming license by the example of Portnoy’s Complaint, which preceded it by a year, is scatological and crude in the extreme. Teitlebaum’s Window received a scabrous review in the New York Times Book Review by Alfred Kazin (also no fan of Portnoy’s Complaint). The book did win some praise but did not sell well – and there was no movie version or paperback reprint. Four years later came You Could Live If They Let You, a short and somewhat confused story of a Jewish stand-up comic that found few readers. Multiple Orgasms was privately printed in a signed edition of 350 (I own copy 148). In a 1978 interview, Markfield said he got bored with both You Could Live and with Orgasms, the latter so much so that he didn’t bother finishing it. Much later, in 1991, Markfield attempted to revive his career with the marked departure of Radical Surgery, a kind of satiric political thriller. This novel pretty much sank like the proverbial stone. Five years later, Markfield died.
“Don’t be a Shmohawk. He has an in with The Syndicate. He runs with the Trilling bunch.” Many today would not recognize that arcane “shmohawk” as a softening variant on the Yiddish schmuck. Many would likewise be puzzled by the reference to a “Syndicate.” Still others would be left blank-faced by the notion of a “Trilling bunch.” Maybe To An Early Grave is both a product of its time and, unlike the works of Roth and Bellow and others, is fatally fixed in it. So be it. I still find it a minor masterpiece. -   https://www.openlettersmonthly.com/fifty-years-to-an-early-grave-the-bittersweet-career-of-wallace-markfield/
Image result for Wallace Markfield, You Could Live If They Let You,
Wallace Markfield, You Could Live If They Let You, Alfred A. Knopf, 1974.                


His third book, the story of a young comic trying to deal with the crazy people in his life.


Chandler Van Horton's posthumous bio of comedian Jules (Julie) Farber is really an excuse for the author of Teitlebaum's Window and To An Early Grave to string together a series of jokes and monologues whose hilarity and sometimes questionable taste should give Philip Roth and Jackie Mason, not to mention Don Rickles and Buddy Hackett, the old bird. ""You're an Italian kid, right? Am I right? I can tell -- you know how I can tell? Because you got no neck. . . . Give me your tired, your poor, your hungry masses yearning to breathe free -- and I'll make a fortune from costume jewelry. . . . In your country -- I bet in your country you don't see too many women like Mrs. Gandhi. Oh no sar. After all, she's not pregnant."" The wife of the Jewish President complaining about the lack of closet space in the White House. Postcards, phone calls, real and imagined conversations (diatribes) with soon-to-be-ex-wife goy Marlene and autistic son Mitch, with sister Lillian, and, of course, with love-hated WASP Chandler: ""I would tell you -- you know what I'd tell you? To kiss my ass and shit in your hat. Only by you people that's love-play."" There's not much more as the hysterical Julie approaches his heart attack con Jewish brio and Chandler learns maybe a little more about the folk who learned handwriting on the back of brown paper bags-- but that's more than sufficient for a continuously entertaining and often hilarious novel with a brilliant ear and eye for the wacky world of TV comedians who apotheosize, symbolize, and cauterize it. - Kirkus Reviews


Wallace Markfield's new novel confirms a suspicion I have long entertained that most of the explicitly ethnic Jewish novelists are really, by the nature and the limitations of their gifts, writers of short stories and satiric sketches. One painfully vivid illustration of this rule‐of‐thumb is the precipitous slide of Philip Roth's career from the modest peaks of short fiction in “Goodbye, Columbus” down through “Portnoy's Complaint” to the disasters of his most recent attempts at novel‐writing.
Wallace Markfield's three novels illustrate this rule in another way. A large part of his problem as a writer, like Roth's, is an addiction to mimickry. Not mimesis, the imitation of reality, but mimickry, the imitation of ethnic and social quirks, tics and mannerisms, often with a caricaturist's emphasis of exaggeration, a freedom of fantastic elaboration, that belong to the art of a stand‐up comedian. The chief impulse in all of Markfield's fiction is to “do” in this way an abundance of familiar types and scenes—the aggressive lady in the harlequin pants‐suit, the zealous Jewish housewife on a marketing expedition, the talkative Jewish cabby, the candy store of a remembered Brooklyn, the cafeteria at Erasmus Hall High School.
The trouble with all this, however well done it may be, is that as imitative performance of stereotypes it is essentially static, does not lend itself to the kind of psychological and thematic development, the kind of progressive revelation, that would justify the length of a novel. Such mimickry makes itself felt as dead weight at a number of junctures in “To an Early Grave,” Markfield's first book; in “Teitlebaum's Window,” his long second novel, it eventually turns the book into a crushing bore.
Now, “You Could Live If They Let You” seems to resolve this contradiction between the technique of the comic performer and the art of the novel by actually making its protagonist a stand‐up comedian. Jules Farber, the wry, paradoxical, sour‐edged, Yiddishslinging, hip‐talking comic, celebrated as a culture hero after his early death, is clearly modeled on Lenny Bruce, at least in regard to his mode of comedy. (Bruce is mentioned by the narrator as a predecessor to Farber.)
These quick thrusts punctuate longer, more fantastic set pieces on the Bruce pattern in which Farber needles the Lord of Hosts in show biz language, suggests that the Jews refused a deal to convert in Inquisitorial Spain because Torquemada wouldn't let them phone their mothers regularly, delivers a monologue as Tarzan's Cheetah, casting him in the role of a kvetching, Yiddish‐accented Equal Opportunity Employer.
The humor of Farber's character and performance, moreover, is set in a sharper perspective because the Jewish comic is presented to us by a superWASP narrator, a self‐conscious literary intellectual named Chandler Van Horton, who is constantly explaining Farber's Yiddishisms in high‐falutin Little Magazine English, solemnly matching the comedian's coarse ethnic witticisms with Nietzsche, Dostoevsky and Joyce. A happy narrative contrivance, Van Horton is a source of humor in himself, provides glosses on Farber's esoteric Jewish allusions for the uninitiated, and is a wonderful foil for the zany, troubled protagonist.
One should be duly grateful for these virtues of comic invention, but they do not succeed in making “You Could Live If’ They Let You” more than an assemblage of ingenious bits—not a novel but a book that might be called “The Best of Jules Farber,” the various performances of a deceased, non‐existent comic recorded at home and on stage. After the first 60 or so pages, we have had Jules Farber, heard all his principal routines; and, with no’ imagined depth as a character, he is little more than the aggregate of his routines. Since Markfield has no real plot or larger ordering conception of his materials, he can only repeat the routines with variations until they grow tedious and the novel winds down into pointlessness.
At the very end, Farber intimates that reality itself may have become a hopeless mishmash of vulgar inanities; he prophesies that (like the subjects of his own comedy), “Everything will be trivia and everything will be nostalgia.” That apocalypse of kitsch has fortunately not yet arrived, but Markfield writes as though it were fully upon us, excluding all possibility of coherent narrative design, limiting fiction to a mocking imitation of trivia, an ambiguously ironic exploitation of nostalgic recall.
-




There are maybe one or two novels funnier than You Could Live if they Let you. Catch-22 and A Confederacy of Dunces come to mind. Imagine Lenny Bruce crossed with Mark Twain. That's Wallace Markfield. And no, the Jews did not kill Christ. But they did lean on him a little. - Chris Orlet   @ amazon.com


Image result for Wallace Markfield, Multiple Orgasms,
Wallace Markfield, Multiple Orgasms, 1977.

Image result for Wallace Markfield, Radical Surgery,
Wallace Markfield, Radical Surgery, Bantam,1991.



Concerned that the new Soviet leader's popularity will threaten the United States' permanent war economy, the U.S. President finds his fears dissolved by a series of shocking assassinations of prominent Americans




A dark satire, this depicts the chaos that develops after a Russian political reformer and his message "Peace, Sympathy, Brotherhood and Purest Joy" cause a mass transformation in the Soviet psyche. His influence is mistrusted and feared at the highest U.S. levels, lest it spawn an unwelcome easing of international tension or domestic social flux. Horrendous "dirty trick" bombings and killings by phony devotees of the benign Russian are staged to whip up hatred and anger and discredit the growing movement. A weak U.S. president lost in his thoughts and obsessed with his declining popularity allows the carnage and trickery. Various half-baked and absurd characters add to the mix of ideas, issues, and cynicism that, along with the enigmatic plot, will provoke thought, shock, and some amusement. Briskly told, this novel by a satirist whose books appeared in the 1960s and 1970s is troubling, antic, and absorbing. Recommended. - William A. Donovan


Markfield's ( To an Early Grave ) satire of de-Stalinization presents a charismatic Pavel Gavrych, risen to power in the U.S.S.R. and reaching out to the U.S. in amity in 1993. As a new American president agonizes about dismantling 50 years of a wartime economy, his powerful aide Harry Porlock devises a scheme to have the terminally ill commit heinous terrorist acts ostensibly directed by Gavrych. The book ends with a new red scare in the U.S. and a re-Stalinization of Russia. Among other inanities, the hyperbolic political takeoff features the nameless president's internal dialogues with JFK, who sports a stage-Irish brogue; a first lady as a sex-crazed twit; a precocious nymphet as part of the president's inner circle. With the president's understanding of American as "the hoi, the polloi, the louts and lumps, eating and drinking their fill at some great American trough and moving in multitudes from sea to shining sea," this tale falls somewhere between Joseph Heller and Richard Condon. Mostly it just falls. - Publishers Weekly


Satirist and magazine writer Markfield, whose You Could Live If They Let You (1974) put a Jewish president and a lot of one- liners into the White House, puts a syntax thrasher in the same spot and an absurdist in the Kremlin. Situation outweighs plot in this densely written, relentlessly sardonic sendup of presidents and geopolitics. The situation is the ascension to Soviet power of Pavel Gavrych, whose pure and burning teenage devotion to Marxism/Leninism as practiced in the Workers' Paradise came face to face with the cruelty of Uncle Joe Stalin in a personal meeting in which the generalissimo dislocated the lad's thumbs to show him the way of the world. Forty years later Gavrych turns Soviet communism on its ear by unleashing the most bizarre inherent forces of central planning and authority. The upshot is a totally confused state no longer inimical to the West--as a result of which America's gabbling, dreamy President panics, seeing no role for himself in a  - Kirkus Reviews


Speaking of Wallace Markfield (1926-2002)—the Joyce of Brighton Beach, the great magician of old Brooklyn rhythms—it’s impossible to avoid mentioning that he was Jewish, for Markfield’s books are Jewish to the core: the DNA of every sentence shaped by the inflections of the New York State Diaspora (and a purer strain than that popularized by Woody Allen, once upon a time). The form of his work is itself a result of, and a tribute to, the convolutions of the English language, tortured into beautiful bonsai shapes by the impositions of Yiddish syntax. (As my grandfather is fond of repeating, “You don’t know English till you’ve learned it from an immigrant.”)
But Markfield is no documentarian: his work may contain bits and pieces of what could be considered time-capsule material—Depression-era Brooklyn; the ’50s and ’60s in the Partisan Review-Commentary axis—but, as with the best literature, these are points of departure: the foundations on which another, more personal, and basically fantastic world is created, just as the language—itself already given to parody and hyperbole—is refined and stylized into a gorgeous pidgin of high modernism and low burlesque.
Where others give us measured and precise introspection, Markfield’s novels brim with excess. He gives no quarter for those of us without the Yiddishkeit—in the broadest sense—to keep up with his nonstop references (“Scratch a Litvak [a Lithuanian Jew] and you’re peeling radishes!” Cosa significa?), the stamina to wade through his wonderful lists, the knowledge of pop culture necessary to match his phenomenal mastery of movie trivia (“How I survive, I don’t know, but we’ll say I survive World War III. . . . Then through the vapor I’ll see him. . . . And we’ll walk to each other and we’ll touch and feel and pound on each other’s backs. . . . And he’ll go, ‘Cagney and Robinson played together in one picture and one picture only, and the name of that picture was . . .’ ”), about which Markfield would later mourn that “each chapter lost another ten thousand readers”—but who’d want to be spared even a word of his “splendid nonsense” if given the choice? (Let the “less is more” crowd bail out now.)
It breaks my heart to know that Markfield felt overshadowed by Saul Bellow all his working life—even claiming that he’d dream about Bellow after the publication of every new novel, and once that his own mother was ignoring him in favor of the Nobel laureate, who’d turned up at her house for a visit. So let me take my little life in my hands now and go on record to say that, much as I like Bellow—and I do like Bellow (as did Markfield himself: “I don’t think I especially care to compete with Humboldt’s Gift,” he sighed in an interview)—I’d read Markfield any day in preference. Paragraph for paragraph, page for page, Markfield had the chops. Or, to put it less antagonistically: Markfield was a Bellow for the “other tradition,” a Bellow for the adventurous, for the puzzle-lovers, for the collectors of bric-a-brac and debris: a Bellow who they never noticed, or else studiously ignored (probably because of all the comparisons to Bellow)—and a “Jewish-American novelist” somehow doomed to obscurity at the very moment the categorization was coined.
The rush to fill that vacuum, to profit from the sudden, post-Augie March“marketability” of Jewishness, both opened the door for Markfield’s novels, and then left their author far behind. The ascendancy of his peers (Malamud, Roth)—writers whose versions of this world were by comparison sanitized of “otherness,” packaged for an audience who at worst wanted a tourist’s taste of a charmingly irrelevant, adorably neurotic part of the culture—served to eclipse him completely.
Markfield’s first novel, To an Early Grave (1964), was praised by Joseph Heller, won him a Guggenheim Fellowship, and was adapted for the big screen as Bye Bye Braverman, directed by Sidney Lumet, a few years later. (DVD release, someone?) It’s the most staid, the most buttoned-down and minimal of his great novels, though his verbal precocity—the protean babble that would become manifest in his next book—is already simmering behind its seemingly naturalistic prose. Leslie Braverman, writer, schmuck, friend, philanderer, has passed away at the age of 41, shocking his somewhat dispersed and alienated group of compatriots (critics, professional speechwriters, academics: our protagonist is the redoubtable Morroe Rieff—played by George Segal in the Lumet—whose epithet of choice is “Whoosh!”), now reuniting to organize an expedition to his funeral.
This crew is a gallery of grotesques—lovable at forty years’ distance, but at the time bringing out a tremendous hostility towards Markfield, who in his very first book was taking brazen potshots at the same crowd who could have made him the “next big thing”: the same crowd he knew intimately, and the same crowd he ran with . . . until To an Early Grave put him in permanent exile.
Braverman is no angel himself, but two-bit as he may have been—wasting his life on potboilers and co-eds—his friends (now undergoing one Odyssean delay after another as they try to get out of Manhattan) are still mediocrities by comparison. Though dead from page one, Braverman is already the perfectly formed Markfield hero. Cheerfully amoral in life, he was such a perfect picture of solipsism that he could write the following to his wife, in a fit of goodwill, despite their separation on account of his many affairs:
Such is my state that I will remit all sins, even these:
That you have not read my work in three years.
That you do not utter little cries in sex.
That in company you will not laugh at the second hearing of my jokes.

And in one of his few “in-person” cameos, he confronts Morroe Rieff in a dream, walking out of King Solomon’s Mines in a second-run house off Times Square:
Hey, hey, what are you doing there? Morroe wanted to know.
Here? Here I’m the white hunter.
Am I mistaken or don’t you look shorter? How come you look so short?
How come? How come is I said schmuck to a witch doctor!
[Morroe] sprang from his seat to follow Leslie into the brush, but found himself in [John Ford’s] The Informer. After betraying Leslie he treated half of Dublin to egg creams.

When Morroe wakes up, however, it turns out he’s been slumped against the shoulder of one of his fellow mourners in the car:
“Your grandma should one night pine for you and decide to come down and pay a visit from heaven, and she should want to kiss you and you should drool and dribble on her the way you drooled and dribbled on me.”
“Eifelsleep,” Morroe said through his yawn.

But good as it is (and To an Early Grave’s subtle accumulation of weight, of sadness and loss—and this through a pretty much exclusive use of comedy—ought to be studied in every writing program in the land), it’s Teitlebaum’s Window (1970)—Markfield’s “big book,” his Portrait of the Artist and Ulysses all in one—that makes him a giant. Superficially, it’s about one Simon Sloan, coming of age in the 1930s: growing up, going to Brooklyn College, and marching happily off to war to escape both a prospective marriage and his violently off-kilter parents, Shmuel and Malvena the Orphan; but no one reading Teitlebaum for the first time could possibly mistake the book for a mere slice of Depression life. Its first chapter—which ideally I could quote in full—is one of the best, most astounding, harrowing, and hilarious openings of any novel in the English language. It’s the sort of performance you want to put your book down and applaud after reading.
It begins in earnest after a brief digest of recent life in Brighton Beach, a litany that seems to hark back to some nonexistent preface (the book begins, “Then in June, 1932 . . .”), and which gets repeated every few chapters with updated information presented in roughly the same order—what Teitlebaum the grocer writes on the window of his little shop, which celebrity Stanley the taxi driver is claiming to have picked up in his cab. Thus briefed, we’re thrown headlong into the hot and stuffy Sloan apartment, where Shmuel is, for the moment, asleep (he mutters things like “Pogrom” and “Piecework” through his “agonized snoring”), and little Simon is getting Malvena the Orphan to tell him the story of her early years again, being worked to the bone and generally exploited by Cousin Phillie out in Hartford, Connecticut.
She’s sitting in a man’s undershirt so as not to bind or chafe her “dropped stomach,” reading to him from her journals and scrapbooks, even though, as she says, her autobiography, The Truth of My Life, is still in the “drafty stage.” It’s an encyclopedia of petty complaint, with chapters like “Cousin Phillie: How He Tried to Hire Me Out to Schvartzers,” and all the while Simon sings snatches of songs, crawls around on her lap, and brazenly pokes her barely covered breasts through her shirt (“When they jiggle, you know what they look like Mommy? Heh? . . . Just just just like Betty Boop’s eyes!”). When Shmuel wakes up, we get his stories of being in basic training during World War I (“‘It’s worth teh-hen armies to hear how they talk. . . . Shee-yut!’ he cried. And as Simon and his mother whinnied and swelled with mirth he gave them a ‘Fah-hark you! . . . In my company alone I must have had—I had—ho-boy!—three, four kinds goyim’ ”), and a few rounds of his ongoing fight with his son, with whom, as he says, “I try and I try and still I don’t get close to him.”
Simon sobbed out the Pledge of Allegiance.
“Get killed for Jackie Cooper!” his father told him.
Simon, planting an elbow on the table, made believe his was doing Palmer penmanship, throwing in also the closing hours of the library and the number of books he was allowed on a children’s card.
“Get killed with Jackie Cooper.”
Simon recited the holiday prices at the Lyric [Theater], the day for the changing of bills at the Miramar and the Surf.
“Get killed by Jackie Cooper.”

I could keep going: there’s more happening in this first chapter than in any three novels—Jewish-American or otherwise—you’d care to mention. By the time chapter two comes around, we’ve been so completely immersed in Markfield’s world that he can cover vast narrative distances with only a bit of shorthand. The book wastes no time with the verities of realism—we get most of our information from here on in through Simon’s journals, and we learn exactly what kind of a filthy kid he is, firsthand. What he and his friends get up to might make modern parents thankful for the relative innocence of video games—but as the book progresses, there are hints that Simon might one day redeem himself, grow up to be the sort of person who could write a kind of Teitlebaum’s Window of his own . . . and, thankfully, hints are all we get. ***
Markfield’s timing is a thing of wonder—how he makes dead words on a page sizzle and hiss, how he makes us hear his dialogue: not as lines recited by imaginary people behind a little proscenium in our heads, but as meter, as rhythm, as set-up and punch line. Teitlebaum and To an Early Grave are nominally comedies, but they get at everything that literature is for: they renew the language, and in the process, quite by accident, they renew us readers as well.
So, an old story: a writer done in—to his mind—by the very idiosyncrasies that make his work unique, that make it sublime. Markfield was never meant to chisel out the kind of stolid prose that would have won him Bellow’s following—however finely crafted, however elegant, however insightful. His muse was pricklier, sillier, and more melodic than Bellow’s. Its precocity could barely be contained, and maybe was a little too Jewish for readers who could only take so much exotica in their diet. Of course, losing out to the likes of a Saul Bellow is nothing to be ashamed of—but Markfield even lost out to his lessers, and seeing them enshrined now on curriculums and chockablock in bookstores, I have to wonder: why is there no room for him?
Even the great Stanley Elkin—the closest stylistic analogue to Markfield, and a writer who used to joke that he knew all his readers by name—has enjoyed a greater popular and critical success; and even Elkin had no time for Markfield, because Markfield had a genius for alienating exactly the people who could do him the most good, or else were most likely to appreciate his work. I hope that the audience he was really writing for—whether he knew it or not—will find him now that the dust has cleared. And should you chance to run into him in Olam HaBah, here’s your “in”: the answer is Smart Money (1931). - Jeremy M. Davies  www.dalkeyarchive.com/reading-wallace-markfields-to-an-early-grave-teitlebaums-window/


Had he lived, Wallace Markfield would have celebrated his 86th birthday this week. But it’s been 10 years since this word-slinging tummler left the stage, and you have to wonder if he didn’t write his own epitaph decades earlier. In the most famous line of his first and best-remembered novel, To an Early Grave—a book that treated New York Jewish intellectuals as though they were Catskill comedians—Markfield described its deceased prime mover as “a second-rate talent of the highest order.”
Put another way, Markfield was the most gifted also-ran associated with the so-called Jewish-American literary renaissance of 1950s and ’60s: His three Jew-obsessed comic novels were eclipsed by the titanic oeuvre of Philip Roth, his ideas regarding Jews and popular culture were massively elaborated by professor turned new journalist Albert Goldman, and his promising bid to establish himself as a wise-guy, street-smart luftmensh-intellectual Jewish film critic was upended by Manny Farber and trumped by Pauline Kael.
Markfield enjoyed maximum visibility between the 1964 triumph of To an Early Grave (the basis, four years later, for Sidney Lumet’s seminal Jew Wave movie Bye Bye Braverman) and the friendly, if more ambivalent, reception given his ambitious second novel, Teitelbaum’s Window, in 1970. (The mixed notice in the New York Times Book Review was by no less an eminence than Alfred Kazin.) Markfield was a recognized pop-culture maven, writing for the Times Magazine on the persistence of burlesque, the significance of Walter Winchell, and the greatness of King Kong. In describing the “mad rushin’ to mama-lushen,” his Esquire essay “The Yiddishization of American Humor” not only anticipated Goldman’s “Boy-Man Schlemiel: The Jewish Element in American Humor,” but provided a road map for Goldman’s career.
Philip Roth appropriated a Markfield joke and name-checked him in Portnoy’s Complaint: “The novelist, what’s his name, Markfield, has written in a story somewhere that until he was fourteen he believed ‘aggravation’ to be a Jewish word.” (The story“Country of the Crazy Horse” was set in Markfield’s childhood Brooklyn and published in the March 1958 issue of Commentary.) A 1967 book review in the New York Times described Gershon Legman, the avant-garde Kinsey who wrote The Rationale of the Dirty Joke, as “a character in a Wallace Markfield novel,” which is pretty much what Markfield was himself.
Born in Brighton Beach and educated at Brooklyn College, he broke into print with stories in the Partisan, Kenyon, and Hudson reviews and book reviews in Commentary, achieving his first notoriety with an anti-High Noon diatribe, “The Inauthentic Western: Problems on the Prairie,” published by the American Mercury in 1952, a full two years before Robert Warshow would make many of the same points in his canonical Partisan Reviewessay, “The Westerner.”
To rehearse Markfield’s career—to even write that last sentence!—is to describe the world he would parody in To an Early Grave: A little-magazine critic named Holly Levine brags to an academic poet, one Barnet Weiner, about “the strong likelihood” that he will be teaching a popular-culture course called “From ‘Little Nemo’ to ‘Li’l Abner,’ ” and, when his frenemy jealously wonders if the subject is “like they say in the quarterlies, your métier?,” Levine angrily responds, “My piece on John Ford has been twice anthologized. Twice!”
Although this exchange escalates into a ’30s trivia competition that would prove Markfield’s defining literary trope, it was on the basis of “The Inauthentic Western” that he secured a regular gig writing about movies in every other issue of The New Leader (a “rightwing” socialist weekly of the David Dubinsky persuasion), where he had since 1949 been pondering serious works of literature and criticism, from Sholem Asch’s Tales of My People and Hemingway’s Across the RiverandInto the Trees to Irving Howe on Sherwood Anderson and a revaluation of Nathaniel West’s The Day of the Locust. (West, Markfield wrote prophetically, was a novelist who “never quite managed to produce a perfect work nor completely integrate his gifts, but one who was capable, nevertheless, of profoundly disturbing the reader.”)
So, the job only lasted six months—from late November 1952 into May 1953—Markfield got to publish 13 columns, among them a Stanley Kramer take-down worthy of inclusion in the Library of America Anthology of American Film Criticism. Devoting a full column to praising Anthony Mann’s unheralded “routine” Western The Naked Spur and the follow-up to trashing George Stevens’ overblown Shane, opining on Danny Kaye and Sergei Eisenstein, taking note of the 3D craze-igniter Bwana Devil, the Jazz Singer remake, and Stanley Kubrick’s debut Fear and Desire, Markfield showed excellent range and natural talent. His takes were knowledgeable, his language punchy, and his leads lively. Ironically characterizing himself as a “condescending cineaste” who would “choose the bleakest Randolph Scott Western over High Noon,” Markfield had an attitude that was a promising work in progress.
Like revered Nation critic James Agee, Markfield mourned the death of movie comedy (although his idols were not Chaplin and Keaton but the Marx Brothers and W.C. Fields). Like the two-fisted slang-meister Manny Farber, Agee’s New Republic rival and successor at The Nation, Markfield presented himself as a discerning populist, tweaking the “overly-cultish audiences” who patronized “cushy avant-garde theaters” for revivals of old Marcel Pagnol films and complaining that “a genuine love and deep feeling for the movies” were increasingly “hard to come by.”
Markfield championed apparent junk like The Magnetic Monster (“paced like a supercharged engine by director and co-author Curt Siodmak, this story of an unmanageable radioactive element—driven by an omnivorous appetite for the planet’s supply of electrical voltage—emerges almost as technological choreography”) and debunked pretentious tripe: Advising his readers that even the worst films may contain “an oddly haunting strain of excellence,” he pointed out that John Huston’s Moulin Rouge was not one of them.
And then, perhaps sensing Markfield muscling in on his turf, Farber called him out. Five years before Farber’s “Underground Film” would appear in Commentary, Markfield’s “Notes on the Great Audience” was an appreciation of Times Square grind-houses that glorified the instincts of their lumpen patrons in terms at once sentimental and condescending. It was “a classic case of what happens when a critic turns sociologist,” Farber wrote, chiding Markfield by name as he pointed out that the critic’s duty was “to encourage moviegoers to look at the screen instead of trying to find a freak show in the audience.” (Later that year Farber would write his toughest appraisal of the movie-going public—a blast at the mediocrity of current Hollywood product titled “Blame the Audience.”)
Coincidence or not, “Notes on the Great Audience” was the last movie piece Markfield would write for The New Leader (although, ironically, it was Farber’s put-down that prompted me to search out Markfield’s film criticism). It was a shonde to be sure that when The New Republic found itself casting around for a film critic four years later they hired not Markfield but a 24-year-old University of Chicago instructor named Philip Roth—yes, What’s His Name’s future rival, wrote movie reviews too, albeit less the subject for a doctoral dissertation than a footnote.
Beginning with a Funny Face blow-off in June 1957, Roth published 13 movie and television reviews in TNR. He got off some good one-liners (ending a review of Raintree Country with the observation that Eva Marie Saint “does the best she can with a role that could hardly have been individualized unless, perhaps, it had been played by Peter Lorre”) and used Henry King’s lumbering prestige adaptation of The Sun Also Rises as the pretext for an amusing Hemingway parody. Still, the TV pieces, including an analysis of Sid Caesar and an account of the 1957 Miss America pageant, are far better than the movie reviews, which, despite an amused appreciation of Will Success Spoil Rock Hunter?, are largely oblivious to cinematic qualities and mainly discussions of plots or performances. Roth’s last review, published in February 1958, was another Hemingway adaptation (A Farewell to Arms) and one of the few in which he bothered to identify the movie’s director or even its screenwriter.
Markfield meanwhile was at work on the short story that would implant itself in Alex Portnoy’s mind. His last major piece on movies, “By the Light of the Silvery Screen,” was a position paper also published in Commentary in March 1961, a year before Film Quarterly ran Kael’s not dissimilar, “Is There a Cure for Film Criticism?” Markfield began with the observation that, given the absence of a canon or even an accepted notion that movies deserved serious attention, “the intellectual who turns film critic is letting himself in for a rough time.” Then, with a nod to Agee, Farber, and Kael, he proceeded to give Siegfried Kracauer and Parker Tyler, the twin pillars of American intellectual film analysis, a very rough time indeed—pillorying the former, the Weimar émigré who had more or less invented sociological film criticism with From Caligari to Hitler, for writing an aesthetic treatise on cinema; and the latter, a surrealist poet and author of Magic and Myth of the Movies, for daring to analyze Hollywood products as cultural dreams.
But if Markfield retired ingloriously from the fray, movies figure significantly in his three subsequent novels. In To an Early Grave, as the author would later describe it, “a pair of New York intellectuals test each other’s ability to call back, among other things, 17 movies wherein Bogart was featured but not starred: 9 actors who have played Tarzan; the last line spoken by Victor McLaglen in The Informer; and the name of the Ritz Brothers.” The father of the youthful hero of Teitlebaum’s Window is employed by a Brighton Beach movie-house, and the 10 years between 1932 and 1942 are individuated largely in terms of the era’s popular culture; in the wonderfully titled You Could Live If They Let You (1974), Markfield, having been compared (by Kazin, among others, and like Philip Roth) to a stand-up comedian, took a Lenny Bruce-like comic, interestingly named “Jules Farber,” as his protagonist.
Although dismissed by some as a plotless rant, the novel is actually Markfield’s most avant-garde, with Farber’s compulsive shtick hilariously filtered through the consciousness of the WASP academic who is studying him. The book’s first 44 pages are a comic shpritz unparalleled in the Markfield oeuvre: “My destiny was in the hands of—not Moses Maimonides, but Louis B. Mayer,” Farber raves, riffing on the representation of Jewish mothers in MGM’s biblical spectacles.
Once, only once show them watching a scale, yelling from a window, grating a little horseradish. You want to make Quo Vadis and Ben Hur? Go ahead, you’re entitled. Give a little boost, though to your own. It’s costing you anyway for a nativity scene, so punch up the Virgin Mary part. “Cheapskates, lice, pascudnyakim! You see my presents? Frankincense, myrrh. … I need it badly? I still got in my closet a jar garlic powder, it’s not even touched because by me spices are poison. Not even a box bridge mix, in Galilee they’re selling the best bridge mix fifty-nine shekels a pound. Do I care? I’m only embarrassed for the innkeeper.”
And so on.
Although Markfield must have known that, published a few months ahead of You Could Live If They Let You, Albert Goldman’s massive biography Ladies and Gentlemen, Lenny Bruce! would upstage his novel. Still, he gave the Goldman book a wonderfully generous New York Times review. You Could Live If They Let You was, on the other hand, slammed in the Times by Robert Alter, a long-standing foe of the Jewish American literary renaissance who used his review to knock Roth, Markfield’s fellow ethnic “mimic,” as well. “Farber intimates that reality itself may have become a hopeless mishmash of vulgar inanities,” Alter observed.
That apocalypse of kitsch has fortunately not yet arrived, but Markfield writes as though it were fully upon us, excluding all possibility of coherent narrative design, limiting fiction to a mocking imitation of trivia, an ambiguously ironic exploitation of nostalgic recall.
Perhaps. But not even so unsympathetic a critic could resist quoting some of Farber’s one-liners as when he gratuitously, if verbally, attacks some women in his audience: “Never never never be ashamed you’re Jewish … Because it’s enough if I’m ashamed you’re Jewish.”
At the same time as he inhabited the character of Jules Farber, Markfield was, for several years, the New York Times Book Review’s remarkably unenthusiastic go-to guy for books on movies. In a 1972 review of Robert Henderson’s scholarly press biography of D.W. Griffith, he asked for a “10-year moratorium declared by pundits and publishers on books in any way dealing with the motion picture.” And in a round-up of such books, published some 20 months later, Markfield made a distinction between the film historian and the “nostalgia addict” and declared himself firmly among the latter, citing a willingness to go his own “wild way” in responding to movies “without meditation or mediation!”
Moving over to the Times“Arts and Leisure” section, Markfield published a trio of pieces, over a six-month stretch of the mid-1970s, that mined his knowledge of Hollywood detritus. “Remembrances of ‘B’ Movies Past” is a creditable, annotated list of 10 outré classics from the ’40s and ’50s that quoted Farber and included both The Leopard Man and The Incredible Shrinking one. Ruefully citing the 5-page trivial pursuit passage in To an Early Grave as the defining accomplishment of his career (“camp turned compulsion for me”), Markfield next provided Times readers with a movie quiz: “In What Movie Did Marlene Dietrich Wear an Ape Suit? And Other Weightless Questions.”
“I’m now what critics and commentators nagged me into becoming these last 11 years: a ‘king of kitsch,’ a ‘seer of shlock,’ a ‘titan of trivia,’ ” Markfield complained á la Farber in a brief introduction to his quiz. Although To an Early Grave“had a thing or two to say about modern literature and literary men, one 5-page sequence drew a special kind of lopsided attention from reviewers [and] pretty soon those 5 pages were on the required reading lists of several sociology courses and anthologized in texts bearing such snappy titles as The Popular Arts: Aspects and Attitudes.”
Markfield claimed that he thought of passing this exercise off as either a new approach to “the problem of cinematic perception” or a secret chronicle of Hollywood movies. Indeed, a subsequent fun piece, “Hollywood’s Greatest Absurd Moments,” published in the “Arts and Leisure” section in January 1976, identifies him as working on just such a secret history. (It would be Markfield’s luck that he envisioned something along the lines of Robert Coover’s 1987 A Night at the Movies or, You Must Remember This, with its fabulously pornographic gloss on Casablanca, and that Coover beat him to it.) Perhaps Markfield abandoned his secret history; perhaps it was buried with him. In an alternate universe, it coulda been his masterpiece. - J. Hoberman   http://www.tabletmag.com/jewish-arts-and-culture/109053/wallace-markfield-contender


Wallace Markfield, 75, Writer With a Humorous Sarcasm


 

Luis Sagasti - How do we even begin to narrate the history of the world? Using his unique, poetic and keenly observant style, Sagasti turns the accidents of history into a single, lyrical constellation, and for the reader it’s an extraordinary sight

$
0
0


Front cover of Fireflies by Luis Sagasti published by Charco Press
Luis Sagasti, Fireflies, Trans. by Fionn Petch, Charco Press, 2018.


How do we even begin to narrate the history of the world? Where do we start, and where do we end? Fireflies is Sagasti’s bold and original attempt to answer these questions. Taking an eclectic array of influences and personalities from modern history, he teases out events that at first glance seem random and insignificant and proceeds to weave them together masterfully, entertaining as he enlightens. Joseph Beuys, Antoine de Saint-Exupéry, Stanley Kubrick, Neil Armstrong, Wittgenstein, Glenn Miller and the Beatles; poets and authors, priests, astronauts and Russian sailors all make an appearance, and Sagasti finds common threads to bind their stories together.
The fireflies themselves perhaps provide the key to understanding this book. They become a metaphor for the resistance of certain luminous moments, certain twinkling fragments of history, to the passing of time. They remind us that events do not always disappear neatly into the darkness, but rather remain, floating in the air, lighting up the night sky for years to come. Sagasti shows us that the present moment, like this novel, is a tapestry woven of a multiplicity of times.
Using his unique, poetic and keenly observant style, Sagasti turns the accidents of history into a single, lyrical constellation, and for the reader it’s an extraordinary sight.




This is one of those books that is called a novel but is not really a novel but, as it is written like a novel, it is here and it is sold as a novel. What it is is a way of looking at the world, through the eyes of certain real people, some famous, some far less so, as well as some fictitious people, as well as a series of wonderful stories, some real, some embellished, some fictitious, and that is, of course, the role of the novel.
We start off with the German artist Joseph Beuys. Beuys was a Luftwaffe pilot during World War II and, in 1944, he was shot down by the Russians. His plane crashed into the woods and he was badly injured. He was rescued by a group of Tartars who had seen and heard his crash. His co-pilot, Karl Vogts, was presumably killed; his body was never found. The Tartars looked after him and took care of him. Eventually, he was rescued by a German patrol. He subsequently became an artist, always wearing his trademark hat to conceal the wounds from his crash. He remained very much influenced by his experiences with the Tartars. However, there were no Tartars. The patrol claimed they found him soon after the crash, still in the cockpit of the plane. There was no sign of any Tartars.
A considerable part of this book is about what we might call imagined seeing, the things we think we have seen, artists in particular, which may not have happened in the real, physical, everyday world but certainly happened in the mind and this is, of course, the basis of artistic creation.
Sagasti gives other examples of this. He moves onto to Kurt Vonnegut and Slaughterhouse Five. I will admit to having read the book and quite enjoyed it. However, Sagasti argues it will always be counted among the top five candidates for the Great American Novel of the twentieth century. It does not even vaguely make it onto my list (selected by others). No matter. Sagasti is showing that the most interesting pages of the book are those dedicated to explaining the literature of Tralfamadore: Brief clumps of symbols separated by stars […] each clump of symbols is a brief, urgent message, describing a situation, a scene.
This leads on to haikus and an interesting discussion of the form and of the work of Matsuo Bashō and the apparently fictitious Kioyi Hatasuko. - the modern novel,  read more here

Teolinda Gersão - a story that leads readers down multiple paths, through myth and history, reality and fantasy, literature and the visual arts, the past and the present, male and female relations, the crisis of civilisation and the need to reimagine the world.

$
0
0
Image result for Teolinda Gersão, City of Ulysses,
Teolinda Gersão, City of Ulysses, Trans. by Jethro Soutar and Annie McDermott,  Dalkey Archive Press, 2017.
excerpt


A man and a woman meet in Lisbon and fall in love. City of Ulysses is their story, and the city's love story besides. It is a story that leads readers down multiple paths, through myth and history, reality and fantasy, literature and the visual arts, the past and the present, male and female relations, the crisis of civilisation and the need to reimagine the world.


An elegant paean to love—and to “the least known of all European capital cities,” Lisbon.
By Portuguese novelist Gersão’s account, speaking through her many-flawed hero, Paulo Vaz, “for millions of perfectly well-informed people across the globe, Portugal barely existed: at most, it was a narrow strip of land tacked onto the side of Spain.” She does much here to make the country and the city come into a life of specific detail: how the sunlight glints, how spring arrives to the soft green trees on the Avenida da Liberdade, how a crumpled-up T-shirt bearing the slogan “Lisbon is for lovers” looks when covered with “salt and boat oil.” Gersão’s central theme, though, is the impermanence of love. Though a sensitive artist, so sensitive that he bears his supportive mother’s last name and not his indifferent father’s, Paulo is a bit of a noodge: “Don’t expect too much from me, Cecília,” he says, in an internal monologue addressed to a long-departed lover. “I’m a free-spirit, or unreliable, if you prefer.” Cecília, African born, is a colonial come back to help remake Portugal after the fall of the dictators 40-odd years ago; also an artist, she is the always present object of the dejected Paulo’s obsession: “Having gone in search of Lisbon with you,” he laments, “I must now go in search of us, look at us. From very close quarters.” Like an unfunny refraction of Woody Allen’s Manhattan, with Paulo as Isaac, Gersão’s novel is a celebration of setting; the story, a touch tiresome owing to Paulo’s nonstop mope, gives way to the loveliness of place. The quiet echoes of moments from The Odyssey, as when Paulo casts Cecília in the role of Nausicaa, are just right, too.
Readers planning a trip to Portugal will find this a fine, revealing complement to their guidebook—and on the evidence of this book, Gersão deserves a wider audience in English. - Kirkus Reviews



The 'city of Ulysses' of the title is Lisbon -- the legend being that the Portuguese capital was actually founded by Ulysses, giving:
Lisbon a singular status: a real city founded by a fictional character, a city contaminated by literature and storytelling.
       The story is told by an artist, Paulo Vaz -- and it is told, more than narrated, almost entirely addressed directly to a woman he was involved with many years earlier, Cecília Branco.
       The novel opens with Paulo being invited to have the first exhibition at Lisbon's Contemporary Art Museum in a planned series where artists are to convey: "their personal visions of Portugal" -- with his exhibition having Lisbon as a theme. It's this offer that bring Cecília very much back to mind for him: as it turns out, Paulo and Cecília had imagined exactly such an exhibit, decades earlier -- even if:
     But neither of us had taken the idea of an exhibition about Lisbon seriously. It was just for our own amusement, a private game to challenge each other's imagination. Wherever we went in the city we'd look around as if it belonged to us, as if we were going to make it into something else. 
       Despite this background and premise -- with Paulo accepting the commission and agreeing to the exhibit -- City of Ulysses isn't so much a story about Lisbon. It is very much Paulo's story -- the story of a peripatetic artist; the story of his relationship with Cecília. He holds some information back at the beginning, including what has happened with Cecília -- he believes he can only create the exhibit as originally planned, with his partner from that time, but that is no longer possible; eventually he agrees to do it on his own but to do so he must revisit all that was between him and Cecília. This also means that the woman currently in his life, Sara, is long sidelined -- "Forgive me, Sara, for leaving you in the background for perhaps a little too long", he apologizes early on, as he turns his fiull attention to his former life- and art-partner. (Here as elsewhere, the narrative plays a bit too coyly with its secrets, somewhat undermining Paulo's tale by making clear there's artifice to it, Paulo manipulatively structuring it in specifically this way so his big reveals make more of an impression (though Gersão at least does have Paulo be someone who tends to hold back, in his relationships and especially in talking about himself, so it's at least somewhat in character).)
       Much of the novel then is retrospective, Paulo explaining his own troubled family background -- a father who was a harsh military man whom he disappointed, his mother a dutiful wife who only blossomed secretly creating her own art -- and then his relationship with Cecília; the middle of the three sections of the novel is simply: 'Four Years with Cecília'.
       In revealing his own troubled family background and his career -- studying art, at home and abroad --, as well as his time with Cecília, Paulo constantly also places it in the changing Portuguese context. Gersão handles this effectively, with incidental mentions that nevertheless capture the gist of Portugal's rapidly changing political and economic situations from 1974 through the present, especially the 1980s, when Paulo and Cecília are together. The essentials from the passing years are captured, without Gersão going into any great depth, with the movies Paulo and Cecília see together as defining as some of the larger political and other circumstances, nicely dealt with in quick paragraphs such as:
     Purchasing power collapsed still further in 1985, but Parliament voted to raise politicians' salaries by fifty percent.
     The tax system was uneven and unjust, as usual. And, also as usual, after winter flooding, the summer brought forest fires.

       City of Ulysses is very much the novel of an artist, Paulo revealing the childhood that shaped him, his struggles to establish himself as an artist, his blossoming in Cecília's company, and his life, as artist and man, since their parting.
       Cecília was a vital figure in his life -- and he in hers -- but some fundamental differences remained between them. Some of her ambitions prove to be different -- beginning with her getting a cat. Paulo is at least forthright -- admitting that he handled that situation, and the cat, very, very badly -- and also true to himself, and it becomes clear why he and Cecília are not meant to be. Eventually, they split -- a hard, awful rupture -- which also eventually drives Paulo on, including beyond their once shared city:
     I was the only one who could see it, Cecília, but Lisbon as falling apart. If I were to tell anyone else they'd think me crazy, but I assure you: Lisbon vanished when you did. 
       The planned exhibit -- to which the story eventually returns in its third, final section -- allows Paulo to reclaim Lisbon, and his past. Not only that, it brings Cecília and her own art back even closer yet again -- complicating the new relationship he has entered, with Sara. Eventually, the exhibition-plans change drastically, the museum showing a somewhat hard to believe last minute flexibility, allowing for (perhaps a bit too neat) resolutions and finality.
       Gersão presents all this engagingly and well, and City of Ulysses is a fine -- and, in places, very good -- novel of an artist life, as well as an effective account of the times and changes in modern Portugal. The novel is, however, slightly marred by its reliance on two pivotal, terrible events that are pure melodrama; Gersão tends towards the melodramatic resolution in any case (both Paulo's father and mother end up in extreme situations), but what she does with Cecília, and how she does it, is too much straight out of baser tear-jerker fiction. A lighter touch would have worked just fine, too -- but perhaps she was hoping for easier popular appeal in a novel that might otherwise seem to be too 'artsy' -- a shame, because it isn't (too artsy), but rather is simply a solid novel of a man who is devoted to art but whose story isn't completely consumed by it. (Indeed, City of Ulysses nicely avoids most of the artsiness writers of such stories often burden them with, while still being a serious novel on the subject.) - M.A.Orthofer  www.complete-review.com/reviews/portugal/gersaot.htm


This is only the second novel by Gersâo, one of Portugal’s foremost novelists, to appear in English but then that is one of the themes of this novel – how little Portugal and Lisbon are known to the rest of Europe and the rest of the world. Unusually for Gersâo, the novel is narrated by a man, Paulo Vaz, a contemporary Portuguese artist. (His real name is Paulo Ramos but he uses his mother’s maiden name for his artistic work. The reasons for this are explained.) At the start of the book, he has been asked (along with other artists) by the Contemporary Art Museum to present a series of individual exhibitions based on their personal visions of Portugal. Vaz’s will be the first. In particular, they want him to take Lisbon as his theme or, more specifically, my impressions of certain aspects of Lisbon.
Lisbon was probably the least known of all European capital cities, indeed one of the least known capitals anywhere in the world. While that is clearly not true, it is certainly less well-known than other major European capitals. As the intention is to take the exhibition on tour, he suspects that the aim is to put Portugal on the map but Ironic, really, in a country where culture has always been so chronically undervalued.
He writes two letters, neither of which he sends. The first rejects the idea outright. The second explains in some detail why he will accept, namely because he has already worked on this project with a woman called Cecilia Branco, his now ex-lover. He tells Sara, his current lover, that he cannot really do it without Cecilia but, at the same time, they seem to have well and truly broken off relations. Again all is explained later.
Paulo and Cecilia had met when she was one of his students and had had a passionate (his word) affair with good sex, though, as he is quick to state, that was not the only reason. Indeed, he goes on to say that art is a form of making love. - the modern novel,  read more here
Image result for Teolinda Gersão, The Word Tree,
Teolinda Gersão, The Word Tree, Trans. by Margaret Jull Costa,Dedalus, Reprinted 2013.


Teolinda Gersão paints an extraordinarily evocative picture of childhood in Africa and the stark contrast between warm, lush, ebullient Mozambique and the bleak, poor, priggish Portugal of Salazar. 'Salazar's forty-year dictatorship in Portugal and that country's colonial wars in Africa cast their long shadow over Teolinda Gersao's The Word Tree. This is the first of Gersao's novels to be translated into English. As the Mozambican Laureano reflects,' the men crossing the sea from Lisbon didn't want that absurd war either'. Laureano's wife Amelia had come to the country from Portugal in search of a better life, but mentally never leaves her homeland, whereas her daughter Gita loves the country and grows up to resent the colonial presence. There are lush descriptions of the country, while the racial order is starkly spelt out: Amelia 'clings to the belief that fair-skinned people are the very top of the racial hierarchy, and that dark-skinned Portuguese people are almost at the bottom, just above the Indians and the blacks'. Adrain Tahourdin in The Times Literary Supplement Margaret Jull Costa's translation was awarded The Calouste Gulbenkian Portuguese Translation Prize for 2012.


Before reading Teolinda Gersão’s vivid evocation of a girl’s coming-of-age in Africa, translated by Margaret Jull Costa, I knew little about the history of Mozambique, its Portuguese colonisers, the crushing poverty and its fight for independence.
The daughter of Portuguese parents, Gita is growing up in the sprawling, chaotic port, Lourenço Marques, as the capital of Mozambique was known until 1976. For Gita, life revolves around her adoring father Laureano and black housekeeper Lóia. She is at pains to avoid her seamstress mother, Amélia, whose crushing sense of disappointment weighs heavily on them all. An unwilling immigrant, Amélia travelled from a rural village in Portugal to Africa in response to Laureano’s newspaper advertisement for a young bride.
Gita’s joy in simple pleasures is infectious: “Everything in the back yard danced: the broad leaves of a banana tree, the flowers and leaves of the Hibiscus, the still tender branches of the jacaranda, the blades of grass that grew like weeds…”
Her sense of wonder is in sharp contrast to Amélia’s relentless dissatisfaction. Not content with their modest wealth, especially when compared to those living in the shanty towns, Amélia craves the lifestyle of Mozambique’s rich with their servants, chauffeur-driven cars and expensive clothes. Gersão perfectly captures these two distinct voices — the tart despair of Amélia and youthful exuberance of Gita.
Amélia is doomed to remain forever an outsider looking in. The impossibility of her aspirations is revealed when she enters one of many shops aimed at the Portuguese elite: “You could live without jewellery or perfume. In that climate, gloves and furs were quite superfluous, a luxury that could only be shown off on very rare occasions. But that was precisely what attracted her, it was why she had gone into that shop. She had wanted the superfluous, the luxurious, what was reserved for the few.”
This desire to possess what is so blatantly unnecessary in a country battling with poverty is heartbreaking. Inevitably, Amélia’s growing disillusionment and the decisions she takes taint her husband and daughter.
Gersão’s achievement is to use the personal stories of one family to shed light on Mozambique’s troubled past and the immigrant experience in Africa.
It is indicative of the dire state of foreign fiction in this country that despite being translated into eleven languages, The Word Tree is only the first of Gersão’s twelve novels to be published in English, thanks to Dedalus’s new Africa series. Hopefully, other will swiftly follow. After a two-year campaign, Arts Council England recently restored its regular funding of this tiny, literary powerhouse, allowing them to continue to publish new literary fiction in translation and offer readers a window into other worlds. - lucypopescu https://lucypopescu.wordpress.com/2011/01/20/review-the-word-tree-by-teolinda-gersao/


Set in colonial Mozambique, Teolinda Gersão’s bildungsroman follows Gita, a young girl forced to pit her love of country and family against her mother’s bitter prejudices. Portuguese immigrant Amélia’s resentments pervade the novel, providing a compelling antagonist to Gita. This personal narrative of control, and subsequent neglect, has wider significance. Mozambique is a country on the cusp of war, eager to gain independence. Home truths are told through memorable imagery, such as the quizumba, the hyena whose body splits because it wants to travel every path. First published in 2010, The Word Tree was reissued earlier this year after Margaret Jull Costa’s translation won the Calouste Gulbenkian Prize. Gersão’s assured hand is evident throughout this convincing story of division. Mother and daughter, black and white, old and new worlds – the narrative perspective shifts effortlessly, returning each time to a fundamental question: why should anyone think they are worth more than anyone else? - Sarah Gilmartin




J. V. Foix was instrumental in introducing the European avant-garde movements into Catalonia. "When I sleep, then I see clearly"

$
0
0
2364629
J. V. Foix, When I Sleep Then I See Clearly, Trans. by David H. Rosenthal, Persea Books, 1989.




When I sleep, then I see clearly
To Joana Givanel
When it rains I dance alone
Dressed in algae, gold, and fishscales.
There's a stretch of sea at the turning
And a patch of scarlet sky,
A bird whirls in flight
And a bush brings forth branches,
The pirate's old mansion
Is a broad sunflower.
When it rains I dance alone
Dressed in algae, gold, and fishscales.
When I laugh I look hunchbacked
In the pool beneath the threshing floor.
I dress like an old gentleman,
I chase the custodian's wife,
And between pinegrove and kermes oak
I plant my banner.
With a sack-needle I kill
The monster I never name.
When I laugh I look hunchbacked
In the pool beneath the threshing floor.
When I sleep, then I see clearly
Crazed by a sweet poison
With pearls in both hands
I live in a seashell's heart,
I'm a fountain on the canyon floor
And a wild beast's lair,
- Or the waning moon
As it dies beyond the ridge.
When I sleep, then I see clearly
Crazed by a sweet poison.


The Village
My village sits on a circular platform. The gate of every house faces toward the square and stands perpendicular to ten streets, all cul-de-sacs. In the center of the square, one hundred meters high, rises an ancient tower without any opening. At the top flies a black flag woven with stars cut from silver paper. No one has gone beyond the square, and no one knows what lies beyond the walls that close off the streets. Needless to say, the legends that represent life outside as more frightening increase from century to century. Night and day the sky of my town, like the gonfalons of the Via Crucis, holds sun, moon, and stars motionless and palely luminous. When we young people awake, we ride bicycles and wake the neighborhood with loud trumpet blares. The girls bring chairs to the gates of their homes and sit there. They watch tenderly as we ride our races round and round the square, and they cover their chests with medals so their friends might win. We all wear jerseys embroidered with the names of our loves in colored thread. When the races are finished, we prop our bicycles against the tower and go sit at their sides. We hold hands and spend hours on end like this. Mothers open their balconies and lay out their damasks.
As the hour of rest draws near, a trapdoor opens in a corner of the square, and in the midst of a cloud of incense appears Father Felix. He carries a stack of books under his arm and runs his other hand through his long beard. One day he says: “God always gives himself whole to us. Never does he give one arm or one cheek or one leg. Nor does he ever give one arm to another arm, or one cheek to another cheek, or one leg to another leg.” Another day he says: “Our village is an act of God’s love, and all things are the offspring of love.” At that moment, we look at length into each other’s eyes, and we again grasp amorous hands.
Fra Felix, amidst another cloud of incense, reenters the hatch, laden with bicycles. The sky, with the sun, moon, and stars, moves gently like scenery.
Translation from the Catalan by Lawrence Venuti
https://www.worldliteraturetoday.org/2017/november/village-j-v-foix




From: Diary 1918 (fragments)
In memory of Joaquim Folguera
I wounded your lover in a duel. But you are laughing about it because you are wearing your scarlet dress. And because, unfaithful as you are, you have replaced him with the scene shifter. You would have paid for your crime had the hairdresser not been your accomplice as the two of you so grotesquely disfigured my face. One beautiful morning, however, I shall take my revenge. The ceiling won't be as awfully low then as it is now, and there won't be as many dead birds painted on it.
...
I came upon you as your new lover gave you a lovely little box. But it wasn't a box: it was a book; and it wasn't your lover – it was me who gave you a box of watercolors in the colors of the rainbow.
...
When, from far away, I noticed my rival who stood motionless, awaiting me on the beach, I began to doubt whether it was really him or perhaps my horse or Gertrudis. As I came closer, I noticed that it was a gigantic phallus of stone that had been erected there ages and ages ago. Its shadow covered half the sea, and there was an undecipherable inscription in its base. I bent down to copy the inscription, but only my umbrella was there, open in the burning sand before me. Without any trace of ship or cloud, a pair of gigantic gloves were floating in the sea. The gloves worn by the mysterious monster that pursues you at night under the plane trees along the beach.  From: Diari 1918 (Fragments)
 
Shadows behind the lilacs
A thousand pink wings covered up the sky. Doors and windows were closed, and flags and pennants fluttered at each street corner. The oval shadow escaped up the street with horrifying majesty. The next morning, all the statuettes of saints in the parish had been decapitated.
Boys and girls from my village, their pallid nudity barely concealed under tender gauze of subtle colors, played on the plaza at night. Their voice resounds there as in a cellar, and birds are gathering to explore the depth of the bluish ponds of their eyes with their beaks. The other day I tried to join them in play by imitating the voice with a megaphone; but the boys, girls and birds turned to shadows among shadows. Before me, between the deserted plaza and the sky, a wire spiral rose, tragic and treacherous.    From: Ombres darrera els lilàs
 
"We leaned a can ..."
We leaned a can overflowing with salt clumps against the dead trunk of the oak in front of the boiler maker's house at the end of the lane. We tarred two old poles swinging in a gap in the branches of a eucalyptus, and set fire to a pile of verse of mine we had been unable to interpret. Elvira asked me if I didn't want to go gather acorns near the pits. Distracted because I was watching her mother soak aprons in acid-containing water, and not bidding her good-bye as usual at night, I untied the horse, wound a cloth around his eyes and got lost in the dense shadow of the trees lining the road. The trees from which the glass balls containing the fermenting dyes are suspended.  "Hem arrambat un bidó", from KRTU (1932)
- http://www.jbeilharz.de/foix/prose_poems.html





Foix, a Catalan 'Guardian of Day'
published in the International Herald Tribune (Paris), Jan. 24-25, 1981

"You get to a point," said Catalan poet J. V. Foix, "where your philosophical concerns don't change anymore.  I stopped writing poetry four years ago, when I turned 82.  My outlook took a radical change toward the metaphysical."
In his modest stucco home, filled with paintings by friends and collaborators like Joan Miró, Antoni Tapiès, and other Catalan artists, Foix is still quite willing to reflect on the culture of Catalonia, which stretches from Valencia to Perpignan, and on its language, which has a literary tradition dating from the 12th century.
Port de la Selva, where he lives, is a quiet Mediterranean village with a harbor that faces toward France.  "French was always the first foreign language for the Catalan intellectuals of my generation," Foix said.  "Now, the younger writers are reading German and English as well."
The dominant language of the country that Catalans officially live in, Spain, is conspicuous by its absence.  Not that they could ignore it, particularly while Franco's forces were determinedly trying to destroy regional cultures and languages.  But Foix has always written in Catalan.  "My poems are even difficult for Catalans sometimes, because I write in a classical form of the language."
Until recent years, he was the proprietor of two renowned Barcelona pastry shops, which, he noted, "I have nothing to do with anymore."  It is still not unusual, however, to find customers asking for the poet in addition to shop specialties such as ensaimada, a round pastry sprinkled with powdered sugar.
An integral figure in the literary avant garde in Barcelona of the 1920s and '30s, Foix wrote the catalogues that presented Miró in his first one-man show there, in 1918, and later those of Dalí and Tapiès.  But where the Spanish and Catalan painters were turning toward the Paris scene, the Catalan writers were occupied with their own rich history foremost.
The factors that influenced them date as far back as the Middle Ages and early Renaissance, to the 13th-century poet and storyteller Ramon Llull and the 15th-century poet Ausiàs March, who was familiar with Dante and the Provençal troubadours.
In various Catalan journals that Foix worked on, such as L'Amic de les Arts, La revista catalana, and Monitor, he published translations of the French surrealists and bilingual versions of other foreign texts.  "Paul Eluard and Benjamin Péret used to send me their books.  They were very interested in what we were doing.  But it [the Catalans' work] never managed to get translated much into French."
Only one collection, selected from all of Foix's oeuvre, exists in Spanish in a bilingual edition.  But in a language spoken by more than seven million people, Foix is a popular poet.  There are two volumes of his collected work in Catalan, and a third will appear within the next year.  The first collection of his work in English translation will also be published soon.
Foix's work displays a philosophical depth offset by fantasy.  Stylistically, he has always written with a dual purpose, at once exploring the avant garde while maintaining a solid connection with Catalan literary tradition.  He is known for his long and wonderful titles, which are like little stories in themselves.  One begins, "We Arrived in That Village and No One Was There, But in the Plazas and Passageways We Could Hear the Murmur of Those Who Were and Their Dances, and the Chinks in the Walls Shall Sketch the Face of Those to Come . . . "
Often termed a surrealist, Foix insists that he has "always been independent of schools.  I write beyond precepts, with absolutely no regard to how the Germans, the Americans, the French, or the Soviets write.  The poet, magician, speculator of words, pilgrim of the invisible, adventurer at the limit of dreams, expects nothing for himself."  His work resounds with the Mediterranean Catalan landscape and the ominous shadow of Franco, who could never be referred to directly.

        Let us be guardians of day at the heart's shore!
        And paint
                --- Over the rock, the asphalt, under the wing
        That conquers time and sound, and over the roaring metals
        Which furrow other skies
                                                        --- Who dies dies not.

After the Loyalist victory in 1939, many Catalan intellectuals emigrated, particularly to French Catalonia across the border, some returning only upon Franco's death.  In 1941, the underground Catalan review Poesía began publication in the outlawed language, and in 1949 Foix's Les irreals omegues [The Unreal Omegas] appeared, reflecting the era of the civil war.  "The censorship for poetry was freer," he said.  "Now and then, when they'd read it, they might see the lines had a double meaning."
Foix accepts the changing face of Catalonia.  "When I was 15, the whole world was Catalan.  Everything, the schools, books, all people spoke was Catalan."  In the late 1920s, small groups of laborers and their families from Andalusia began to come to Catalonia for work, "but the populations never mixed.  Later, whole villages came, including the mayor.  So you had those speaking Spanish and those speaking Catalan."
Though many younger Catalan writers have visited Foix and sent him their books, "I'm not familiar with what they're writing about.  They're from a later time" than those such as Salvador Espriu, whose generation was the last to grow up before the civil war.
The blossoming of modern Catalan literature encourages Foix.  Yet, in the end, the problems of the artist remain:  "The poet knows that every poem is a cry of liberty."

- http://www.itinerariesofahummingbird.com/j-v-foix.html


J. V. Foix (1893–1987) was a Catalan poet and essayist; this photo was taken in Cadaqués, Girona, in 1969. At the start of the twentieth century, he was instrumental in introducing the European avant-garde movements into Catalonia. “The Village” is an extract from his collection of prose poems, Daybook 1918.

Esther Kinsky - Written in language that is as precise as it is limpid, 'River' is a remarkable novel, full of poignant images and poetic observations, an ode to nature, edgelands, and the transience of all things human

$
0
0
River
Esther Kinsky, River, Fitzcarraldo Editions, 2018.


Esther Kinsky's RIVER is a novel that follows a young woman's memories of her past through reminiscences brought about by her walks alongside the rivers that she encountered over the course of her life. RIVER was shortlisted for the German Book Prize in 2014.


`After many years I had excised myself from the life I had led in town, just as one might cut a figure out of a landscape or group photo. Abashed by the harm I had wreaked on the picture left behind, and unsure where the cut-out might end up next, I lived a provisional existence. I did so in a place where I knew none of my neighbours, where the street names, views, smells and faces were all unfamiliar to me, in a cheaply appointed flat where I would be able to lay my life aside.'
In RIVER, a woman moves to a London suburb for reasons that are unclear. She takes long, solitary walks by the River Lea, observing and describing her surroundings and the unusual characters she encounters. Over the course of these wanderings she amasses a collection of found objects and photographs and is drawn into reminiscences of the different rivers which haunted the various stages of her life, from the Rhine, where she grew up, to the Saint Lawrence, the Hooghly, and the banks of the Oder. Written in language that is as precise as it is limpid, RIVER is a remarkable novel, full of poignant images and poetic observations, an ode to nature, edgelands, and the transience of all things human.







Esther Kinsky, Summer Resort, Trans. by Martin Chalmers, Seagull Books, 2011.






"Summer Resort", the first novel by noted translator Esther Kinsky, is set in a village somewhere on the endless Hungarian plain. It is the hottest summer in memory, and everyone in the village dreams of the sweet life in Udulo, a summer resort on a river. The characters that populate "Summer Resort" tell stories - comic, tragic, or both - of life in rural Hungary. Tales of onion kings and melon pickers, of scrapyards and sugar beet factories, paint a vivid and human picture of their world. In the course of the novel, the storytellers' paths intersect at the summer resort with the bar owner Lacibacsi, the Kozak Boys and their fat and pale wives, and the builder Antal, who introduces a mysterious new woman to the inhabitants of the resort. The stranger disrupts their otherwise staid summer routines - with surprising, unpredictable consequences. Now available for the first time in English, "Summer Resort" brings to a new audience one of the most distinctive emerging voices in recent German writing.


In her native Germany, Summer Resort (published as Sommerfrische) was the novel that propelled Esther Kinsky - then known for her work as a translator - to literary fame with critics citing her intrinsically poetic use of language to convey the atmosphere of her settings. Summer Resort may rest lightly in one's hands at barely over 100 pages, but the weight of its implications require much more attention from the reader.
The summer in which the novella takes place is one of searing, bone-dry heat enveloping a small Hungarian village on the plains. "Everyone remembers the year of the heat" is how the first chapter opens, and Kinsky proceeds to show how well everyone does, through an intricate interplay of elaborate physical detail with its deeper ramifications. The heat "which penetrated the skull before one knew it" soon entails more than the physical discomfort of the village's residents. Each chapter holds a microcosm of unspoken restlessness that permeates the descriptions of dying dogs and watermelons smashed on the road. This is a rare gem of a book full of lightly veiled complexity. - Noori Passela 


https://www.thenational.ae/arts-culture/books/summer-resort-dying-dogs-and-smashed-watermelons-1.458312


Oppressive would certainly be the best word to describe Esther Kinsky's world. Oppressive, hot, sticky, dusty, and incapable of getting itself out of the mud. Any attempt at beauty is promptly shredded until all that is left are traces of bleak, sweltering reality. Kinsky wants her reader to feel the heat in this book, which takes place in the middle of the hottest Hungarian summer in remembrance. Add to that fact that the village in question is seemingly sequestered from any sense of civilization or culture that would usually breathe life into what should be a quaint town. Instead, the village seems to consist only of a brothel, a run down bar and a few parched fields surrounded by railroad tracks. The only glimmer of hope is a single summer resort near the river, attempting to live up its reputation as the symbol of a normal summer.
But even the resort, or üdulo as it is called, has been beaten down by Kinsky's thesaurus, each additional word sucking out any attempt at a happy time. The text is as bogged down by her adjectives as the semi stream-of-consciousness technique she uses, but not in a manner that is detrimental to the text.
The reader feels like they have been thrust into the work, gasping to find a place amidst the other characters, characters so lost that they do what they can to make it to the next day, grasping at what they can reach. For the men, this consists of a guzzle of beer at the local bar after working in the fields, followed by a strut at the brothel, trying to escape their wives who are most often described as masses of flesh, who provide nothing more than presence in a bed used only to straighten out weary bodies. It becomes too difficult to feel anymore; even readers must keep their minds open lest they miss out on an affair, a stroke, a death. The heat, and Kinsky herself, masks even these seemingly important events in the lives of the Onion Men, The Kozak Boys, the New Woman, and the Antal of this town; no one has any energy to even properly react.
Their lives become moments; moments in a brutal summer to help pass the time until September and the cooler weather can settle in. Until then, the characters continue to live their disparate lives, occasionally providing their narrative voice, but never really understanding what it is that brought them to that town and that life. One can only hope that a fresh drizzle of rain will be able to rinse their minds and bodies, but under Kinsky's hand, it is more likely that the characters' lives will just fade into the heat, becoming dust easily swept off the resort porch and forgotten. - C. LaRiviere  http://www.belletrista.com/2011/Issue14/reviews_12.php


Esther Kinsky was born in 1956 in Engelskirchen, near Bonn. There she studied both Slavic and English Language and Literature, and has worked since 1986 as a translator of literary texts from Polish, Russian and English. Writers Kinsky has translated include Hanna Krall, Zygmunt Haupt, Aleksander Wat, Magdalena Tulli and Olga Tokarczuk. In addition to her translations, Kinsky has also published her own poetry and short prose texts in diverse literary journals in England, where she lived for many years. The breakthrough for her own work came in 2009 with her first novel »Sommerfrische« (tr: Summer Resort). Since then she has been acknowledged as a literary discovery, in addition to her far-reaching recognition as a literary translator. Kinsky's début was written with the support of a grant from the Robert-Bosch-Foundation, which made research travels in the border regions of Hungary, Romania and Serbia possible. »Sommerfrische« tells the story of a woman who »intrudes« as a stranger into the everyday life of a Hungarian village. The events which the woman and individual villagers experience are embedded in detailed and lyrical still lifes and landscape descriptions. »Kinsky […] sings of this terra incognito in a language which is as inventive as it is beguiling« (»Neue Bücher«, NDR). Two further works have been published which also draw on the author's impressions during her journeys through the south-east European countries: the poetry collection »die ungerührte schrift des jahrs« (tr: The unaffected writing of the year), in which she returns to the world of her first novel, and a novel, »Banatsko«, which will be published in 2011. In 2002 Esther Kinsky received, together with Olga Tokarczuk, the Brücke-Berlin-Prize. In 2009 Kinsky won the Paul-Celan-Prize for her work as a translator, with special attention given her translation of Tokarczuk's novel »Unrast« (tr: Unrest). The author lives in Berlin and Battonya, one of the Hungarian towns she had visited on the border to Romania.

Leon Forrest - Fabulous, wildly comic, and Ulysses-like. a huge oratorio of the sacred and the profane, set in bars, churches, and barbershops .

$
0
0
Image result for Leon Forrest, The Bloodworth Orphans,
Leon Forrest, The Bloodworth Orphans, University Of Chicago Press, 2001.




Leon Forrest, acclaimed author of Divine Days, uses a remarkable verbal intensity to evoke human tragedy, injustice, and spirituality in his writing. As Toni Morrison has said, "All of Forrest's novels explore the complex legacy of Afro-Americans. Like an insistent tide this history . . . swells and recalls America's past. . . . Brooding, hilarious, acerbic and profoundly valued life has no more astute observer than Leon Forrest." All of that is on display here in a novel that give readers a breathtaking view of the human experience, filled with humor and pathos.


If you plow through (or skip over) Forrest's unreadably dense, ten-page ""List of Characters,"" you'll reach the slightly less convoluted now-and-flashback story of ""Mother-Witness"" Rachel Flowers, the children she bore, the children she adopted, and the orphans and bastards around them--all tracing back to the slaveowning Bloodworths and a network of sins. Unfortunately, the most sympathetic characters disappear early on: blind Rachel, who was exorcised--God said ""NO DEALS""--of her evil (two illegitimate, doomed sons by a Bloodworth scion) to become the envied, gospel-singing first lady of her church; Regal Pettibone, who drives a ""Lincoln chariot,"" sings gloriously with Rachel once a year, and sends his women ""first to ecstasy, then to chaos""; and Rachel's nurse, LaDonna Scales, ""foundling of the world."" After Rachel succumbs to cancer, LaDonna and Regal fall in love (haft-unaware of their incest) and, when LaDonna strays into the embrace of W. W. W. Ford (white slaver, drug pusher, dispenser of phony religion), the brother and sister die in inevitable violence. The rest of the book belongs to the intangible Ford, as his evil infects the innocent--chiefly Amos-Otis Thigpen (yet another sibling) and naive Nathaniel Witherspoon--and as he is talked about, endlessly, by the inmates of the music-rich asylum where unlucky Nathaniel lands. Forrest's prose is as thick as molasses and just as sticky--image after image that won't let go--and blends revival meeting rhythms (""Lord, Lord, LORD"") with a vocabulary attuned to the probing minds of the black achievers included in the immense cast. Sermons, exorcisms, two gargantuan deathbed speeches, and a symbolic tall tale of a ""serial hermaphrodite"" spill out in a Faulkneresque flood of bulging parentheses. It's worth hacking away at this jungle of words as long as Rachel and her closest kin are active, but when the circuitously connected episodes and hearsay take over, even the diligent reader will not find enough line-by-line rewards to redeem the page-by-page punishment. - Kirkus Reviews
Image result for Leon Forrest, Divine Days:
Leon Forrest, Divine Days: A Novel,W W Norton, 1993.


Fabulous, wildly comic, and Ulysses-like, Divine Days explores the mythical world of Leon Forrest's literary kingdom, Forest County. It is a huge oratorio of the sacred and the profane, set in bars, churches, and barbershops over a crucial seven-day period in the life of would-be playwright Joubert Jones during February 1966. Divine Days creates a profound microcosm of African-American life. It is the most prodigious literary creation since Ellison's Invisible Man forty years ago.
Joubert Jones - playwright, journalist, bartender, lover - confronts and transcends the power of a fantastic group of bar denizens whose personalities run the gamut of classical myths, Shakespearean heros, Shakespearean villains, religious true-believers, and ghetto dwellers.
Joubert is evolving a memory from the yeasty material of his friend and mentor Sugar-Groove into a play. Sugar-Groove is a world traveler, a mythical lover, who has twenty nicknames connected with his prowess. He is trickster-as-angel.
Joubert's volatile and fragile girlfriend, Imani, is desperately searching for her abandoned siblings, a meaningful self-definition of her Blackness, and a place to settle her warring spirit. Joubert also encounters the powerful presence of his Aunt Eloise and the ever-haunting phantasmagoric W. A. D. Ford, the demonic trickster and manipulator of bodies and souls. Ford is the Mephistopheles of Forest County, and he comes to represent the forces of cosmic evil in the world.
The neighborhood of Joubert's imagination becomes a theater enraptured with the voices of the living and the dead, acted out in Aunt Eloise's Night Light Lounge. The critic John Cawelti has called this novel: "the Ulysses of the South Side." In the tradition of Joyce's Dedalus, Ellison's invisible narrator, Bellow's Augie March, and Heller's Yossarian, Joubert's voice emerges clearly upon Divine Days's ebullient stage.



Divine Days is that rare thing in our self-conscious and ironic age―a full-out serious work of art.”
- Sven Birkerts

“Almost every page offers abundant evidence that Leon Forrest is a writer of virtuosity and power... A landmark in the artistic representation of social and historical reality, a rich and complex entertainment that deserves our praise, respect and gratitude.”- Arnold Rampersad

“Simply put, Leon Forrest's massive masterpiece Divine Days is the War and Peace of the African-American novel.”- Henry Louis Gates


ALL of the previous experiments and partial successes of Leon Forrest's output -- "There Is a Tree More Ancient Than Eden" (1973), "The Bloodworth Orphans" (1977) and "Two Wings to Veil My Face" (1983) -- now read as an overture to his new novel, "Divine Days," an adventurous masterwork that provides our literature with a signal moment. It takes place on the South Side of Chicago over seven days in late February 1966, as the ideas that led to the canonization of Malcolm X are beginning to spread.
Yet for all its freshly rendered black American texture, the novel is provincial neither in its scope nor in the technique of its narrative. At more than 1,100 pages, this epic detective story pulls in elements of the Gothic, the tall tale, the parable, the philosophical argument, the novel of ideas, the history lesson, the novel of manners and the sort of close observation Balzac, Mann and Hemingway would have admired. There are also copious references to black American writing, opera, boxing, popular songs, blues, movies and cartoons.
The technique of the novel is boldly musical. Mr. Forrest prefers to lay his symbols out clearly, so the reader consciously watches him do his stuff the way an audience listens to chorus after chorus of jazz inventions on a standard song's melody and chords. He develops his tale through literary "chorus structures" in which the "melody" might be metamorphosis and the "chords" motifs -- phrases, archetypes, colors, natural elements. With each successive chorus, the variations become more and more complex until they are either resolved or end abruptly, only to be picked up later. The orchestral control from the first chapter to the last is apt to make our most serious novelists both grateful and envious.
Joubert Jones is the narrator, a playwright just returned from two years of military service in Germany. Joubert intends to write a play about Sugar-Groove, a Mississippi half-caste and lover man whose mutating legend is a gift to the Chicago black people, ever willing to spin a tale about him or to listen when a fresh one arrives. Sugar-Groove has disappeared, and Joubert wants to find out what happened to him. The playwright has already attempted to bring the story of W. A. D. Ford, the cult messiah of a church called Divine Days, to the stage. Ford has also disappeared.
While Sugar-Groove represents the tragic optimism, wit, miscegenated complexity and profane sensuality of the blues spirit, Ford is a demonic, totalitarian force that rises from the pagan recesses of black American culture. Joubert's memories of Sugar-Groove and his discoveries about the man allow Mr. Forrest to examine the various ways our shallow, hand-me-down revisions of history and culture can tear us from the transcendent grandeur of our heritage, deny the endless miscegenations that complicate our national identity and set us up for so many sucker blows that we end up culturally punch-drunk.
Through the lascivious Ford, "Divine Days" looks without a blinking eye into mad orders and confidence men, like Father Divine, Daddy Grace, Jim Jones and the leaders of the Nation of Islam. The playwriting conceit allows the many literary allusions to work naturally, while Joubert's jobs -- as a reporter for his aunt Eloise's newspaper and as a bartender in her Night Light Lounge -- help supply the novel with its rich breadth of characters.
THE work's exceptional strength arrives through the virtuoso fusion of idiomatic detail and allusions to the worlds of literature, religion and folklore. "Divine Days" eloquently renders the lives and passions of Creoles, retired redcaps, race hustlers, intellectuals, prostitutes, waiters, politicians, dupes, preachers, the police, barbers, heterosexuals, homosexuals, public-school and college teachers, faith healers, gourmands, thugs, dancers, obsessive dog lovers, military men, drunks and the celibate. Mr. Forrest develops an intricate antiphony between things specific to the South Side of Chicago and universal themes like transcendence, the irresponsible uses of the charismatic, the heartbreak of the doomed romance, the riotous absurdity of human circumstances and the reincarnation of individuals and eras through the passing on of styles. In this context, Joubert's experiences and revelations are delivered with such artistic resonance that the struggle for the black American soul becomes a supple metaphor for the battle between the democratic impulse and the modulating varieties of religious, political, racial and gangster totalitarianism.
Like every very long novel, "Divine Days" contains passages that do not sustain force, that fall into excess, that blubber into sentimentality. But like a liberating hero who must rise over interior shortcomings, Leon Forrest never fails to regain his power and take on the pain necessary for a difficult victory. Given the disappointing nature of our times, his novel should capture the souls of all who love books and feel our national need for freedom from the rusty chains of an intellectual and esthetic slavery that maintains itself by adding link after link of cliches. - Stanley Crouch http://www.nytimes.com/1993/07/25/books/the-soul-of-joubert-jones.html

With enormous energy and an uncanny range of oral styles--from high-flown preaching to down-and-dirty slang--this remarkable fourth novel by Forrest ( Two Wings to Veil My Face ) takes more than 1100 pages to recount one week in the life of Joubert Jones, an aspiring playwright who has just returned to his home on Chicago's South Side after two years in the Army. Much of Jones's time is spent with the ``zany denizens'' of his Aunt Eloise's Night Light Lounge--a spectrum of humanity that includes drunkards, mystics, policemen and other spinners of tall tales--which was once the location for ``Divine Days,'' the religious revival house of con man and preacher W.A.D. Ford. ``Hypersensitively attuned to the sound of voices, babblings, other-worldlysic and worldly tongues,'' Jones has written a play about Ford's ``mysterious ritual services'' and is now bent on chronicling the memory of his older friend Sugar-Groove, a traveling raconteur whose earthy adventures, told to a young Jones, masked a different kind of spirituality than that suggested by Ford. The novel is meant to be a ``long-tongue saga'' touching on every aspect of African American life in the mid-1960s. In presenting life's ``connective patterns'' primarily through speeches, Forrest's work is more reminiscent of Henry Miller's obsessive narratives and Toni Morrison's mythic languages than James Joyce's internal explorations. Yet what ultimately allows Forrest to sustain a reader's interest throughout is his determination not only to show a range of oral styles, but to allow each and every character to demonstrate a sophisticated ease with all of these styles, using African American language and subject matter ``to create a synthesis out of all nightmares that our experiences kept throwing up at us.'' This is dazzling, dizzying, demanding and highly recommended. - Publishers Weekly

"The book at hand . . . is the fourth and probably capstone novel by a Chicago writer of immense talent who has been officially recognized in various ways but remains almost unknown even in his native city," reviewer Joseph Coates wrote in the Tribune in 1992. "Writers such as Saul Bellow, Ralph Ellison and Toni Morrison have known about Leon Forrest for years, and one hopes `Divine Days' finally will establish him in the minds of the people he has been chronicling for almost a generation."
"Divine Days" follows a week in the life of one Joubert Jones, an aspiring playwright recently returned from a two-year stint in the Army. Jones hopes his journal-keeping will serve as inspiration for his writing, particularly a play he intends to write about the life of Sugar-Groove, the mythic soul of Forest (read Cook) County.
"Though the critic John Cawelti and Forrest himself call this novel the `Ulysses of Chicago's South Side,' the real model for `Divine Days' is `Finnegans Wake,' with its shifty cast of multi-masked selves, its intent to encapsulate the history of a people in the endless swirl of their personal and social identities and its playfully punful language, all organized around a death or deaths and at least one funeral," Coates wrote.
The Robber Bride, by Margaret Atwood (Bantam, $6.50).
"`The Robber Bride,' Atwood's latest novel, begins with her distinctive and well-honed social wit, as three middle-age women who like to `feel younger, and more daring, than they are' share a lunch table at the Toxique, a Toronto restaurant striving mightily for an air of decadence," reviewer Philip Graham wrote in the Tribune in 1993.
Before long, Zenia, "aphid of the soul," the nemesis they thought they had seen the last of when they attended her supposed funeral five years ago, takes a seat at a nearby table.
The three friends-Tony, Charis and Roz-leave too shocked to confront her. Once alone, each begins to relive the havoc Zenia caused in their lives-lies, plagiarism, blackmail, embezzlement, extortion and home-wrecking. Soon, one after another, the three friends seek their revenge.
"This novel, with all its psychological acuity, its masterly navigation of the shoals of memory, is also a story as elemental as one of those `authentic fairy tales in the gnarly-tree editions,'" Graham wrote. With `The Robber Bride,' her eighth novel, Margaret Atwood continues her long-running roll, offering us the good fortune of yet another disturbing and brilliantly conceived work of ficton." - articles.chicagotribune.com/1995-03-05/entertainment/9503050054_1_robber-bride-margaret-atwood-novel
Image result for Leon Forrest, Meteor in the Madhouse,
Leon Forrest, Meteor in the Madhouse, Triquarterly, 2011.
excerpt


Forrest's long-awaited last work follows the last days of journalist Joubert Jones and his long relationship with his friend and mentor, the idealistic and doomed poet Leonard Foster.



"This rich and wonderful work is Forrest's Dubliners. . . . Bringing this novel together is one of the great comic gifts in twentieth-century literature . . . but taken to many places even great Joyce could not go. Like Joyce, Forrest was well aware that the belly laugh and the most bitter moment of tragedy are forever twinned." --Stanley Crouch

"I was, to put it mildly, deeply moved that in his last days, terribly weakened, his words rang true and so strong." --Studs Terkel

"He spoke and wrote out of the conflicted heart of Chicago but found a transcendent emotional jurisprudence in the heart and soul of the blues/jazz idiom that was his birthright from the bars and juke joints that shaped his perspective on the human condition." --James Alan McPherson


Like 1999's publication of Juneteenth, this novel is a literary event: seminal African-America writer Leon Forrest (1937-1997) is not as well-known as Ralph Ellison, but during his lifetime he elicited high praise from such figures as Stanley Crouch and Toni Morrison. Forrest's masterwork, Divine Days, introduced the successful dramatist and professor Joubert Jones, who here narrates the five interconnected novellas riffs on his memories during the day of his death in November 1992. The characters all have roots in the south, in Forrest County, Miss., but have long gone north, to Forest County, Ill. (a stand-in for Chicago). The stories are held together thematically by Joubert's memory of Novembers past, such as one in 1972 when Marvella Gooseberry, a neighbor of his adoptive grandmother, Gram Gussie Jones, "flipped her wig" and threatened to shoot herself and others with a gun; the November he visited his friend and rival, Leonard Foster, in the state mental hospital; and the November day when his great-aunt Lucasta Jones was abandoned by her lover, Tucson. In the final novella, Joubert's fatal visit to Williemain's Barbershop, where he is killed in a drive-by shooting, is recounted. On the scaffolding of these memories and events, Forrest hangs a multitude of anecdotes and moments of almost musical verbal invention. The inspired comic moments include an extended piece recounting Joubert's escape from a cult group led by Foster in the Holiday Inn, a cab ride with a white amateur boxer and her black girlfriend, and the strange dental practices of his Gram Gussie Jones. While Forrest's talent is undeniable, readers may find themselves out of the loop, plot-wise; his editors have included a helpful appendix that summarizes the narrative. - Publishers Weekly


A modest posthumous addition to the legacy of a significant African-American writer: five novellas connected by the first-person narration of Joubert Antoine Jones, protagonist of Forrest’s earlier novel Divine Days (1992).
At the close of Divine Days, Joubert fled his family for the University of Chicago and a career as a writer and journalist. Now we encounter him in 1992, an established professor and playwright troubled by memories of his friend and adoptive cousin, Leonard Foster. Back in 1972, Joubert recalls in “Live! At Fountain’s House of the Dead,” he attempted to rescue Leonard, an unsuccessful poet and writer descended into madness, with shared childhood recollections. Forrest (1937–97) characteristically mingles life and death here in Joubert’s anecdote about the first wake he attended as a boy, in a funeral parlor by day that served as brothel by night. But Leonard is unresponsive to Joubert and ultimately dies forgotten in an asylum. The woman who raised both men gets her own novella, “Lucasta Jones in Solitude: Lives Left in Her Wake,” which displays both her languid, aesthetic exoticism and her desperate inability to hold love close. By contrast, Lucasta’s sister, Gussie, is a staid, benevolent woman of simple faith and boundless hope. After a plentitude of rich recollections and plump, warm reverie, Joubert is mortally wounded in a gang-related shooting; his lingering death scene suffers somewhat from a purple tinge. Nonetheless, these short fictions fill in gaps and explore secondary characters important to a comprehensive understanding of Forrest’s art. A foreword by Forrest’s widow and critical apparatus by friends John G. Cawelti and Merle Drown don’t especially enhance our understanding of the work at hand, but they’re harmless expressions of enthusiastic advocacy.
Though occasionally clumsy in style and execution, this impressionistic collage will be cherished by admirers of Forrest’s lifelong effort to engage in fiction the African-American legacy of personal reinvention and loss. - Kirkus Reviews


The world lost a radiant spirit and a brilliantly ebullient artist when Leon Forrest died in 1997, so it's a great boon to be granted this masterwork, the last book he brought to completion. A suite of five linked novellas set in the author's lively fictional universe, Forest County, a looking-glass image of Chicago's South Side, it has as its intrepid hero Joubert Antoine Jones, the protagonist of Forrest's magnificent Divine Days (1992). Now a successful playwright, Jones remains enthralled by the misadventures of his loved ones, especially his great-aunt Lucasta, the crazy poet Leonard Foster, and friends Step Bottomly and Hopkins Golightly. Jones recounts numerous wild stories of love and betrayal, art and politics, fantasy and eccentricity that are by turns hilarious and tragic, earthy and mystical, odd and heroic, all told in a cascade of gorgeously musical, life-embracing, soul-raising language. Marianne Forrest provides a key to her late husband's storytelling magic in her introduction: "I don't know of anyone who enjoyed the company of others more than Leon did." Indeed, it is his shrewd delight in the marvels and peculiarities of his fellow human beings that makes Forrest such an entrancing and compassionate writer. - Donna Seaman


By the time Leon Forrest died, in 1997, the 20th century was ending and all the experiments begun by Joyce, Woolf, Proust, Faulkner and the rest had become the international heritage of the fiction writer. When Forrest's first novel was published in 1973, the breaking down of old forms was not so much the issue as was accepting or rejecting or adapting the innovations that gave a writer more choices of how to get from one place to another.
Those new choices were perfect for Forrest, who had an epic sense of American life as it was lived on the South Side of Chicago. This part of the Windy City, which he called Forest County, was his Dublin and his Paris and his Yoknapatawpha County. Central to his writing was also the large figure of Ralph Ellison, in whose work he found the grandest combination of universal themes given Negro American particulars. With Ellison's example under his belt, Forrest lit out to stake his own claims.
Forrest's first three novels were essentially preludes to ''Divine Days,'' which appeared in 1992 and is his most important book. At that point, Forrest had out-Ellisoned the master, marvelously extending the work that Ellison had begun 40 years earlier in ''Invisible Man.'' Though the eloquence and intelligence of ''Divine Days'' did not go beyond the finest sections of Ellison's classic -- whose has since? -- Forrest achieved far greater comprehension through the sweep of his themes and the range of his people.
Much more was expected of Forrest, but he finished only ''Meteor in the Madhouse'' before succumbing to cancer. This last book proves, in its gallantry and its compassion, that he went nose to nose with eternity, showing no mercy to self-pity. The excessive length of the poorly edited ''Divine Days'' is not a problem here. The problem is editing that results in an occasional impression of clumsiness and illiteracy, which is, however, overridden by the continuing elegance of the singing and step-up-on-it swinging prose. This rich and wonderful work is Forrest's ''Dubliners,'' because it gives us the moral history of a community, though the form of interrelated novellas is technically more akin to Faulkner's ''Go Down, Moses.'' The tales are held together by the narrator, a playwright named Joubert Jones, who was also the guide and central intelligence in ''Divine Days.'' The narrative leisurely achieves a straight line of focus through a mist of contrapuntal images and references that initially work as much through sound as literal sense.
Forrest did not see those addicted to dangerous sensations as sinners so much as tragic figures limited or torn asunder by their appetites. The heavy drinker, the drug addict, the madly promiscuous homosexual, the ''wild'' woman and all the others who lived on lines they drew too close to derangement or the destruction of their health were equal to anyone else in their humanity, none automatically above or below. In that sense, the God of this work is pagan in a Christian suit of many colors. As Joubert learns, the truth can come from anywhere; the voice of God is not limited to those who think themselves most holy. (This is surely true for Joubert, who loves a funny lie as much some people love the Lord.)
This openness to various perspectives is illustrated by references to the Greek myths, biblical tales and to all kinds of writing, from blues lyrics to Shakespeare. Inside this ''Madhouse,'' Forrest delivers one fresh character after another to our national literature. He seeks to bring the concerns of the flesh and the spirit together, to join the present with the endless past. To achieve his ambitions, Forrest fused a number of different kinds of rhetoric. He built upon the sermonizing power of the black church, the stark poetry of the blues and the epic diction and rhythms that floated up into Chicago from the South, making his part of town rhetorically urban and rural at the same time. Forrest wanted to tell the stories of trouble as they evolved from the injustice of segregation to the oppression of the soul that arrived in the guise of black nationalism. (Guises, by the way, are central to his tale -- from dark glasses to cross-dressing, and in the many changes of costume worn by one black man who starts out as a circus performer entertaining white people from inside a dunking cage, moves into politics, sells homemade African junk jewelry and winds up singing the blues to an almost all-white audience.)
The moral history is neither provincial nor overshadowed by the complexities of human personality. It is founded in what people do for -- or to -- one another. Unsentimentally, Forrest shows what racism did to some of his characters, how personal problems that transcended race deformed or wounded them, how some were driven incurably mad by their experiences as civil rights workers in the South, how the drug epidemic has worked its havoc, and how the violence that once largely came from the white world has been overtaken by criminal violence from within the black community itself. In the last novella, Forrest makes his point about violence by alluding to the O. J. Simpson case: his narrator is mortally wounded by a drive-by shooter emerging from a white Bronco.
Bringing this novel together is one of the great comic gifts in 20th-century literature, derived, perhaps, from the parody-thick Cyclops chapter in ''Ulysses,'' but taken to many places even great Joyce could not go. Like Joyce, Forrest was well aware that the belly laugh and the most bitter moment of tragedy are forever twinned. This South Side novelist was a battler to the very end, and he gave the cannibal of time the kind of high-class bruises that will forever throb and shine. - Stanley Crouch  http://www.nytimes.com/2001/09/09/books/a-moral-history-of-chicago.html

When Ahab went down on his "all-destroying but unconquering whale," an ironically self-consuming allegory was born -- for didn't Melville's own career as a writer go down, in the publishing world, after Moby Dick sank without a bubble? There's a daemonic strain in American literature, a fate doled out to unzeitgemässige talents, to use Nietzsche's untranslatable phrase: un-hip hipness, uncontemporary contemporaries. Melville and William Gaddis are two well-known examples. Less known is the late Leon Forrest.
Leon Forrest's Divine Days is perhaps the black planet George Clinton was forecasting, but its collision with Earth has yet to be recorded on the seismographs. Something in the book requires a slo-mo reader response. This is a serious joke it will take the next couple of generations to get. The novel is set over the course of a week in Chicago at that very rich historic moment, in 1966, when the Civil Rights movement was shifting into the Black Power movement. King was losing his iconic authority to the martyred Malcolm X, and Joubert Jones -- the narrator of Divine Days -- was finally out of the army, into which he had been drafted. For 1,135 pages, Joubert weaves into and out of barbershops, newspaper offices, his apartment house (stocked with Afro-centric eccentrics, students, and the autodidactic intellectuals he labels "Deep Brown Study Eggheads") listening to stories, political arguments and gossip, and playing the dozens. To shorthand a complex story, Joubert is a black Stephen Daedelus, and Chicago is his Dublin. For his pains, Forrest was greeted with some praise from the usual suspects -- the honorable Stanley Crouch, the ever-commending Henry Louis Gates -- and general oblivion. Forrest's posthumous Meteor in the Madhouse is a continuation of his hocused opus, but comes in at a much more manageable 254 pages. The book puts finis to Joubert's story. He is now a successful playwright and a tenured professor (just as Forrest was, at Northwestern). Coming home from a creative writing conference on a bus, Jones phases into memories that run through the four novellas in the book. In particular, he remembers the day in November, 1972, when he appeared on TV, having talked his friend Marvella, who is going beserk with a gun, into surrendering to the police. That same day, Joubert was persuaded to visit his shadow side and cousin, Leonard Foster, who is temporarily residing in an Illinois nuthouse, by Joubert's girlfriend, Shirley Polyneices. Joubert has a galling effect upon Foster -- where Joubert is happy to spread ironizing jive over a situation, Foster is a man who shrivels up without some Absolut at his back. We then switch to Joubert's days at the Avon, the hotel near the University of Chicago where Joubert moved at the end of Divine Days. The long section, "All Floundering Oratorio of Souls," tells the story of one of these eggheads, Shep Bottomly, a black Marxist of rigid character and many proofs, clipped out of many newspapers, of the coming collapse of the capitalist world order. His world-view of universal exploitation stops at his own door, however -- he is seemingly unaware that he is wringing surplus value out of his girlfriends, upon whom he unloads his harangues and his dirty laundry. To appreciate this book, it helps if you know something about Forrest's life. Forrest was a Chicagoan, a onetime editor of Muhammed Speaks. Forrest was not himself a Moslim or Muslim -- but he was privileged to witness one of those magical moments when deep structure, that fabulous theoretical construct, emerges like the monster from the Black Lagoon into historic actuality. That's how he viewed the dialectical push 'n' pull between Elijah Mohammed and his spiritual son and final foe, Malcolm X. For Forrest, Elijah Mohammed was the superior player, his life a repository of all the moves, from Uncle Remus' tar baby to Motown con, and the allegorical inversion of America's racial hierarchy which he invented and mythologized (the Black Muslim story is that the White Man was invented in the devil's laboratory in a sort of parody and assimilation of a grade-B sci-fi flick). The tug between ruse and resistance, in Meteor in the Madhouse, is on one level the gripe between Joubert Jones and Leon Foster. But Forrest's textual playhouse shouldn't be tied to the "one-trope-fits-all" school of interpretation. He loves to make narrative move in any direction -- side to side, backward, forward, in jumps and lumps, by the vagaries of associations discovered in the language, the way word and fact will crash, with a consequent mutual leaving of scars. One of the characters in Meteor writes a book about Joubert's tragic aunt, Lucasta Jones, in which with pen and ink sketches, "he attempted to arrest the motions of Lucasta Jones, from the flight of dance to the printed page." Forrest's prose aspires to the condition of dance, and often achieves that magical thing, the tight balance between inspiration and misstep. - Roger Gathmanhttps://www.austinchronicle.com/books/2001-04-20/81470/


Publication of an unfinished book by a dead author poses certain problems for readers and reviewers. The book does not and cannot represent the author's final vision or bear the stamp of her/his final touch, that crafted sheen. The pages bear the mark of some other hand that worked the text into a publishable form.
Such a controversial situation surrounded the publication of Ralph Ellison's novel "Jubilee" two years ago. Following the publication of his celebrated first novel, "Invisible Man," Ellison worked on his next novel for more than 40 years, a book that was nowhere close to completion when he died in 1992. Ellison's literary executor, John Callahan, pulled a single, unified narrative from the massive text, gave this narrative a title, and called it a novel. No, it was not the novel Ellison would have published, but it was a good novel, a brilliant one, even.
Callahan's "Jubilee" reminded me less of Ellison's work than it did of the work of Leon Forrest, a black Chicago writer for whose first novel, "There Is a Tree More Ancient Than Eden" (1973), Ellison had written the introduction. Where "Invisible Man" was an episodic, coming-of-age tale, "Jubilee" was a tightly structured deathbed sermon. In the 1973 introduction, Ellison recognized Forrest as a fresh voice on the American literary scene. His was a fiction that explored modernist themes of time, myth and consciousness through the elastic possibilities of language as represented in African-American folk idiom, namely the black sermon. Forrest preaches, fast-flowing sheets of words, what a John Coltrane liturgy might sound and read like, a dense rambling of psychedelic and soulful talk that might flow from the mouth of a South Side preacher on LSD.
Though Forrest had the backing of such literary luminaries as Ellison, fellow Chicagoan Saul Bellow and Toni Morrison, who as a senior editor at Random House had discovered Forrest, he never gained a national audience. The three novels he published under Morrison sold poorly in hardcover, only to appear in small-press paperback editions, which did little to make his work known to readers. No major publishing house expressed interest in Forrest's fourth novel, the massive (1,100 pages) "Divine Days." A small Chicago press brought the novel out in hardcover and went bankrupt in the process. When Forrest died in 1997, his work, including the collection of reviews and short essays "The Furious Voice for Freedom," was known to few beyond Chicago literary circles and a handful of academics interested in experimental black fiction.
Perhaps the posthumous publication of Forrest's novel "Meteor in the Madhouse" will revive interest in his work and gain him the critical attention that eluded him in life. This novel made it to book form through the efforts of Forrest's close friends Merle Drown and John Cawelti, who edited the manuscript with the assistance of Forrest's widow, Marianne. (A serious Forrest scholar, Cawelti also edited the first book-length critical study of Forrest's fiction.) In the book's introduction, Cawelti eases any fears of non-authorial intrusion and tampering:
"The work here presented is in every respect that of Leon Forrest. As editors we have corrected obvious mistakes. . . . [W]e have added nothing of significance and in some cases have left minor breaks and inconsistencies rather than trying to invent something to fill them. . . . The design and virtually all of the words are those of Leon himself."
Like Forrest's other novels, "Meteor in the Madhouse" has a fictive geography -- Forest County, a Midwestern stand-in for Chicago and environs, a fantastic locale peopled with equally fantastic characters. And like Forrest's other work, this book is loosely structured, involving five interrelated novellas, many of which have chapters or narratives that seem incidental to the central plot.
The book's focus is Joubert Jones, a successful journalist and playwright who is summoned to aid his friend, Leonard Foster, a failed poet confined to a mental institution. Through extensive investigation, Jones hopes to write an article that will illuminate some of the dark mysteries of Foster's past and also show how he might be made mentally whole. Notions of failure and salvation serve as the novel's thematic frame, which Forrest repeats in the parallel narratives. Lucasta Jones, Joubert's great aunt and Leonard's surrogate mother, suffers permanent withering of her artistic talent because she lives in a society that will not let her fully express that talent. She later loses all possibility of a productive life after she locks into permanent grief over her dead lover, Tucson. And there is McGovern McNabb, a bar hound whose soul is entombed in a 400-pound body, the heavy sign of his excessive indulgence in food and drink and his apathetic acceptance of fate.
Leon Forrest, acclaimed author of Divine Days, uses a remarkable verbal intensity to evoke human tragedy, injustice, and spirituality in his writing. As Toni Morrison has said, "All of Forrest's novels explore the complex legacy of Afro-Americans. Like an insistent tide this history . . . swells and recalls America's past. . . . Brooding, hilarious, acerbic and profoundly valued life has no more astute observer than Leon Forrest." All of that is on display here in two novels that give readers a breathtaking view of the human experience, filled with humor and pathos.
Image result for Leon Forrest, Two Wings to Veil My Face,
Leon Forrest, Two Wings to Veil My Face, Random House, 1984.


A ninety-one-year-old Black woman tells her story of passage from slavery to freedom to her twenty-one-year-old grandson


Leon Forrest, acclaimed author of Divine Days, uses a remarkable verbal intensity to evoke human tragedy, injustice, and spirituality in his writing. As Toni Morrison has said, "All of Forrest's novels explore the complex legacy of Afro-Americans. Like an insistent tide this history . . . swells and recalls America's past. . . . Brooding, hilarious, acerbic and profoundly valued life has no more astute observer than Leon Forrest." All of that is on display here in two novels that give readers a breathtaking view of the human experience, filled with humor and pathos.


There is a Tree More Ancient Than Eden (1973) was a dense, blues-style mÉlange of childhood memories, all belonging to young writer Nathaniel Witherspoon--Forrest's fictional alter-ego. In The Bloodworth Orphans (1977), Nathaniel was a minor character within a half-involving swirl of melodrama, sermonizing, testifying, black family-history, and Joycean/Faulkneresque prose. And now Nathaniel is center-stage again--though this rich, unshapely family-history novel focuses most on his grandmother Sweetie Reed. Circa 1958 the 91-year-old Sweetie is at last telling the 21-year-old Nathaniel (a rather pompous college dropout) the family secrets. Primarily, and most compellingly, Sweetie tells of her confrontation with her hated father I. V. (an Uncle Tom-ish former slave): on his deathbed he told her about the plantation-night of her mother's conception--when ""blackbirding"" slaveowner Rollins raped African beauty Jubell but was nearly killed by doomed macho-slave Reece Shank Haywood. (The Iago-like I.V., responsible for this violent horror, saved his master's life--and later married Angelina, offspring of the Jubell/Rollins union.) Furthermore, Sweetie recalls--in feverish bits and pieces--her abduction by Klan-ish ""patrollers"" as a child (Angelina was killed); her rejection, upon return, by I.V.; her subsequent arranged-marriage to old, up-from-slavery Judge Jericho Witherspoon (who really lusted after Angelina). And meanwhile, in about half the novel's chapters, Nathaniel himself recalls grandfather Witherspoon's 1944 funeral-day--when tiny religious-fanatic Sweetie, then 77 and estranged from 117-year-old Witherspoon for 40 years, made shocking appearances at the funeral home and the church, delivering stream-of-consciousness tirades about the much-respected Judge. (""Nothing in their ceremonial history, nor memory, had prepared them for this outrage and Sweetie Reed's revelations of her dream within a dream of intimacy. . . ."") These longwinded, thickly metaphorical speeches--and the story-within-a-story framework throughout--makes for often-static fiction, especially in the novel's weaker second half. And a final revelation about the Sweetie/Witherspoon marriage is melodramatically predictable--without really illuminating the recurrent themes of spirituality-vs.-carnality and a stormy, conflicted facial/psychological heritage. Still, the dramatization of plantation tensions--with ambivalent slave responses to supposed ""freedom""--is often powerful in the 19th-century flashbacks; the funeral-day confrontation, if belabored, is resonant--with comic horror as well as historical guilts. And though Forrest's elaborate prose is sometimes more self-conscious than eloquent, it is more consistently, genuinely poetic than in his previous novels--mixing the colloquial and the literary in controlled, rhythmic waves of imagery. - Kirkus Reviews


''TWO WINGS TO VEIL MY FACE'' is a third novel probing black history by a writer whom Saul Bellow and Ralph Ellison have praised. Its narrator is Nathaniel Turner Witherspoon, a young college dropout who as a boy exacts a promise from Sweetie Reed, the woman he believes to be his grandmother, that she will one day enlighten him about his family's buried past. The story is largely dependent on the dictation Nat takes from Sweetie Reed herself when in 1958, at the age of 91, she commences talking for the record.
A ''cedar-colored, tiny, impish,'' morally intense survivor who began life in slave quarters, Sweetie Reed has given her middle and late years to mission work (cooking for ''the shut-ins and the drifters, the wind- blasted winos and the lost-found'' of an unnamed Northern metropolis). Her rumination shuttles between two worlds of disaster - that of newly freed slaves from the 1860's onward and that of urban blacks making their way in the 1950's. Stolen from home at 4 by ''patrollers'' who hoped to enslave her illegally, Sweetie Reed helplessly watches - three years later - the slaying of her mother. Her father, who refuses to be freed, loathes her ''like the husband . . . loathes the babe whose life-bearing kills the woman of his bed,'' and sells her into marriage with a stranger. And the stranger, Jericho Witherspoon, becomes, in the process of achieving fame as a lawyer-jurist-defender of his race, a hypocrite enslaved by self-love. The chief framing event of the book is the jurist's funeral, which Sweetie Reed transforms into a wild and extended family conflict.
Critics of Leon Forrest's first two books - ''There Is a Tree More Ancient Than Eden'' (1973) and ''The Bloodworth Orphans'' (1977) - complained about overwriting, and examples of the fustian abound in this new work. Sample sentence: ''Her non-words of music and Jericho Witherspoon's invisible ones appeared to exist in spirits assigned to a distant drumbeat in a chariot, beyond the reaches and hearing of the mourners (weaving in and out of each other's arms), within the secret sleeves of marriage.''
There are other problems as well. ''Two Wings to Veil My Face'' is poorly structured. Its moments of narrative excitement tend to be distanced as remote memories, overlaid with rationalization and expostulation that deprive them of immediacy. And the materials of slave narrative that Sweetie Reed passes along from her contemporaries - bloodhounds, whip-cracking masters, raped and ravaged mothers and grandmothers - are hardly new to letters. The scribe himself, young Nat Witherspoon, hints that he would appreciate new matter; his mind turns regularly, during breaks in the narration, to his sex life and his weakness for Remy Martin on the rocks.
Yet the book's defects somehow fail to sink it. The reason lies in the quality and complication of the feelings breathing in Sweetie Reed as she labors to teach young black generations the uses of the souls of black folk. For this heroine the black experience is a theater of moral warfare, a struggle between an energizing ideal of human solidarity, rooted both in experience and in faith, and enervating forces of vanity and ''enchantment with aggravation.'' Prevailing in the struggle requires a campaign of '' remembering and troubling and rekindling. '' And many enterprises that look like plausible parts of such a campaign are only distractions.
Charity and lovingkindness, for instance - these are human obligations, to be sure, polestars of dailiness for Sweetie Reed - but they have little awakening power. Indeed, they are closer to narcotics. Secular exhortation stressing the lift-yourself-by-the-bootstraps motif - Jericho Witherspoon was keen on this - is also a species of bad news; it inspires self-absorption. The same goes, predictably, for fascination with the success culture. It amounts to a squandering of the moral capital amassed by the agony of older generations. A fine sermon on this theme is delivered by a minister named Pompey Browne, to which Sweetie Reed forces young Witherspoon to listen: ''You're out there celebrating that (Cadillac) chrome like you anointing, buffing and accelerating the Word into chrome - making it whiter and lighter than snow, with your steaming wet-wash rags as prayer cloths worshiping up your lily-white mule machines, which are stubborn as you are. . . . You've strapped down the radiance of your ancestral memory like those despair-filled slaves who delivered up the word on the runaways' route to the slave catchers in the days of our previous condition.''
Betraying the black past is, in sum, extremely easy. But the unremittingness of Sweetie Reed's effort to avoid this treachery, her determination to distinguish false blackness from true, to rescue pointed remembrance from reckless waste of the knowledge that was born in tragedy, these themselves become energizing in time. The woman positively wills others into significance. Seen through her outraged eyes, Jericho Witherspoon, upwardly-mobile womanizer prepared to sacrifice fidelity to family for the glamour of adulation as moral exemplar, emerges as an original. Nat, the college dropout - soft, oblivious, bewildered by the moral intensity of his elder - carries clear meaning.
The insistence, everywhere, that past suffering has to have uses, that its voice must be heard (hearing and loss of hearing become shaping metaphors before this book is over) rarely seems wishful. And if Sweetie Reed's indictment of forgetfulness is never entirely coherent, her frustration with progress as commonly defined, and her disbelief in the rectification of injustice as a holy cause, never seem perverse. We know that taking this survivor seriously would mean - for Nat as for others - a total change of life, a movement sharply away from self-indulgence and self-pity. And we know, too, that those who, in the name of political realism, would dismiss Sweetie Reed as mad or disruptive are lost in the same moral confusion that engulfs a good portion of the white middle class.
''Slavery and oppression,'' Albert Murray wrote in ''The Omni-Americans'' (1969) - a recently reissued social critique - ''may well have made black people more human and more American'' while they ''made white people less human and less American.'' Leon Forrest offers no view on that. But by taking us to the center of a heroic nonagenarian's passionate misgivings, he does show us a richer humanity than turns up in protest literature or in Tory rationalizations of things as they (necessarily but regrettably) are. At its best, in the chapters addressing race pride, race bitterness, race trivialization, ''Two Wings to Veil My Face'' is a book about which it's possible to think. - Benjamin DeMott


Image result for Leon Forrest, The Furious Voice For Freedom
Leon Forrest, The Furious Voice For Freedom: Essays,Asphodel Press, 2010.


Essays on Life. Forrest's writing is evocative, vivid, even poetic. - Library Journal




Leon Forrest, 60, a Novelist Who Explored Black History

Ramón Pérez de Ayala - what's weird about this one is that it doesn't read like a parody. Even though it was published in 1921 and has about as much characterization=depth as a novel out of the Eighteenth Century

$
0
0

Image result for Ramón Pérez de Ayala, Belarmino and Apolonio,
Ramón Pérez de Ayala, Belarmino and Apolonio, Trans. by Murray Baumgarten and Gabriel Berns, University of California Press, 1971. [1921.]





Belarmino and Apolonio (1921) marks the beginning of the stage of fullness of the novel by Pérez de Ayala, an intellectual novel that raises human problems of universal scope.It presents a dualism - Belarmino, cobbler "philosopher", Apolonio, shoemaker "dramatist" - that, more than an exemplification of two opposing theories, assumes different perspectives to interpret the small universe in which the characters move,whose humanity and complexity is contemplated by the author with a critical and at the same time humorous lens.


Another BURIED gem.
Yes. Everything BURIED is good. Is a gem. That's because "good"/"Great"/ETC is included in the concept of the BURIED. Its circularity is proof of its truth. And so it goes.
But what's weird about this one is that it doesn't read like a parody. Even though a) it was pub'd in 1921 (with a University Press translation into English in 1971) and b) has about as much characterization=depth as a novel out of the Eighteenth Century. Or maybe it's the Seventeenth I have in mind, since this here seems to be written within the pages of something like Cervantes'Exemplary Tales. That is, what a relief stuff like this is from all that stodgy Psychological Realism. I agree that a thing The Novel does really well is probe consciousness --> but that's just Modernism. There's so much more that can happen, that The Novel can do. Like a good tale. -           



Excerpts:


The duchess was very frank and occasionally...how can I put it? – well, she swore a lot, although, being a woman, she would give the words a slightly feminine form by changing the final o to a final a. She also smoked like a chimney. All the Valdedulla family were eccentrics. As for the duchess’s heart – I’ll use one of my father’s phrases to describe it – it was made of Hyblan honey and was larger than Mount Olympus.

The beneficence that great lady bestowed on my father and myself is of the kind than cannot be repaid. I think she must have been over forty at the time and she was what you might call a fat, middle-aged woman; frankly speaking, she was ugly. But she had a love of life, an openness, and a sense of humor that made her far more attractive than beauty itself. I assure you that when she let loose with one of her obscenities, which in her case was really a sign of contentment, you would just stand there fascinated and smiling, as if you had been listening to a nightingale’s song. Where words are concerned, structure isn’t as important as tone and intention. Words are like containers. Although they may have a similar form, some are made of clay whereas others are of pure crystal and contain a delicious essence.

And now the image of Belarmino takes shape in my memory. He was a shoemaker-philosopher, quite a fabulous character, who, naturally, also lived in Ruera Street. As a matter of fact, the previous theory on words belonged to him. ‘A table,’ he used to say, ‘is called a table because we feel like calling it by that name; it could just as well be called a chair. We use the same word for both of them when we say they are pieces of furniture; but we could also call them houses. Just because we feel like it, we use the same word for furniture and houses when we say they are both things. The problem of philosophy lies in searching for one word that will express everything we feel like expressing.’ I don’t know if he was a mad wiseman or a wise madman. I’ve gotten off the track.

**************************

The dictionary was his favourite book. At times, completely cut off from external reality, following the strange forms that took shape in the air and were visible only to him as he meditated, he felt that this particular way of reading was based on an extremely original method. For him, the dictionary was the epitome of the universe, a concise compendium of all things terrestrial and divine – a key by which to decipher unexpected enigmas. The whole idea was to penetrate that secret code, to open up the compendium, and see everything in it at a glance. The dictionary contains all there is, because all words are in it, and it follows that all things are in it because word and thing are one and the same. Objects are born when words are born, because without words there are no things and, if there are, it’s as if there weren’t. For example, a table doesn’t know that it exists, nor does a table exist for a chair, because the chair doesn’t know about the existence of the table. An object doesn’t exist by itself, nor in relation to other things, but only for the Intelet which, on comprehending it, gives it a name and affixes a word to it. To know is to create and to create is to know.

Such was one small fragment of the Belarminian speculation. It just goes to show the kind of thing that can come from being in a sitting position over a long period of time while leisurely exercising one’s discursive faculty! Philosophers are squatting types, even the peripatetic ones. Although they do most of their talking on their feet, they erect their philosophical systems once they assume a squatting position. - https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/2352820.Belarmino_y_Apolonio




Ramón Pérez de Ayala, (born Aug. 9, 1880, Oviedo, Spain—died Aug. 5, 1962, Madrid), Spanish novelist, poet, and critic who excelled in philosophical satire and the novel of ideas.
Pérez de Ayala studied law at Oviedo University and philosophy and literature at the University of Madrid. During World War I he covered France, Italy, England, South America, and the United States as a correspondent for the Buenos Aires periodical La prensa. He was Spanish ambassador to England (1931–36) and voluntarily exiled himself to South America because of the Spanish Civil War (1936–39). He was elected to the Spanish Academy in 1928.
After writing a volume of poetry, La paz del sendero (1903; “The Peace of the Path”), he produced a series of four largely autobiographical novels: Tinieblas en las cumbres (1907; “Darkness at the Top”), describing an adolescent’s erotic awakening; AMDG (1910; i.e., the Jesuit motto “Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam,” or “To the Greater Glory of God”), a bitter satire about the author’s unhappy education at a Jesuit school; La pata de la raposa (1912; The Fox’s Paw); and Troteras y danzaderas (1913; “Trotters and Dancers”), a novel about literary and Bohemian life in Madrid.
Pérez de Ayala’s later novels, which are considered his finest works, show a greater mastery of characterization and novelistic technique. Belarmino y Apolonio (1921; Belarmino and Apolonio) is a symbolic portrayal of the conflict between faith and doubt. Luna de miel, luna de hiel (1923; Moons of Honey and Gall) and its sequel, Los trabajos de Urbano y Simona (1923; “The Labours of Urbano and Simona”), treat the contrast between idealistic innocence and the realities of mature romantic love. In Tigre Juan (1926; Tiger Juan) and its sequel, El curandero de su honra (1926; “The [Quack] Healer of His Honour”), Pérez de Ayala continued to create characters of a universal nature and gave free expression to his delightful and wry humour. Pérez de Ayala also wrote short stories and essays. - https://www.britannica.com/biography/Ramon-Perez-de-Ayala#ref205043

The Reception of Laurence Sterne in Europe - a gold-mine of information and a treasury of affectionate readings and creative misreadings of Sterne, often made in difficult political or personal circumstances

$
0
0
Image result for The Reception of Laurence Sterne in Europe
The Reception of Laurence Sterne in Europe, Ed. by Peter de Voogd and‎ John Neubauer,Bloomsbury Academic, 2008.


read it at Google Books


The intellectual scope and cultural impact of British writers in Europe cannot be assessed without reference to their 'European' fortunes. This collection of 14 essays, prepared by an international team of scholars, critics and translators, records how Sterne's work has been received, translated and imitated in most European countries with great success. Among the topics discussed in this volume are questions arising from the serial nature of much of Sterne's writings and the various ways in which translators across Europe coped with the specific problems that the witty and ingenious Sternean text poses.


"It is a tribute to the fascinating material to be found throughout this volume that one often wishes the book were longer...As should be clear, his volume is a gold-mine of information and a treasury of affectionate readings and creative misreadings of Laurence Sterne, often made in difficult political or personal circumstances, as well as a work of enormous value to a range of readers — not only Sterneans or those interested in the reception of British authors in Europe but also, for example, those concerned with translation per se."
Ian Campbell Ross, The Shandean, Autumn 2005
(Ian Campbell Ross, The Shandean)

"This collection of fourteen essays is part of the [series] "The Reception of British Authors in Europe."... the series is a good one, and if the other volumes are as well-conceived and interesting as this one on Sterne, they will offer a major contribution to literary study in the twenty-first century...The collection is organized geographically: two essays on the French reception, one each on Germany, the Netherlands, the Nordic countries (Denmark, Norway, Sweden), Russia, Poland, Croatia, Hungary, Italy, Portugal, and Spain. A bonus chapter by W. G. Day discusses some of the material manifestations (painting, artifacts, graveyards) that accompanied the Sterne phenomenon in the first part of the nineteenth century...The virtues of the collection are, first, its attention to bibliographical detail concerning translations and imitations of Sterne; and, second, its abundant quotation of unfamiliar passages of analysis and evaluation, each of which is translated for the benefit of scholars whose Polish or Danish may not be quite up to their French and German. Each essay is allowed to tell its own unique story, and while these are sine experiences of Sterne shared across national boundaries- most interesting, Sterne's appearance again and again in liberation movements- the ultimate sense we are left with is that each country and each generation makes of Sterne what its morals and its great authors dictate." - The Scriblerian, Spring 2006, Vol. XXXVIII No. 2
The Reception of Laurence Sterne in Europe engages with Sterne's two bestselling novels in detail, while giving a sense of the scale and diversity of his reception.After the author's death in 1768, Sterne's friends and followers capitalized on his fame by collecting his letters and fabricating replies, by 'finding' autobiographies and sequels, or by writing parodies and eulogies for his characters.As a result Sterne's canon underwent an enormous posthumous expansion, in Britain and on the continent.Elinor Shaffer, the series editor of The Reception of British and Irish Authors in Europe, points out that Sterne's reception makes particular claims on scholars, given that his works called forth 'new terminology, innovative progeny and concomitant critical theory' (p.vii)... This volume sheds light on possible new areas of study with every reading.  - Emily Finer, Journal of European Studies, vol. 37,

"It is a tribute to the fascinating material to be found throughout this volume that one often wishes the book were longer... As should be clear, his volume is a gold-mine of information and a treasury of affectionate readings and creative misreadings of Laurence Sterne, often made in difficult political or personal circumstances, as well as a work of enormous value to a range of readers — not only Sterneans or those interested in the reception of British authors in Europe but also, for example, those concerned with translation per se." - Ian Campbell Ross,The Shandean, Autumn 2005


Timeline: European Reception of Laurence Sterne
1. Movements of Sensibility and Sentiment: Sterne in Eighteenth-Century France, Lana Asfour
2. Romantic to Avant-Garde: Sterne in Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century France, Anne Bandry (University of Mulhouse)
3. 'Sterne-Bilder': Sterne in the German-Speaking World, Duncan Large (University of Wales, Swansea)
4. Sterne in the Netherlands, Peter de Voogd (University of Utrecht)
5. Sterne's Nordic Presence: Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Paul Goring with Eli Løfaldli (University of Trondheim)
6. From Imperial Court to Peasant's Cot: Sterne in Russia, Neil Stewart (University of Giessen)
7. Sterne in Poland, Grazyna Bystydzienzska (University of Warsaw) and Wojciech Nowicki (Marie Curie University of Lublin)
8. Conceiving Selves and Others: Sterne and Croatian Culture,Tatjana Jukic (University of Zagreb)
9. Sterne in Hungary, Gabriella Hartvig (University of Pécs)
10. The Sentimental, the 'Inconclusive', the Digressive: Sterne in Italy, Olivia Santovetti (University of Cambridge)
11. Sterne's Arrival in Portugal, Manuel Portela (University of Coimbra)
12. Sterne Castles in Spain, Luis Pegenaute (Pompeu Fabra University)
13. Sternean Material Culture: Lorenzo's Snuff-box and his Graves, W.G.Day (Winchester College)
14. Shandean Theories of the Novel: From Friedrich Schlegel's German Romanticism to Shklovsky's Russian Formalism, John Neubauer (University of Amsterdam) and Neil Stewart (University of Giessen)

Kenneth Patchen's work and ideas regarding the role of artists paralleled those of the Dadaists, the Beats, and Surrealists. Patchen's ambitious body of work also foreshadowed literary art-forms ranging from reading poetry to jazz accompaniment to his late experiments with visual poetry

$
0
0
Image result for Kenneth Patchen, The Journal of Albion Moonlight,
Kenneth Patchen, The Journal of Albion Moonlight,  New Directions, 1961. (+ 2017.)             


Kenneth Patchen sets off on an allegorical journey of his own in which the far boundaries of love and murder, madness and sex are sensually explored. His is the tale of a disordered pilgrimage to H. Roivas (Heavenly Savior) in which the deranged responses of individuals point up the outer madness from which they derive in a more imaginative way that social protest generally allows.Like Camus, Kenneth Patchen is anti-cool, anti-hip, anti-beat.


An unforgettable, apocalyptic novel from a distinctly American prophet
Inspired by one of the finest lyrics in the English language, the anonymous, pre-Shakespearean “Tom o’Bedlam” (“By a knight of ghosts and shadows / I summoned am to tourney / Ten leagues beyond the wide world’s end / Methinks it is no journey…”), Kenneth Patchen sets off on an allegorical journey to the furthest limits of love and murder, madness and sex. While on this disordered pilgrimage to H. Roivas (Heavenly Savior), various characters offer deranged responses, conveying an otherworldly, imaginative madness. A chronicle of violent fury and compassion, written when Surrealism was still vigorous and doing battle with psychotic “reality,” The Journal of Albion Moonlight is an American monument to engagement.


“Carol wants me to write a novel: ‘You’ve met so many interesting people,’ she tells me.
Very good, there was a young man and he could never get his hands on enough women.  That’s a novel.
There was an idiot and he became God. That’s the same novel.  I can’t possibly think of any others.
It is rather pleasant to be the author of two such excellent novels.  The critics are divided in their opinions.  One lot believes that they should be shorter; another not, that they should be a mite longer.  I rather prefer short critics to long ones.  I like critics with tan shoes — look nicer, I think. . .”
-From The Journal Of Albion Moonlightby Kenneth Patchen, page 41.
This novel is quite possibly the book that made the biggest impression on me, ever.
Lord knows I’ve given it away to anyone who would listen. And sometimes those who wouldn’t listen, they still got a copy. So it was a wonderful surprise to read this last week a thoughtful appreciation of Patchen’s unclassifiable, angry, beautiful masterpiece on the Tin House Blog.
In his essay, J.C. Hallman talks eloquently about how a favorite, or “pivotal” book (such as, for him and for me, The Journal Of Albion Moonlight) can become a sacred, personal experience that is almost incommunicable to others, and that in fact a book’s “meaning” is largely personal:
“Of course books mean things. But it’s a mistake to think you can definitively articulate whatever that is. Every bit as important as what a book means is what it does. In fact, I think I’d like to say that what it does is what it means. The great irony of literature is that our inability to describe what happens to us when we read a book is compounded by our intense desire to do just that, to share the experience with another as soon as we’ve had it. Books are private experiences, but we never want to leave them private. Stories are the salve applied to the wound of self-consciousness, the laceration that leaves us discrete and lonely in our skins. We read to close the gap. When we’re done, we stumble after one another, inarticulate, hypnotized, hoping to spread the virus of our inspiration.”
My own introduction to Albion Moonlight came through Henry Miller whose book, The Books In My Life, is a must read if you’re interested in learning about a lineage of ecstastic, hyper-passionate, renegade writers who are often neglected today.
Like Kenneth Patchen for example. - Michael Berger   http://therumpus.net/2009/11/the-journal-of-albion-moonlight/


“like a sonnet whose beautiful lines are undermined by its flawed argument.”
In 1941 when New Directions’ publisher James Laughlin received the manuscript of poet Kenneth Patchen’s experimental novel The Journal of Albion Moonlight Laughlin gave it to poet and critic Delmore Schwartz who convinced Laughlin not to publish it. Following that rejection Patchen self-published the book the same year.
Schwartz had panned Patchen’s previous books, but this time his objection was not primarily aesthetic. Schwartz objected to the book’s pacifism as a response to Nazi aggression, an inadequate response reminiscent of Mahatma Ghandi’s 1939 article criticizing German Jews for emigrating instead of staying in Germany and practicing passive resistance to the Nazi regime that had stripped them of citizenship and was preparing to murder them.
Patchen’s pacifism is nearly identical to that espoused a generation earlier by Socialist Party leader and presidential candidate Eugene V. Debs during World War One. But Nazi Germany in the fifth decade of the 20th century was exponentially more evil and a far greater threat than was militarist Germany a quarter of a century earlier.
Patchen does appear to view Adolph Hitler as the embodiment of evil, and poses Hitler and Jesus as moral opposites. But in a dialogue between the two Jesus’ side of the conversation is entirely comprised of laughter. Patchen’s narrator asserts that the best response to Hitler, who craves attention and admiration, is to ignore him. That advice was no more useful to people living under Nazi occupation than Ghandi’s.
Patchen’s title character, who is a murderer and rapist, is an unlikely prophet of pacifism. He leads a band of comrades who plot to murder him and are pursued across the country by unnamed forces. Like the resurrected Jesus of the Gospels and the characters in Neal Gaiman’s American Gods Patchen’s characters die and then continue living in subsequent pages.
The book Patchen published is a mixed media mashup of surreal verse and prose poetry, line drawings, typographical experiments in fonts of differing sizes including parallel columns of separate and distinct text side by side on the same page; novels within the novel, both visionary and snarky allegorical narrative comprising journal entries documenting a road trip across a fictional war torn dystopian United States in the spring and summer of 1940, lyrical passages such as this:
“Outside the stars were thrashing about in the heavens like live fish in a skillet. The longhorn steer was rooting up trees and crashing through houses with Moe and the bullfighter and Kelly holding fast to its tail. After a little time it dove into the sea and came up with a submarine impaled on its horns. A brace of wild duck made the design of a woman’s sex against the moon.”
And numerous quotable aphorisms, such as: “When the dying lion roars the jackal will fall to licking death’s ass, not knowing that his own will taste better in the long run.”
Those quotable sentences and lines of verse appear on nearly every other page and are strongest when read one at a time. Collectively they seem sententious and sophomoric, especially in a section toward the end where the aphorisms separated by paragraph breaks fill several consecutive pages. Likewise the book’s poetic language is best appreciated by dipping into it a little at a time; readers may find plowing through it cover to cover to be a chore.
The book anticipates the work of the Beat Generation a decade and a half later whose writers embraced it, which may have convinced New Directions to publish the book two decades after Patchen’s initial self-publication. Albion and his wife Carol’s open marriage is ahead of its time, and the book’s vagabond characters, their itinerary, and the stream of consciousness prose anticipate the work of Jack Kerouac.
“I have armed myself against their weapons. To be so indolent that the flies will bury their dead on my eyelids. To sit on a beach and let the waves comb all thought of endeavor out of me. To live in such a manner that I never make a single, blood-rotten dollar. To study history in order only to have it to forget. Books—all those big, fat-bottomed ashcans where men empty their lives.
“I like the leopard. I don’t like Benj. Franklin.”
If the book was out of step with its time on the eve of America’s entry into World War Two, its dystopian pessimism suited the Cold War with its nuclear Sword of Damocles and corporate conformity. Its jaded snarky tone might also appeal to today’s millennial hipsters, and lines like “For man is only a disease which extinction will cure” mirror the sentiments of today’s misanthropic radical ecologists. The new edition is a reprint of New Direction’s 1961 volume, but with a different cover.
How does the book hold up in 2017? The dialogue and narration sometimes feel stiff in the way speech in 1940s movies can seem stilted to 21st century ears. Likewise Albion’s predatory sexism and his disapproval of women’s basketball is dated. Patchen’s poetic language is timeless to the extent that it can be enjoyed out of its contemporary context and indefensible point of view. The Journal of Albion Moonlight is like a sonnet whose beautiful lines are undermined by its flawed argument. - David Cooper 
https://www.nyjournalofbooks.com/book-review/journal-albion


From the late 1930s until his death in 1972—and certainly as much of his behemoth bibliography has come to light in the decades since—Kenneth Patchen perplexed and enchanted readers with “novels” that refused to do what’s allowed on the page. A sometime collaborator of John Cage and Charles Mingus and lifelong friend of E.E. Cummings, his smashing together of the visual and written and bold negotiation with narrative landed his pacifist mysticism at a singular aesthetic—one that the whole of literature seems to have forgotten less than it has processed it.
In The Journal of Albion Moonlight, Patchen’s overwhelming and seminal 1941 literary mess recently reissued by New Directions, time, space, sequence, and subtlety don’t seem to exist. Patchen’s sprawling poetic exposition is hard after the heart of American story and microscoped in on the blurriness of the border between human love and human hate, with little regard for logic in its hunt of these themes. It’s Patchen’s ambition to make us all look like animals, and disarming the semblance of any known structure of narrative is an essential part of this dizzying quest. “What we did not know was how near madness we would be,” the titular Moonlight warns on the second page.
What follows is 313 pages that vacillate between an almost impossible to follow narrative, long detached passages about the general nature of everything, and graphic art eruptions. “Why the large, messy rebellion against form?” Moonlight at one point asks of himself. Patchen’s jumbled and relentless poetics make for an awesome authorial assault, even if he can’t always hold the line between text and reader taut throughout his unflinching frontier into the possibilities of the page. For every delightful Whitman diss track (“Walt Whitman did not want to touch people; he wanted to paw over them…He spent his time putting soap on the backs of schoolboys but he did not rub them clean”), direct challenge to God, declaration of extra-planetary love, and hard truism about prose (“Literature is what you write when you think you should be saying something”), there is an incoherent anecdote (“is not the desire for a logic a form of madness?”) about violence toward women and the innocent.
It’s in the the more grounded, physically imaginable scenework of his story that Patchen most leans on said violence, like a firework he needs to explode himself out of self-created frames. Moonlight’s countrywide roving and collecting of victims and lovers with increasingly fictional names (Beth, Carol, Jetter, Thomas Honey, Jackeen, and Roivas among them) is the closest thing to a traditional story here—though the realer story of course is Patchen mapping out his wild mind for us. Set against the backdrop of World War II and host to many a mention of Adolf HitlerMoonlight leans into the inhumanity of the Holocaust and erosions of large European cities and believes, as many texts then did, that from the spectacle of it all could be pulled the inspiration for hunting a Great Grand Truth. In his immersion, Patchen flashes a beautiful hubris that embodies American exceptionalism (“I am an event among men…I can refuse all your institutions…I am outside the law”) while warning of its bloody obsession with scale—“the pattern did not end with peace or love or dignity, instead it forked through the weave where there was only pain and blood-rooted fear.”
The book displays an untethered drive toward beauty better on display in Patchen’s previous “transliterary” novel Sleepers Awake, a later work much more indifferent to characters, occurrences, and plot. In Moonlight Patchen includes standard storytelling methods just often enough to show that he can, and to dismiss them (“The thread-bare and ridiculous plots aren’t enough”) as part of his sumptuous joust in the direction of all literary history. He throws so many kitchen sinks at his audience, destroys any trace of linearity or morality so often that his clearest, most consistent theme is a hostility toward analytic readings, and toward the limits of established literature. “Books,” he writes, “all those big, fat-bottomed ashcans where men empty their lives.”
coverThe leaps Patchen makes in his effort to jump beyond the confines of his chosen form, here and elsewhere, are among the most memorable, transformative shows in American letters. He is at his very best when his subject is Everything, and when his motivation is to use his powers of language to pulverize the expected methods of meaning and forging new ones. Journal predates the unadulterated exploration of Sleepers and work like the ethereal collection of poems and drawings Because It Is, holding within its streams of ecstasy a creeping doubt about the efficacy of a form it still seeks to revolutionize. Patchen hasn’t yet learned to more freely shed the audience’s expectations. In this, one of his earlier works, he still takes on the day’s standard moral-cultural challenge of the novel, wrestling with a politics he later insulates himself more away from.
Before he decided to fly fully toward apolitical love and his own rococo, mystical version of God in his work, Patchen showed scared skepticism about the possibility of our species to make something gorgeous happen without also somehow killing someone. The Journal of Albion Moonlight is a book written by a man killing his darling hope for a loving world, breaking away from and saying goodbye to its conventions of value. At a time today, when our country’s mechanics and ideologies seem even less feasible than usual—76 years after the book faced industry difficulty for its criticism of America’s involvement in the war—Patchen’s attempted exorcism-on-the-page of all our nation’s sloppiest truths, in all their messy splendor, is worth a proper second look. -    https://themillions.com/2017/06/revisiting-the-wild-mind-of-kenneth-patchen.html


This weighty book was given in Tunbridge Wells (Royal).
At first it was unwanted, because we always judge books by their approximate mass and size.
But the back cover blurb revealed it was written with the inspiration from the song “Tom of Bedlam”, a pre-Shakespearian English song which we have just learned.
So the book fitted into our plot, and came along.
This journal is a twisting ride through a mind’s madness, its self-aware out-of-placeness, it’s miraculous inability and rigourous intention to not be at ease. Albion Moonlight is a character who refuses to be anything other than his own most difficult self, he finds his zenith and his nadir, and any truth he uncovers he ruthlessly destroys by his curious and meticulous mind.
Reading this book is like a dose of bluebell root. It is mildly narcotic, and manufactures (uncovers?) a space in the brain that does not feel as though it should be there.
This book does not help promote restful sleep, even as part of a balanced intake. No, this is not easy-reading; it is a challenge to the percieved heart of things, a javelin in the mouth of easy rationalizing.
In small snippets, this book is amazing. But to trapise through it, is hard going, a bitter digestion. Its fairest blessing  came with the turning of the last page, when it was all over.
Like the end of a fever, one can look up again, and see that this world and Albion’s are not seamlessly entwined. There is relief.
Read on for quotes:

Here are quotes:
“The question is not: do we believe in God? but rather: does God believe in us? And the answer is: only an unbeliever could have created our image of God, and only a false God could be satisfied with it.”
“Man has been corrupted by his symbols. Language has killed his animal.”
“What are values? Is what happens in a grasshopper’s head a ‘value’?
“We believe in you. There is no danger. It is not getting dark. We love you.”
“My tree is a green tree. My father’s ghost sings in its branches’
“Do not liberate the poor: destroy them – and with them all the jackal-Stlains that feast on their hideous, shrunken bodies. How the Church and the false revolutionaries draw together: love the poor, for they are humble. I say hate the poor for the humility which keeps their faces pressed into the mud. The poor are the product of a false and cruel society; but they are also the corner-stone of that society.”
“The Son of Man – my son, and yours, not God’s; because we made God and we are Gods.”
“I believe that man is God. It is yourself that you must worship.”
“I get up angrily and cross to the dead clerk. “Got a match?” i say. I hald expect that he will give me one. Instead, with a beautiful, slow movement, he opens his eys and says: “I haven’t one. Will this do?” and as he reaches out his hand, a blast of hell-fire shoots out and burns off my eyebrows.”
“Women always watch your pimples when you try and talk as though your animal were as old and wise as theirs.”
“He made the word a knife.”
“In this world where only our organs are sane.”
“May you live to die in love and rest.”
“How kind you are to lie to me”
“None born kows the dark meaning in the fish’s eye.”
“We never admire a man; we admire our admiration for him”
“The ocean asks nothing of the rain”
“illusion is the suitcase in which we carry our proper hearts.”
“In future, men and women will write as though writing were their only dull tool – which is quite true.”
“Our only plight is that we are alive”
“The stupid say, “would that i had lived then”, but they mean: “it would be better to be dead now”
“It is clearly my duty to come just at the right time, saying exactly the right thing.”
“The spirit’s life is profoundly and organcally a part of the world’s. The mind borrows from the affairs of the greatest men, the colour and theme of the spirit derives from him who is most degraded and brutish on the whole earth. The mind can take flight into the world, because it is not purely of the world; the spirit cannot escape, because it is the world – it is, in fact, the only world which the mind can know.”
“We believe in men who have been pictured to us, but never in the men about us – and especially do not believe in ourselves.”
“in our cities we have tolerated noise and dirt that would sicken a half-witted ape.”
“We have pushed the nose of our culture into the shit of our self-interest.”
“Our artists have only one desire: and that is, that their works may not live. There is somehting old-fashioned and uncouth in writing for posterity. How can they send us cheques when we’re dead?”
“swiftly flies the arrow that has a heart to house in”
“young men share themselves; old men their houses”
“many people never live in all of themselves”
“no man who ever stood up to authorit but did so with a sense of guilt. How they have trapped us! That’s the secret of their power, for deep in us all is a sense that they must be right. How else account for the defensive attitude of political martyrs? Why do revolutionists make a case for themselves? through wht propulsion? Surely they know that the State will not recognize the truth in their plea, will not honour the arguments which they advance. Why is it not possible for one man to say to the State: there is no need for me to offer a defence – it is you who are on trial; what have you to say for yourself?”
“Men say we are American. Men say we are English, French, Dutch. That is a lie, There are only human beings. WE are not motor-cars or chunks of soap that we need labels.”
“the poem of her walk…the sprung rhythm of her swaying buttocks…what a pavillion of rapture”
“Great art must possess an absolute flaw at its very core; otherwise it would be an abuse of the imperishable frailty of all things that exist, and we could say with complete truth that the apple is the most beutiful object under the sun. Art must add to the mystery.”
“That which is not daring is nothing.”
“Very good hanging weather”
“Surely four is not two and two: there is no way of slipping the twos into each other so fast that you can get rid of that little ‘and’. But where di d we get the two? One (and) one? we tried that. There can only be one thing in the world. Each is its own part of all.”
“nothing quite happens like ramming a woman happens”
“without the despondancy of the garlic rose for the nun’s cat”
“without the nightmare as the rag is wiped the thighs along”
“without the boast of the cyclone to the butterfly and the wren”
“what gorgeous monkeys we are”
“and that intensity of wakefulness from which there is no recovery”
“the word is the thing the wind says to the dead”
“the word is the white candle at the foot of the throne”
“the word is the way something floats that cannot be seen”
“and a merry go-to-hell goodnight to all of you”
“The slaves have been sold to themselves”
“There is no poison so fatal as breath”
“There is no joy so profound as the just-dead’s”
“there is no desire but for the good. But there is no hatred but for the lie. But there is no spirit which all of us may not be housed in”
“So it is the duty of the artist:to discourage all traces of shame; to extend all boundaries; to establish problems; to ignore solutions; to omit nothing;l to contradict everything; to tinkle a warning when mankind strays; to wound deeper than the soldier; to heal this poor obstinate monkey once and for all; to laugh at every situation; to besiege all their cities; to follow every false track; to verify the irrational; to exaggerate all things; to inhabit everyone; to experience only experience; to deviate at every point; to offer no examples; to dismiss all support; to multiply all opinions; to masquerade as the author of every platitude; to expose himself to every ridicule; to contrive always to be caught with his pants down; to attach no importance whatsoever to his activity; to return always to the renewing stranger; to be treacherous when nothing is to be gained; to reel in an exquisite sobriety; to defend the unreal at the cost of his reason; to obey each outrageous impulse.”
“Night’s hair tickles the bright forehead of the city”
“There is no crisis in the banquet hall of the soul”
“Crush their toes with the jawbones of a sonnet”
“Girls. I thank you God for having made them. The pure fruit of all that is beautiful.”
“The great writer will heal the hurt where God’s hand pressed too hard in His zeal to make us more than animals”
“The hunter always has the face of the thing he tracks”
“The Guilt is God’s”
“The automorphistic cataclysm”
“Strong is the male for his lassie, strong to get and go to sleep”
“There is no darkness anywhere. There are only sick little men who have turned away from the light.”
And those are quotes.
Enjoy, please.
And consider reading the book yourself…
- http://awalkaroundbritain.com/knowledge/culture/arts/review-the-journal-of-albion-moonlight-by-kenneth-patchen/



So it is the duty of the artist to discourage all traces of shame
To extend all boundaries
To fog them in right over the plate
 ...


A Trip Around With Kenneth Patchen's Mind


3175354


Kenneth Patchen, Sleepers Awake, New Directions, 1996. [1946.]


Sleepers Awake, first published in 1946, is one of Kenneth Patchen’s major prose books. A work of extraordinary imaginative invention, it might be described as “novelistic fantasy”—a pioneering new direction in fiction which created its own protean form as it was written. Patchen mingled narrative with dream visions, surrealism with satire, poetry with statements of principle, and explored the then almost uncharted territory of visual word structures twenty years before “Concrete Poetry” became a popular international movement.
Sleepers Awake is a rallying cry to young and old, as Patchen advances his long struggle against inhumanity, oppression, war and hypocrisy. Now brutal, now lyrical, he gives us life and the world as we must take these if they are to have full meaning; the horror and the beauty, the joy and the suffering together.



Sleepers Awake could be considered Kenneth Patchen's most important novel. As always, he fully explores his ability to express rage, humor, and compassion, his profound pacifist commitments, and his Anarchist base. In this instance, the novel's fantasies, praises, curses, prophesies, and aspirations unfold in great variety and splendor, without losing their sharp edge or focus. I think of the visual poetry in this book as visual arias, passages where the narrative breaks into a sort of visual song. In addition, this is one of the instances where he used the limitations of the branch of visual poetry that gets called concrete more fully than virtually all of its anthologized proponents -- but in 1945, a decade in advance of the movement. Several types of visual aria appear in the book: the most frequent come in boxes in a type face that looks something like gill sans. These square arias work their way at intervals through the text. The more extended arias run continuously, and it's sometimes difficult to tell exactly where they begin. The one presented here has a definite beginning and conclusion. - Karl Young   http://www.thing.net/~grist/l&d/kparint.htm

Knowing nothing about this book, I dove into it expecting nothing.
What I got out of it was confusing, but ultimately just a reflection of my own beliefs.

This isn’t a story. It isn’t a narrative, or at least not a cohesive one. Time doesn’t flow like we might think it should in Sleepers Awake. People and places change without notice.
More than once, the book refers to William Blake, and it seems to want to associate itself with his perspective. On the whole, I think it does a satisfactory job.
Published in 1946, the most obvious message of Sleepers Awake is an anti-war message. The book directly addresses me more than once, and while I usually don’t like this kind of ‘meta-literature’, it works just fine here. Patchen can’t make it any clearer – stop killing each other, you fucking idiots. Yeah, I can dig it.
I can’t tell you about the plot. There isn’t one. This book is about people and life, and how they should live it, and why they don’t. I can’t tell you about the characters, because they aren’t important.
This isn’t an easy read. I might return to it next year. It needs careful attention. However, in the end, I didn’t get the sense that this was comparable to anything Blake did. This novel tries a little bit too hard, and suffers for it.
Still, I didn’t feel like my time was wasted, but that may be because my core values really resonated with the messages in Sleepers Awake– time isn’t what we think it is, people are complex, good and evil are definitive and both are terrifying, and peace – and love – is what we need.
Still, I can’t recommend this to everyone. If you love Blake, or have been institutionalized, you might like this, but it’s still hard to read. Very confusing. -   https://syntheticsean.wordpress.com/2013/01/30/wordy-wednesday-sleepers-awake-by-kenneth-patchen/



222625
Kenneth Patchen, The Memoirs of a Shy Pornographer: An Amusement,New Directions, 1999.


Can you imagine why a pornographer would be shy? Are you satisfied with the state of (a) World Society (b) your soul (c) American writing? Are you in the habit of reading books that could have been written by anybody? Do you really want the truth? Do you know how angels learn to fly? What would you feed a green deer? Do you think a profound social message can be conveyed by a book that is comic in character? When Kenneth Patchen's comic masterpiece, The Memoirs of a Shy Pornographer first appeared in 1945, these questions were asked on the dust jacket. They have never seemed more relevant. The hilarious saga of Alfred Budd of Bivalve, New Jersey-a Candide-like innocent and part-time pornographer, written with what Diane DiPrima called Patchen's "tender silliness," should inspire a new generation of readers


Memoirs of a Shy Pornographer reveals an American humorist more daring than [S .J.] Perelman and as original as Thurber.Selden Rodman


We expend a lot of energy trying to create order and stability in our lives. It is important to us to find patterns and understand why things happen or how things work. We brush our teeth in the morning, eat our three meals a day and fill our spare time with one pursuit or another.
With our daily comfort relying on finding patterns and being surrounded by the recognizable, it's no wonder that confrontation with something new and unclassifiable makes such a strong impression on our minds and in our lives.
I remember my first encounter with the late-night TV show "Night Flight." The format of this show was unlike anything I had previously experienced. No host announced what was coming up; it was simply a montage of cartoon clips, music videos, experimental films and foreign shorts. Because of its departure from my normal experience, "Night Flight" took on a mystical aspect. Similar instances that have produced the same sort of effect include my first use of the Web, my first reading of "On the Road," my first exposure to Electronica and the new music styles that accompanied it, as well as my first close encounter with a member of the opposite sex (listed in no particular order).
It was just over a year ago that a friend recommended Henry Miller to me. I was at the tail end of a reading frenzy, churning through everything put into my hands, when I ran up against Miller's The Tropic of Cancer. Momentum kept me from pulling away from this work in confusion. But once I found myself in the thick of it, I recognized that Miller was actually saying something I was ready to hear.
Complacency and the desire to be lulled into inaction by creature comforts and a false sense of plenty were the 20th century norms that Miller railed against. He flaunted his whoring, degeneracy, and insolvency. He was an expatriate (anti-patriot) living in France for nearly a decade and decrying the destruction of the human soul by the forces of Consumerism and Commercialism in the United States.
Being a late bloomer when it comes to social and philosophical discourse, I found that many of my friends had read Miller in college, along side Ayn Rand, and were prepared to dismiss his works as dark, angry and tiresome. But most of them agreed that immediately after reading Miller they had been filled with a sense of outrage at the state of Western culture.
It's an indication of the overwhelming strength of the very forces Miller tries to alert us to that this indignation and resolve so quickly drains out of us after reading such rousing words.
While still under the influence of Miller I picked up his "The Air-Conditioned Nightmare," which is a biographical account of his return to the United States after his decade abroad. In the introduction, Miller explains that he had hoped to return in order to, as he puts it, "effect a reconciliation with my native land."
The reconciliation was a failure, and Miller had difficulty finding any kind words to use in the descriptions of his travels.
It's not all gloom, of course. His visit to Ohio revealed that although that state has given little to the world aside from "weak, characterless men" (former presidents McKinley, Hayes, Garfield, Grant and Harding), there are two artist of high regard who came from its wastes. These two, both writers, are Sherwood Anderson and Kenneth Patchen.
I'd read some of Anderson's shorter stories, but I'd never heard of Kenneth Patchen, who Miller describes as, "almost driven mad by the evil and ugliness everywhere...so stricken with pain and chagrin by what he sees that he recreates the cosmos in terms of blood and tears, stands it upside down and walks out on it in loathing and disgust." Strong words, and difficult to decipher.
Searching around I found that Patchen was better known as a poet than a prose author. Among his prose works, the most notable seems to be "the Journal of Albion Moonlight." But in 1999, New Directions republished his Memoirs of a Shy Pornographer and that was the only Patchen title waiting for me on the shelf in my nearest bookstore.
I picked up Memoirs of a Shy Pornographer knowing nothing about it except that it was written by someone who Miller held in high esteem. The back cover promised a "profound social message," as well as "tender silliness" and hilarity.
All of these elements might very well exist in Memoirs but from the start, I was struck by the empeheralness purposely create by the auther. Here is a break from the standard pattern of narrative, erplaced by something really original and almost unsettling. No, not almost. I found this book to be quite unsettling.
The shy pornographer is a man named Alfred Budd. That is one of the few concrete facts to remain more or less constant throughoutMemoirs. Budd begins as a factory worker, living in the home of his sister. He is mentally simple, which makes him an innocent, like Steinbeck's Lennie from Of Mice and Men. Before deciding to write a book, he passes his time collecting mud from the fenders of cars so to build his collection of dirt from all the states in the Union.
Budd's book, The Spool of Destiny is published by a man he meets in the library, Skujellifeddy McGranehan. This pocket-picking publisher takes certain liberties with Budd's work. He leaves out a great number of the words and sends it overseas to be printed under the title The Spill of Desire. Thus is born a pornographer in the eyes of the public. One who can't even bring himself to write out "hell" in his own memoirs, using "h--l" instead.
I would be very surprised if anyone reading this book today didn't find themselves thinking of Bob Dylan. Songs like "Desolation Row" seem to have been inspired by Patchen's work. Characters materialize all around Budd who are nothing more than names and outrageous caricatures, lending them an almost mythical power of representation, much like Dylan's Romeo or Blind Commissioner. These characters frequently threaten Budd or even accost him violently or sexually. Generally unfazed after such incidents, he wanders off to the next encounter.
Patchen himself may have been inspired by Lewis Carroll's Alice in Wonderland, which, like Memoirs, is regarded as light hearted, but which always filled me with a sense of dread and anxiety. It occurs to me that to this point I've said little about Memoirs to give the impression that it holds any value except to some literary masochists who gladly dive into works like Ulysses. I simply felt that some sort of warning was in order before I entreated everyone to rush out and obtain a copy to read. Consider yourself warned: This is not your typical prose narrative. 
That said, I stress that Memoirs is an astounding work. Begin it with an open mind and delight in Patchen's use of the language. Perhaps this is what was meant by "tender silliness," that is, the way Patchen constructs meandering sentences and then snaps them back at the reader like a whip with a single phrase. He moves from prose to poetry and back with fluidity, and speaks through characters in many voices. Often he approaches the edge of corniness, but pulls back just in time. Miller said that Patchen was a voracious reader who, "exposes himself to every influence, even the worst." It is easy to see, in reading this book, that Patchen used a little of everything he could get his hands on in order to create the world Budd experiences.
Most important for me was the realization, upon finishing the book, that there are still boundaries to be pushed. In fact, Memoirs of a Shy Pornographer was published in 1945 and I know of few books released since that time that have so blatantly disregarded the formula for successful publication.
Sadly, it seems that the arguments of protestors like Miller and Patchen are being drowned out over the intervening decades by the drone of the very powers they struggled to free us from. I don't know what sort of reception MemoirsM received went it was first printed, but I doubt it could meet with any less indifference than it enjoys today.
Do yourself a service. Read Patchen's works and let them shake you up a bit. You can only profit when you let the commonplace, comfortable patterns be broken. - From Words Words Words, issue #2   http://www.textheavy.com/clippings/patchen.html


Image result for Kenneth Patchen, The Walking-Away World,
Kenneth Patchen, The Walking-Away World,New Directions, 2008.


The wonderful picture-poems of Kenneth Patchen, long out of print, are being brought back into one generous volume―cryptic creatures quipping quirky quotes and all.
The singular work of Kenneth Patchen has influenced poets, artists and political activists for decades. New Directions is proud to launch a Patchen revival beginning with omnibus editions of his unique compositions.

Kenneth Patchen's last words to New Directions founder James Laughlin were "When you find out which came first, the chicken or the egg, you write and tell me." Answering his own question comes Patchen's "picture-poem."The Walking-Away World reissues three of his picture-poem classics: Wonderings, But Even So, and Hallelujah Anyway. Inspired by the "illuminated printing" of William Blake, Patchen worked in a spirited fervency with watercolor, casein, inks, and other media to create absurdly compelling works. His entire process was a simultaneous fusion of painting and poetry: neither the poem nor the painting preceded one another. Each picture-poem is inhabited by strange beings uttering everything from poignant poetic adages to cheeky satire. One confides, "I have a funny feeling / that some very peculiar-looking creatures out there are watching us," which sums up the suspicious joys of The Walking-Away World.



THEY ARE SO HAPPY THAT
YOU COULD MAKE IT
Out of this may come
something nobody
quite figured on!
New Directions has released two companion volumes by poet, novelist, and artist Kenneth Patchen: We Meet (appropriately titled for strangers to his work), a collection of five hard-to-find volumes of poetry, and The Walking-Away World, which consists of his brilliant picture-poems. The poems in We Meet are typeset and often complemented by drawings above or opposite them, similar in look and relationship to a bilingual printing. The picture-poems of The Walking-Away World integrate text and drawing; the creatures, colors, shapes -- even the loops of his cursive, by turns regal and childlike -- and words can exist without each other, but only as fragments and not without substantial loss of their combined effect.
As in the poem above; the text is funny, and sounds cheerful, but if you take a look into the eyes of the animals around the words -- a donkey wearing a donkey mask, a penguin in a boat on a pond, a trumpeting elephant -- you wonder if these creatures are welcoming us. Could it be a trick? Is this a party or a surprise attack? In Patchen’s world anything’s possible.
Patchen was born in 1911 in Niles, Ohio, and between growing up near the Youngstown Steel Mills (“To bake a cake or have a baby / with the taste of tar in your mouth”) and working an assortment of factory and odd jobs, he observed the twentieth century with an uncompromising eye (“My program? Let us all weep together”) and acquired his staunch and furious pacifism, distrust of government and the upper class, and indignation at consumerism. His genius stems from his uncanny ability to exist in and write through contradictions -- his anger, despair, and resignation, are matched by jubilance, a goofy sense of humor, and stubborn hope. Because of the proximity of these extremes, reading him can be a physically jolting experience.
We Meet starts with Because It Is (1946); these poems have beginnings such as “The lanterneater’s daughter went to a banquet / Dressed as the phone number of an elm tree,” and endings like
            They were a little disappointed to find
            Only a great white blind lion seated
            On the very edge of air.
            These are days nobody gets a break.

            —“Because She Felt Bashful with Palm Trees”
Patchen seats the reader on the very edge of his imagination, and the poems succeed on the strength of the coherence, however unseemly, of their environment. The various tones he can take are present and powerful here, such as his quiet lyric mode -- “And we are but the shadows of still more shadowy things”; his epiphanic contrarian style -- “And that we love! is this not a proof of something? / No -- I admit, not necessarily of heaven...”; and his ferocious anti-war stance, shown here in the thoughts of a decapitated green blackbird, “those poor unfortunates who still have heads left / to think about what’s going to happen to them.”
When Patchen moved, he moved in circles. The Patchen fan club included Charlie Parker, e. e. cummings, Anaïs Nin, André Breton, Marianne Moore, Allen Ginsberg, Lawrence Ferlinghetti, Henry Miller... the list goes on. He collaborated with Charles Mingus and John Cage. But he was prevented from moving often -- a back injury at the age of 26 immobilized him often until a botched surgery rendered him unable to leave his bed. Considering this, his determination to constantly create is all the more stirring.
Next in We Meet is Poemscapes (1957), a sequence of 168 prose poems that accumulate effect by referring back to each other with repeating characters, landscapes, and titles. Patchen can be most stunning at his most brief. Here is “Golden Plum Beds”:
She loosens her hair. Out in the garden the flowers try on new colors.
Or the first “More Fabulous Animals”:
When sunlight hits a green leaf just right, that makes him! Abundant in children.
What abundance in 14 words! He sometimes allows himself to be too didactic and prosaic, but Poemscapes is well worth reading despite occasional platitudes. Letter to God (1958) is inspiringly without such weaknesses. As a string of dissonant sections of poetry and prose -- childhood memories, dated events, prayers, invectives, questions -- it is not comprehensible except as scraps of letters, clips of silent conversation.
Yesterday I tried to remember the first time I ever tasted an apple. Then I thought of this letter to you and it seemed an unimportant thing to know...
Why don’t you come down and carry on your fight?

There are several sequences of isolated descriptions of light or darkness -- “the wing is burning the wing is burning,” “In runaway order / out of the green life / O ALL IN FIRE,” “STAR” -- these addresses to God describe Him to Himself, with the most primal images of a divine experience. Another Patchen fan, Ronald Johnson, used a similar technique in Radi os (1977), a poem he “wrote” by crossing out sections of Paradise Lost, leaving no narrative but only fragmented symbols, often of light. In Johnson’s essay “Hurrah for Euphony” (possibly an echo of Patchen’s collection Hurrah for Anything), he calls Patchen “a homegrown Blake.” Besides the similarities between his picture-poems and Blake’s illuminated manuscripts, Patchen also writes with visionary authority.  
The Walking Away World gathers three collections of picture-poems he created in the last 13 bed-ridden years of his life, and their fervency emanates off the page. A terribly striking picture-poem contains a background of barely legible words in crooked lines around bug-eyed birds; most prominent is a box of black written over in white cursive, “This room, this battlefield.” Henry Miller rightly remarked in his essay, “Patchen: Man of Anger and Light,” “One is no longer looking at a dead, printed book but at something alive and breathing, something which looks back at you with equal astonishment.”
And this book has many eyes -- the creatures surrounding the text of the picture-poems can be multi-legged and impossibly shaped, clearly recognizable as lions or owls, or patchwork creations of several animals. Yet their eyes are their most fascinating aspect, as they can be tickling or terrifying, depending. Some are altered by their black and white reproduction here, which is this edition’s only drawback. Patchen composed many of these picture poems with inks, watercolors, casein, and other chromatic media. After looking at What Shall We Do Without Us (Yolla Bolly Press, 1984), a full color printing of selected picture-poems, the poorer transfers in The Walking Away World are lamentable -- like arriving in a black and white Oz.
But that we landed, with what adventures ahead, is what matters. One picture-poem reads, “I have a funny feeling that some very peculiar creatures out there are watching us.” The creatures can comfort, “Of course there is a beautiful world what do you think we’re looking out of?” or the creatures can leer, “Come now, my child if we were planning to harm you, do you think we’d be lurking here beside the path in the very darkest park of the forest?” Whose world is beautiful, and where to seek refuge, are open questions.
Apart from the wonders of the creatures, Patchen is a poet of Orphic profundity in the picture-poems. In his later years, he gravitated towards the role of prophet, brandishing ultimatums: “Peace now for all men or amen to all things.” His jazzy colloquialisms can evoke a sax-slinging enlightened grandpa grumbling, “It’s really lousy taste to live in a world like this.” The last collection, But Even So, exemplifies his unique power of balancing contradictions, both in the title and in the layout: the picture-poems appear on the right pages, while on each left page, in identical large script, is the phrase “But Even So” -- each poem refutes and builds from the other. In their lyric tone and swell, it’s debatable whether the picture-poems are more like psalms or Proverbs of Hell -- “Any who live stand alone in one place together.”
We Meet and The Walking Away World are books to pore over and delight in and be moved by again and again, and convincing invitations to his Collected Poems and experimental prose. These companion volumes, much like two critters in a Patchen drawing, highlight the achievement of his work and hint at what else is out there. - Katie Hartsock  http://www.bookslut.com/poetry/2008_08_013235.php
Image result for Kenneth Patchen, We Meet,

Kenneth Patchen, We MeetNew Directions, 2008.               


Meet Kenneth Patchen, a prolific, ground-breaking proletarian poet/painter whose most eclectic and wildly eccentric works are re-launched in a single startling volume―We Meet.
The singular work of Kenneth Patchen has influenced poets, artists and political activists for decades. New Directions is proud to launch a Patchen revival beginning with omnibus editions of his unique compositions.
We Meet highlights Patchen's more outlandish side and includes, like fabrics stitched into a crazy quilt, Because It Is, A Letter to God, Poemscapes, Hurrah For Anything, and Aflame & Afun of Walking Faces. "Because to understand one must begin somewhere," opens Patchen's fabulous book of poems Because It Is: perhaps the most ideal reason for such a melting pot of poetry. Open any page at random and find Patchen protesting the Second World War (A Letter to God), or telling the tale of how hot water first came to be tracked onto bedroom floors (Aflame and Afun of Walking Faces), or informing the reader what happened when the nervous vine wouldn't twine (Because It Is), or why he loathes those who act as if a cherry were something they personally thought up (Hurrah For Anything), or answering what he wants out of life: "let's say―no matter" (Poemscapes).


New Directions publishing is re-releasing the works of Kenneth Patchen in a new collection entitled We Meet at the end of July this year. It is a collection of Patchen books including Because It Is, Poemscapes, Hurrah for Anything, and A flame and Afun of Walking Faces.
    One striking element of this book is its relevance to the current poetry scenes. Patchen’s combinations of phanopoetic ideas, like “chairabbit,” “beduck,” “lilacat” and “goosetoothdawn,” are similar to those used by contemporary poets like Rodrigo Toscano although Patchen keeps them significantly more nonsensical. Patchen’s integration of image into, or placing next to, the text is becoming more and more common in recent poet’s work. Patchen’s images offer little to no clarification in his work. This shows Patchen’s will to be cryptic in the same way Ashbery is in his work.
    Patchen’s use of words that combine ideas and integration of image with text contribute to his child-like crypticism. Most things he has to say are hard to spot under the surface of faux-innocence, ignorance, conversational text, and strange and silly images inside and outside the text. This collection opens a window to peer in upon one of the most seemingly contemporaneous poets from the first half of the 20th century. - archives.evergreen.edu/webpages/curricular/2007-2008/poetryny/we-meet-by-kenneth-patchen.html


The first line of jacket copy on the back cover of We Meet betrays a grim truth: "Meet Kenneth Patchen, a prolific, ground-breaking proletarian poet/painter whose most eclectic and wildly eccentric works are re-launched in a single startling volume."
For 90% of browsers who pick up this new compilation in a bookstore, it will be their first encounter with Patchen, who has been relegated to the margin of the literature canon for decades. And for 100% of these new readers who actually follow through and make the purchase, their vision of Patchen will be incomplete. 
Henry Miller put it best when he characterized Patchen as "a man of anger and light." Perhaps more than any author in American Letters, he was the most binary. In We Meet, we see his light. But the celebration loses much of its power when divorced from the darkness that gives his writing its dimension.
Although Patchen conducts a two-sided dialogue throughout most of his work - between the destructive and creative forces at work within the human condition - the voices are, at times, indistinguishable. It is clear that both his joy and his despair are amplified by one another, and are thus intimately correlated. When he speaks of war, the sense of tragedy is derived from an imagining of war's opposite: the virginal beauty of nature, the healing properties of love, the ecstasy of spiritual communion. When he rejoices in these sensations, it is in a spirit of violent disavowal of ugliness.
What is collected in We Meet are his most surreal expressions of this dialectic, with a heavy emphasis on celebration. The vocabulary is wholly unique - his characters operate in a continuum whose outlandish parameters blur with our own, perhaps even coincide seamlessly. We see manifestations of ourselves, troubled creatures attempting to cultivate virtue, to connect. Like us, they do not always succeed. But the thread that binds their stories together is the possibility of consummation. Through the tribulations of Patchen's bizarre gallery we glimpse the end of a trajectory – a landscape of unmitigated togetherness. It is the faltering, the abandonment of that trajectory that sends him plummeting into rage.
Part of the umbrage seeps through in a few spots throughout the book, especially in the "Anything for Hurrah" section. Tones of fury and weariness underlie much of the "eccentricity," though the depth of that fury is obscured to anyone who is not familiar with Patchen's more confrontational work. Consequently, the selections here may come across as mere wordplay, whimsy, fancy. What gives Patchen's work its frequently overwhelming power is his anger, which, in this instance, is mostly implied. At his best (which is his most bellicose), his writing is more potent than 100 Howls compressed to the point of fission, exploding directly into one's heart and mind with the force of a dying star. What we see here is not really Patchen at his best.
It is unclear whether or not New Directions intends for this new volume to be an introduction for the uninitiated. If so, We Meet as a vehicle for popular revival may ultimately suffer from its lack of supernovas. Its great success is in encapsulating one very important element of his work. The book is a joy to read – engaging, funny, fascinating. But it represents the least seductive of the elements: in Patchen’s reality, the phantasmagoric picnic is the reward at the end of a very long, very unsettling journey through the valley of the shadow. And without the hike, the meal loses some of its flavor. - archives.evergreen.edu/webpages/curricular/2007-2008/poetryny/kenneth-patchen-we-meet.html


Kenneth Patchen is an iconoclast. In the annals of American poetry, he is a true heretic. And if there are any religious images left standing in the realm of poetry, he has sought to topple them, to fragment them and to set them ablaze beneath his laser-like poetic gaze. In the process, he has influenced a great many who have sought to incorporate his unique style–a cross between Lewis Carroll and André Breton with a little bit of the showmanship of Fellini thrown in for good measure.
A brief bio: Patchen was born in Niles, Ohio, on December 13, 1911. Shortly after high school, he moved to Wisconsin. During this time, he sent a sonnet, “Permanence,” to the New York Times, who published it. In 1933, he married Miriam Oikemus who became his lift-long companion, helping him through the very difficult periods to follow. They lived in Greenwich Village for a while. In 1936, he published his first book Before The Brave. In 1937, during his stay in New York City, while helping a friend repair his car, Patchen suffered a spinal injury resulting in his experiencing severe pain for the rest of his adult life. This was compounded when, several years later, he was being taken for surgery when the orderlies dropped him from the stretcher resulting in his being bed-ridden for the rest of his life. He and Miriam moved to San Francisco where he became involved with Laurence Ferlinghetti and Kenneth Rexroth in the development of jazz poetry. He performed on several occasions with Charlie Mingus. During his lifetime, he published over 40 books before he passed away on January 8, 1972.
Patchen was a pacifist and a strong advocate of social consciousness. As Larry R. Smith states, at p. 22 of his book Kenneth Patchen, “Thus initiated [through his involvement with unions and strikes at the steel mills of Ohio] to the accepted violence of human destruction, Patchen’s proletarian protest, which soon widened from this regional stance to include people impoverished anywhere by political and economic controls, remained one continuing facet of his varied art.” Smith goes on, at p. 33, to list “three pervading and felt principles” which “underl[ay] his world view and control[ed] his art,” these being “1) ‘man’s madness’ – the estrangement of man from his true life through the corruptions of violence, state, and materialistic controls, the inhumanity of man, and an insane conditioning by society; 2) ‘engagement’ – commitment to life through love, brotherhood, and a belief in the unity of life; 3) ‘wonder’ – an innocent, free, and imaginative response to the world’s beauty as the ideal approach to life.”
It is the latter, in the form of Dadaist and surrealist techniques, that will predominately inform the two books under review. We Meet opens with a brief and pitiful excuse for an introduction written by Devendra Banhart which is best ignored so that the reader can get right to the meat (pun intended) of Patchen’s later years. Contained within the pages of We Meet are several books from Patchen’s career: Because It Is (1960), Poemscapes (1958), A Letter To God (1946 – first published in Retort), Hurrah For Anything (1957), Aflame And Afun of Walking Faces (1970). The Walking-Away World, which opens with a vastly superior introduction, one that is well worth reading, by Jim Woodring, contains several more: Wonderings (1971), Hallelujah Anyway (1967) and But Even So (1968). Once this schemata is laid out, the dates of publication having been omitted in the published edition, one has to wonder why chronology was not followed–but that, and the introduction to We Meet, are minor irritants in an otherwise excellent offering.
Venturing bravely into these two books, the reader is immediately confronted with confusion for these are books unlike any others. Most poems in We Meet are accompanied by Patchen’s line drawings and are set in unusual typeface. This is no accident. Patchen was intimately involved with all stages of the production of his books, from writing the poems to selecting the typeface. As Smith states, at p. 65-6: “One of the primary unexplored relationships between Patchen and William Blake is their shared vision of the ‘total book.’…Following Blake’s model of the artist who maintains the purity of his vision, Patchen is thus involved in all aspects of creating and producing his art. For Blake and Patchen, a ‘beautiful’ or ‘total’ book is above all a model of engagement and wonder, capturing both artistic involvement and the personal sense of marvel necessary for the creative act.” Smith denies that Patchen is a surrealist, although he does have much in common with their movement. At. p. 67, he states: “Both believe in purging violence by expressing it; anger and joy are the predominant moods; both draw on the subconscious for imagery, often engaging in automatic writing; both mix abstract and concrete in their attempt to reconcile seeming opposites: sublime and trivial, universal and individual, sacred and profane. Both include the use of associative and rationally incongruent structure, as well as the characteristic use of titles for separate and ironic comment. But a fundamental and the paramount affinity is their shared ideal of the master creator of life and art–the ‘total artist.’”
We Meet opens with the poem “BECAUSE To Understand One Must Begin Somewhere.” Patchen wastes no time in letting the reader know what type of ride they are in for. And if the title were not enough, the poem begins with the lines: “John Edgar Dawdle married a little chicken/And went to live in a hatbox.” The title of each of the poems of Because It Is begins with the word BECAUSE. For example, “BECAUSE The Zebra-Plant Bore Spotted Cubs,” “BECAUSE Going Nowhere Takes A Long Time” and “BECAUSE There Are Roses, Swans, And Herbugazelles,” the latter demonstrating one of Patchen’s favorite devices: the combination of words or the adding on of nonce words to actual words.
The next book to be included in We Meet is Poemscapes, a radically different turn from Because It Is. Here we find fractured prose pieces each consecutively numbered up to 168. The only problem is that the pieces making up Poemscapes are not in consecutive order. For example, ‘THE LITTLE ESSAYS,” which begins at 9 with the question “Why have hands?” continues at 14, then 38, etc. “KINDNESS OF CLOWNS” begins at 42, then 43, then 44 luring the reader to expect that perhaps the next one is to be found on the next page at 45. The reader would be wrong, for the next insertion does not occur until 56 and proceeds by jumping all over the place. The writing style is similar to Because It Is, only in prose form. For example, in “THE PICKLED CHAFFINCH,” at p. 102, we read: “Destiny unmakes strange bedfellows. There was once a great number of people hastening to an inn. ‘Plenty Rooms’ they kept saying. Actually there were only three. Moreover, the inn was closed for seasonal repairs and refurbishments.”
A Letter To God is in chapbook format, and consists of a mixture of writing styles. For example, at p. 134: “Water is cruel water is cold kind water deep sweet water O then let me be quiet and quiet and still. For stranger stronger art thou.” ”Do you hate me?” ”I know thee not – not even in fear.”
In Hurrah For Anything, we come to Patchen’s jazz poetry. Regarding the Poetry-And-Jazz Movement, Smith states, at p. 129: “The chief motivation for the movement as expressed by Ferlinghetti and Rexroth was to give poetry a wider audience…Patchen varies here in the degree of his motivational direction. Although all three sought a larger audience for poetry, Patchen’s primary motivation was with the creation of the new art form.” As to Hurrah’s relation to this movement, Smith, at p. 132 states: “Also of note is that Patchen had developed in the selections from Hurrah his own poetry-jazz form. Carolyn See points out that this ‘book of peripheral jazz experiments’ is a collection of humorous, almost limerick pieces to be ‘read to a jazz riff that was written especially for it and for other humorous poems of the same length and mood.’” Hurrah opens with “Where?,” which was accompanied by a Charlie Parker piece titled “There’s A Place” on the recording Kenneth Patchen Reads with Jazz in Canada: “There’s a place the man always say/Come in here, child/No cause you should weep/Wolf never catch the rabbit”(147). You can hear the saxophone wailing in the background and Patchen outlined in the klieg lights as he stands and delivers his words. Another example, “A Word To The Sufficient”: “Won’t do you no good, Mr. Rabbit/Either you pays the rent/Or I perch my fist/On top your carrot-crusher”(176).
The last book included in We Meet is Aflame And Afun Of Walking Faces. Here Patchen imitates Aesop or perhaps La Fontaine with his own brand of fable. But these are definitely stamped with Patchen’s own brand of humour. For example, “How The Problem Of What To Hold Cream In Was Eventually Solved” begins, at p. 200, with the words: “Once upon a time a lovely little All-Blue-Pitcher fell sound asleep in the ram’s-wool shop, and so was left the whole night there.” Or “The Three Visitors,” at p. 224, where “an insouciant little Pelagic Breeze, finding himself in somewhat elegiacal surroundings with the declension of night, stealthway penetrated into the shanty of a certain unjocund Cup-fashioner, where, dismayed by the powdery glabosity of his host, he bagan, ebulliently, to cozen some exiticial catholicon.” There is no mistaking these for anyone else.
That draws us to the close of We Meet where we are very glad we did. And now we find ourselves introduced to The Walking-Away World where we discover his picture-poems. The three books contained here were written during the latter part of Patchen’s life when he was bedridden and, due to continuous pain, was unable to write poems of any significant length. This is not to dismiss these books as in any way inferior to those he had already written. As Smith says, at p. 27: “As Patchen so candidly confesses, the pain had a crucial influence on his writing, but what may not come across is that this pain could both limit and broaden the expression of his art. As an intimate with suffering, Patchen’s reservoir of pain could also serve to amplify his writer’s voice.” These picture-poems followed a natural progression from the line drawings which accompanied his earlier work. Miriam Patchen has described the “growing fusion of painting and writing as a progression from an ‘understanding’ in the ‘painted books,’ through an ‘engagement’ in the ‘drawings and poems,’ reaching a ‘marriage’ in the total synthesis of the ‘picture-poem’ form” (Smith, p. 153) which Smith describes as “an ultimate synthesis of painting and poem and a culminating achievement of [Patchen’s] ideals of the ‘total artist’ and the ‘total book”’(at p.160). It is unfortunately impossible to provide quotes from these picture-poems as one cannot quote a picture particularly when the picture and the poem are integral to each other and blend into each other on the page. And although the poems themselves are short, they are pithy, an example being the opening one which reads: “But if your precious illusion should turn out not to be real where then will you leap, my little flea.” Many, but not all, of the poems are handwritten. Those that are not may often be a combination of handwriting and various printing fonts. The fusion of poetry and painting found here is incredible particularly having been done by one languishing in severe pain. His body may have been affected but his mind remained sharp as the beak of a periwinkle groundsnapper.
Thank you, New Directions, for providing us with the incredible output from the last twenty years of Patchen’s life. These two books are an incredible read. And both are a visual feast. Kenneth Patchen is an iconoclast, but of the finest order. And if he didn’t have many in the way of predecessors, he left a heritage which many writers have subsequently sought refuge in. - John Cunningham  https://www.rattle.com/we-meet-and-the-walking-away-world-by-kenneth-patchen/


849394
Kenneth Patchen, Selected Poems, New Directions, 2015./1957.
read it at Google Books


This selection is drawn from ten earlier volumes by the poet who has been called "the most compelling force in American poetry since Whitman."
The late Kenneth Patchen was unique among contemporary poets for his direct and passionate concern with the most essential elements in the tragic, comic, blundering and at rare moments glorious world around us. He wrote about the things we can feel; with our whole being—the senselessness of war, the need for love among men on earth, the presence of God in man, the love for a beloved woman, social injustice and the continual resurgence of the beautiful in life.


1244466
Kenneth Patchen, What Shall We Do Without Us?: The Voice and Vision of Kenneth Patchen, Sierra Club Books, 1984.


Gathers picture poems by the Ohio-born writer and artist and offers a brief appreciation of Patchen and his work
Image result for Kenneth Patchen, The Argument of Innocence:
Kenneth Patchen, The Argument of Innocence: A Selection From the Arts of Kenneth Patchen, Scrimshaw Press, 1976.    
download it
read/watch it here


These are the cave drawings that future historians will study when looking back on that time known to some as the “twentieth century”, and known to others as that time before Nuclear War nearly wiped out all life on earth.


The great poet, novelist and artist Kenneth Patchen (1911-1972) created a number of wonderful “picture poems” like the one above, which also served as the title of my source for this image: The Argument of Innocence – A Selection from the Arts of Kenneth Patchen, by Peter Veres, The Scrimshaw Press, 1976. The painted text reads,
The Argument of Innocence
can only be lost
if it is won
Veres describes the evolution of the picture poems, and includes an elucidation of their genesis by the artist’s wife, Miriam Patchen (p. 53-60):
Although Patchen’s drawings of beasties and critters dated back to the 1950s, appearing on the handwritten pages of poetry in his silkscreen folios, it was only in the picture poems of the sixties (published by New Directions in black and white in Hallelujah Anyway, 1966, and But Even So, 1968), that the images and words achieved a truly integrated union, a symbiosis.
Patchen’s picture poems are magical, or, perhaps more properly, “fantastic.” They are messages from other lands, spoken in our vernacular by vaguely familiar creatures. Figures and words share a continuum of visual presence and form a counterpoint of meaning, an interchange of energies. Words as images, images as concepts, co-existing without subservience to each other, are combined to create a richer whole.
Patchen made nearly two hundred of these picture poems, all on very old off-white handmade paper, with uneven, uncut edges, all about eleven and a half by seventeen inches, which gives the impression of found, ancient manuscripts. Present in each of them is the spirit of the intensely personal and the intensely direct gift.
Miriam Patchen: It’s like so many things — inventors work all their lives on trying to do something. The thing they’re doing doesn’t happen and yet accidentally something else happens, and they discover or create something they hadn’t planned on.
In a way, this is almost what happened with Kenneth’s picture poems and painting poems. When he was very uncomfortable in Palo Alto [Patchen had an extremely painful, debilitating chronic spinal injury], bedfast and trying to do things, John Thomas, who is now and was then in the Department of Botany at Stanford, brought us, almost accidentally, some very strange old papers.
Kenneth always loved beautiful paper, lovely types, good books. But these very strange old papers were handmade, of great, great age. They were at Stanford and were used to press, or had been holding, botanical specimens that had come from France many, many years ago. Some of the papers literally went back to the days of Napoleon’s army, and John Thomas was rather shocked when he discovered that the paper was being thrown away and burned when they were reclassifying their botanical specimens. So he, too, was interested in paper and had a little press, and he and Kenneth decided that they might do a couple of Christmas cards on the paper or something like that. But he brought the paper to Kenneth, and Kenneth was just really so fascinated by the paper he would pore over it and pet it and look at it night after night when he couldn’t do anything else. Gradually he began to think that it would be a terrible waste not to do something desirable with the paper. Fine to do the Christmas cards and some printing, yes, but this paper should exist, and continue to exist, because it could; since it was pure rag paper, it could continue to exist for some purpose other than just being around.
He experimented a little with this and a little with that and gradually tested it with color, and that began to intrigue him more and more. And began to make him think of painting on the paper and doing color. Then color began to open up his mind to putting color in a sense visually into his poetry. That led to painting on the papers.
He did some black drawing pages on some of the paper, but still that wasn’t satisfactory enough for the paper’s honor. So gradually the painting forms evolved because of these papers.
My copy of The Argument of Innocence has a wonderful ring stain on the top right of the title page that seems to shine like a gray sun down upon on the title farther down the page. I liked this stained page so much I worked a copy of it into a painting a number of years back, also titled The Argument of Innocence. You can only lose it by winning. - Jay https://www.zinzin.com/observations/2012/kenneth-patchen-the-argument-of-innocence/




222617
Kenneth Patchen, Collected Poems, New Directions, 1969.
read it at Google Books


From the appearance in 1936 of Kenneth Patchen's first book, the voice of this great poet has been protesting war and social injustice, satirizing the demeaning and barbarous inanities of our culture--entrancing us with an inexhaustible flow of humor and fantasy.


Patchen is in his mid-fifties and has been turning out poems since the Thirties, that decade of strikes, dirty deals, tough guy lyricism, war clouds, surrealist hi-jinks, the Marx Brothers, and Clifford Odets. One could extend the catalogue to include Auden and the rise of the New Criticism, but that would have nothing to do with the style or interests of Kenneth Patchen. No, this is a poet who found his music in the pugnacious, paranoid restlessness of street corner dialogue, whose dramatic sense was sharpened by the newspaper headline and the offhand misery in the human interest columns, who mistook sentimentality for irony and irony for prophetic thunder, who externalized his sense of pain and rejection into the plight of the common man, who covered up his tenderness with screwball comedy and his passion with hallucinatory fantasy, who never became a Blakean visionary nor a Whitmanesque spokesman of the everyday. But he produced, in the course of an enormously prolific career, a handful of small sorrowing vignettes of himself and the world, one or two authentic shouts of joy or terror, and a great deal of botched, tinny, preachy, fragmented, dated, self-indulgent, long-winded serenades to the tears and laughter of Kenneth Patchen, dragon slayer of the powers that be and defender of the democratic dream. It is said that Patchen is a father of the Beats, which is true, and that he is one of our fine neglected poets, which, alas, is only half true. The fineness that artistry demands escapes him, though certain fine moments do not. - Kirkus Reviews


1650189


Kenneth Patchen, Hallelujah Anyway, New Directions, 1967.


This is a book to delight the mind and the eye - the first collection of the poet Kenneth Patchen's unique and remarkable "picture-poems." As a creative form, the Patchen picture-poem is descended from the "illuminated printing" of William Blake. Blake devised an etching process for his pages of hand-lettered poems; but Patchen works more freely with watercolor, casein, inks, and other media, as he blends word and image in intricate but always visually compelling patterns of shape, color, and meaning. The fusion of two arts in Hallelujah Anyway gives us an intensification and an enlargement of the poetic process - an extra dimension - not in the limited sense of an "illustrated" poem (Patchen does not write a poem and then simply draw a picture to go with it), but as a new kind of simultaneous creativity.


This is a book to delight the mind and the eye - the first collection of the poet Kenneth Patchen's unique and remarkable "picture-poems." As a creative form, the Patchen picture-poem is descended from the "illuminated printing" of William Blake. Blake devised an etching process for his pages of hand-lettered poems; but Patchen works more freely with watercolor, casein, inks, and other media, as he blends word and image in intricate but always visually compelling patterns of shape, color, and meaning. The fusion of two arts in Hallelujah Anyway gives us an intensification and an enlargement of the poetic process - an extra dimension - not in the limited sense of an "illustrated" poem (Patchen does not write a poem and then simply draw a picture to go with it), but as a new kind of simultaneous creativity.

+++
http://drawingamerica.blogspot.hr/2010/07/hallelujah-anyway.html


1373914

Kenneth Patchen, Wonderings, New Directions, 1971.
excerpts


Here in these pages the extraordinary rage and power of Patchen's imagination, and the virtuosity of his technique, were never more striking-their impact is indeed breathtaking. His new universe is exciting and spirit-cleansing. the light streaming from the hand and heart of this poet-artist illuminates the darkness, the sordid and confused pettiness of our day-to-day existence.


Years ago the English critic and novelist Alex Comfort said of Kenneth Patchen’s work that its impact was so immediate and overwhelming as to render analysis and evaluation of it nearly impossible. That judgment bears up very well—particularly for anyone attempting a description of Wonderings! Here in these pages the extraordinary range and power of Patchen’s imagination, and the virtuosity of his technique, were never more striking—their impact is indeed breathtaking. His new universe is exciting and spirit-cleansing. The light streaming from the hand and heart of this poet-artist illuminates the darkness, the sordid and confused pettiness of our day-to-day existence. Wonderings may defy classification, but we believe it is Kenneth Patchen’s masterpiece in an art form which he originated.



Kenneth Rexroth: Kenneth Patchen,  Naturalist of the Public Nightmare


Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Related image
Largely a self-taught writer, Kenneth Patchen never appeared to win widespread recognition from the professors at universities or many literary critics. As the New York Times Book Review noted, "While some critics tended to dismiss his work as naive, romantic, capricious and concerned often with the social problems of the 1930's, others found him a major voice in American poetry.... Even the most generous praise was usually grudging, as if Patchen had somehow won his place through sheer wrongheaded persistence."
The bulk of Patchen's followers were and still are young people. Kenneth Rexroth once pointed out that "during the Second World War and the dark days of reaction afterwards [Patchen] was the most popular poet on college campuses." One reason for the attraction of generations of college-age readers to Patchen may be the quality of timelessness of his beliefs and ideas. An article in the New York Times explained that Patchen's antiwar poetry—written in response to atrocities of World War II—was embraced by students protesting the Vietnam War in the late 1960s.
A writer for the New York Times Book Review once wrote that "there is the voice of anger—outspoken rage against the forces of hypocrisy and injustice in our world. Patchen sees man as a creature of crime and violence, a fallen angel who is haunted by all the horrors of the natural world, and who still continues to kill his own kind: 'Humanity is a good thing. Perhaps we can arrange the murder of a sizable number of people to save it.'"
In the 1950s Patchen became famous in poetry circles for reading his poetry to the accompaniment of jazz music.

Poems at Poetry Foundation


and at PoemHunter
page from Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen


Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen


Image result for Kenneth Patchen


Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen


Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen
Image result for Kenneth Patchen

Matthew Remski - Half cartoon and half ritual, Silver asks: Does photography murder us? Is reality itself pornographic? Was Christ's tomb the first pinhole camera? Why do we feel dead?

$
0
0
Image result for Matthew Remski, Silver,
Matthew Remski, Silver, Insomniac Press, 1998.
matthewremski.com/wordpress/books/fiction/


Matthew Remski's second novel, Silver, is an absurdist eulogy for the 20th century with a cast of thousands, including Leni Riefenstahl, Dorothy Stratten, J.P. Morgan, the Silver Surfer, and Bob Barker, with cameos by a born-again-dead-again Jesus Christ.
Half cartoon and half ritual, Silver asks: Does photography murder us? Is reality itself pornographic? Was Christ's tomb the first pinhole camera? Why do we feel dead?
In a maze of visualizations that will enrage and enlighten, Remski tells the terrifying story of power. Power: transferred from fascism to corporate America on the backs of pin-up queens, rape victims, and misunderstood saviours.



Like David Foster Wallace, Matthew Remski seems to be struggling with the aesthetic legacy of the high postmodernists: How is the young contemporary writer to make the lessons of the masters his own and then move beyond them? Silver, Remskiâ’s response to this dilemma, is nothing less than a parody of Gravity’s Rainbow, but it’s also something more: he has the style down and also the weird imagination and encyclopedic knowledge; but where rocket-obsessed GR is, some would claim, phallocentric, Silver explores the insidious fallout of phallocentrism.

The plot, which the following can only suggest, begins with investigative reporter Tyrone Pynchon scuffling through prewar Germany, uncovering the dangers behind the ascendant Nazis and pursuing a fascination with the Shroud of Turin. The novel then turns its attention to postwar America, where the Nazis, though defeated, have managed to perpetuate their fascist worldview. The desire to objectify others, most evident in Germany in the Holocaust, is manifested in North America in a male chauvinism that has been internalized by men and women. The Barbie doll, with its impossible image of female beauty and its dangerous lessons about commodification, was created, it turns out, by Klaus Barbie. Playgoy magazine is the brainchild of Nazi Hans Hugo Heffner. The climax of the novel is the inevitable coming together of events that result in the murder of Playmate Dorothy Stratten. (There’s also a wonderful digression about Jesus Christ’s post-Resurrection roamings, searching for meaning. Did you know He was the first Ronald McDonald?)

Silver is a work of incredible imagination, combining the comic and tragic in purposes aesthetic and ideological. Starting as an in-joke, it becomes an intelligent and challenging novel in its own right.
- Robert L. McLaughlin


Rick Moody wrote in his review of Mason & Dixon that writers of his generation have exactly one author with whom they must come to terms: Thomas Pynchon. This is hyperbole, to be sure, but it’s no exaggeration to say that many of our best writers work in the shadow of Gravity’s Rainbow in the way that folks like William Faulkner and William Gaddis worked in the shadow of Ulysses. William T. Vollmann and David Foster Wallace come instantly to mind, as do Carol De Chellis Hill and Richard Powers. Each of these writers is powerful enough and original enough to stand without GR as a crutch, but the influence is undeniable, and not talking about it would be like playing a game of literary Taboo. So then what’s a young, hyper-smart literary wunderkind to do but tackle the Rainbow head on?
This is exactly what Matthew Remski does in his new novel, Silver. Not just a Pynchon-esque novel, Silver is a long improvisation/meditation on Gravity’s Rainbow and its author, written almost exactly in Pynchon’s style. Hardly coy about his approach, Remski names his main character Tyrone Pynchon, fusing GR’s protagonist Tyrone Slothrop with Pynchon himself, and sets him down in pre-War Germany as an erudite, paranoid, and dissolute correspondent for the News of the World. Pynchon gets his NOW assignments through elaborately cabalistic means, sent by editors he’s never met, and the novel begins with him finding instructions tattooed in a Lewis Carroll-like spiral around a chance lover’s asshole: “Go to Berlin. Check out Mengele and the violinist, plus the Riefenstahl virus. Also look into the bunny trade….”
Resigned, Pynchon heads for the Reichstag, where his journalist’s credentials allow him to observe all manner of Nazi perversity. The violinist in question is a young Jew named Ghimel whose hands have been amputated and switched, his ability to re-learn the violin proving Mengele’s theory of the “ambidextrous and therefore unnatural, lawless, and uncentred nature of the Semite.” Ghimel serves as entertainer/lackey for the Nazi revelers, and his wrist wounds set up a powerful crucifixion motif that Remski explores throughout the rest of the novel.
Present in various capacities are Leni Riefenstahl, Josef Mengele, Klaus Barbie, and Hitler, as well as Hans Hugo Heffner, rabbit breeder, and Andrei Lupus Weber, Party composer. Mixing these historical and quasi-historical figures together, Remski addresses another of the book’s central motifs: the pornography of image, as illustrated by everything from film and propaganda to children’s toys (i.e. “Barbie” dolls). If there’s a central image to Silver, the way the Rocket is the central image to GR, it’s the Shroud of Turin—or more accurately a specific negative photograph of the Shroud, which Remski portrays as the ultimate pornography. The silver of the novel’s title refers to the silver used in photography, and the “Riefenstahl virus” is a cloud of silver that surrounds our Nazi pornographers, infecting everyone with whom they come in contact.
What’s interesting about the novel’s structure is that it surrounds Gravity’s Rainbow like Riefenstahl’s cloud of silver. The first forty-five pages all take place before GR, and, excluding a two-page “WWII Segue,” everything else takes place in GR’s aftermath. And true to Pynchon’s vision, Remski charts the Nazi diaspora all over the world. Weber and Eva Perón hit it off when the Nazis go to Argentina, the composer becoming her chief propagandist, and when burger-meister Ray Krok enters the picture, sights begin to be set on the ultimate destination: the States.
Around this point, the novel begins to break apart considerably, following the Rainbow’s trajectory downward into fragmentation. Tyrone Pynchon heads for America, aboard the U.S.S. Television, but he gets sidetracked by Their meddling, and as we see him fall more and more under Their control, he begins to disappear from the novel, à la Tyrone Slothrop. Taking several leaps in time, Silver follows the disparate storylines as they diverge and recross in masterfully orchestrated lurches toward modern-day America. We see Ghimel’s child born and then emigrate to the States. We meet wholly new characters—most notably doomed “Playgoy” bunny Dorothy Stratten—and wait for them to intersect with the rest of the crew. And, most importantly, we watch the Nazi aesthetic infiltrate and infect America.
As in Gravity’s Rainbow, however, there are counterforces at work, if only fatalistic ones—namely the authors Pynchon and Remski themselves. Not nearly as self-indulgent as it sounds, Remski turns the novel into a profound examination of authorship and identity, and even when it gets a little wanky, Remski has volumes to tell us about the nature of reading and writing.
So the question is, with all this rampant Pynchania, is it possible that Silver is a great book? None of the setting or subject matter is Remski’s own, nor are the prose style or pacing. Some of his themes and motifs vary from Gravity’s Rainbow, although not by much. For all of its lack of originality, though, I’d have to say that Silver may be one of the most wildly brilliant—and weirdly original—novels in recent memory. Like the premise of Borges’ story “Pierre Menard, Author of the Quixote,” Silver is an astonishing experiment in mimesis. The prose style is so outrageously Pynchonlike that a few times I thought it was Pynchon and that Matthew Remski was just one of his characters. And when Remski really gets going, he can pull off feats so outlandish that they rival some of Pynchon’s best bits.
Overall, however, Remski is no Pynchon. Nobody is. As brilliant as Remski may be, his vision is much smaller, and his scope far narrower. For all its plenitude, Silver often finds Remski doing the things we expect and understand Pynchon to do—and usually stopping before things get too dense and the counter-counter-counter-plots get too confusing. Nevertheless, Remski is an out-and-out genius. And even though it contents itself with remaining under the Rainbow, Silver just might be a great book. David Wiley  http://www.raintaxi.com/  Summer 1999


Dying for Veronica: A Sub-Catholic Dream with Mind-Music
Matthew Remski, Dying for Veronica: A Sub-Catholic Dream With Mind-Music: A Novel, Insomniac Press, 1997.                   


Matthew Remski's first novel, set in 1970s Toronto, is an incestuous love story of bizarre proportions. The narrator recalls an unhappy and twisted childhood spent with his sister Veronica, whom he is in love with - which leads to an even more unhappy adulthood. Shot through with black humour and biting satire, Dying for Veronica is rich with dark secrets. It draws deeply on the often mysterious imagery of Catholic mythology and its collision with - and submersion by - modern North American culture.


A young man is coming of age at the intersection of a broken Catholicism and a rupturing postmodernity. His sister initiates him into transgression, shadow-play, and the sublime. Then she vanishes. He writes a long love-letter to her and his own silence, shredding both liturgy and language in passionate confession of whatever comes after faith. A second edition of Matthew Remski's ground-breaking first novel.


“Remski writes a rich work, whose blasphemous intensities evoke the broken genius of Rimbaud or Baudelaire.” -- Christian Bök


Early in Dying for Veronica, Matthew Remski’s more-gothic-than-Catholic, guilt-ridden first novel, the author writes: “The room filled with the light you see when the purple curtains of your confessional cleave open like the dress of a whore mounting the steps of a gallows.” It’s an unwieldy image, but for all the force and apparent seriousness, it is an apt description of the sublime sensibility on which this novel depends.
And so, Remski has issued a challenge: a novel that pursues a story through a series of portentous, ludicrous pronouncements. For the most part, Dying for Veronica does away with the restraints of plot, offering in its place a man remembering his unholy love for his sister. The setting is a Catholic church and the story (such as it is) unfolds as a kind of passion play that both condemns the narrator to his nostalgic, repugnant lust and redeems him from it.
What actually happens to Veronica, an elusive saint/whore/virgin archetype is difficult to tell. Molested by her father (Our Father, in the novel), a drunken lout who received free room and a small salary as caretaker of the church, she learns to give her body like a sacrament, even to her brother. Eventually, she finds redemption in a convent, becoming the Sister her now-adult brother – the organist at the cathedral, plunking the keys and mooning for his irreverent childhood – can never have.
The question at the heart of Dying for Veronica, though, isn’t so much, “What happens to Veronica?” as, “What happens to personal history?” In searching for truth in the past, Remski seeks the gloriously religious. Dying for Veronica is more ritual than substance, and while the prose is at times overwrought, Remski still manages to convey what it once must have been like to believe. - Hal Niedzviecki   https://quillandquire.com/review/dying-for-veronica/

Lawrence Sutin - Spanning over two centuries, this inventive novel follows fictional writer Hector de Saint-Aureole and his novel, and includes imaginary responses from his imaginary readers. It is an intrepid, whimsical read that delights with its sense of play and twisting narrative

$
0
0


Image result for Lawrence Sutin, When to Go into the Water,
Lawrence Sutin, When to Go into the Water, Sarabande Books, 2009.






This short novel, interlaced with vintage postcard images, details in small chapters the life of Hector de Saint-Aureole, the author of a book of reflections entitled When to Go Into the Water. The novel contains a book within a book and multiple lives, including those of readers, within the protagonist’s life story.


In discrete, delightfully composed vignettes, Sutin, a biographer of Aleister Crowley and Philip K. Dick, tells the rags-to-riches story of a French peasant farmer. Born in 1900 on a farm in eastern France, Hector de Saint-Aureole, the humble protagonist of this clever pseudobiography, gravitates first to Paris, where he works as a renderer in an abattoir, then to London, where he becomes a barman in Bloomsbury. Luck strikes the young man in the form of a friendship with a Scotsman who dies and leaves Hector his considerable estate: “a fortune to assure a lifetime of ease and choice.” Hector sets out to explore the world, determined to leave a record of his passage, which takes the shape of his life's opus, When to Go into the Water . Sutin alternates this factual-sounding narrative of Hector's journeys with more contemporary dispatches about readers who have over the decades come upon Hector's work, e.g., “a fading male movie star of the 1990s.” It's fascinating to watch Sutin turn his biographer's wiles toward fiction, and the result is charmingly original and intelligent. - Publishers Weekly


Image result for The Seeming Unreality of Entomology


Lawrence Sutin, The Seeming Unreality of Entomology, See Double Press, 2016. 


The Seeming Unreality of Entomology is a never-before published erasure book by Lawrence Sutin. It is a dream of spacious interspecies unity that also warns against the dire threat of knowing too much and finding it too little. Some of the pictures are funny.


Of Sutin’s work in the erasure genre, a Nepalese Sherpa has written: “When commencing a climb of a challenging peak, the last thing one wants to take along is a largish book with such engrossing content that it causes one to lose one’s way. If I were to pack such a book, I would pack Lawrence Sutin’s The Seeming Unreality of Etymology."
Image result for The Seeming Unreality of Entomology
Image result for The Seeming Unreality of Entomology
Image result for The Seeming Unreality of Entomology
Image result for The Seeming Unreality of Entomology



All Is Change: The Two-Thousand Year Journey of Buddhism to the West


A historical narrative that traces the exchanges between Buddhism and the West from the time of Alexander the Great to the current-day creation of a Western Buddhism, including the impacts of Western colonialism and orientalism.


A Postcard Memoir


This memoir is written in lyric and subjective short sections accompanied by images from postcards drawn from the author’s collection. The interplay of text and images (from other settings, other lives) and the exploration of inner experiences makes this a distinctive, experimental, yet accessible reading experience.


Do What Thou Wilt: A Life of Aleister Crowley


A full-scale biography of the leading Western occultist of the twentieth century, a man whose legendary status as “The Great Beast” has overshadowed both his genuine achievements and his genuine failures. Crowley was a brilliant modernist theoretician of Western esoteric thought.


Jack and Rochelle: A Holocaust Story of Love and Resistance


This book, assembled from interviews with my parents Jack and Rochelle Sutin, provides a vivid account both of Jewish partisan life during World War Two and of a love that blossomed during the Holocaust and continued through sixty-eight years of marriage.


The Shifting Realities of Philip K. Dick: Selected Literary and Philosophical Writings


An assemblage of Philip K. Dick’s most significant essays with Exegesis material included as well.


In Pursuit of Valis: Selections from the Exegesis


The first selection from the late philosophical and personal notebooks of Philip K. Dick


Divine Invasions: A Life of Philip K. Dick


The first major biography of Philip K. Dick, who in the years since this biography appeared has gone on to become a recognized master of twentieth-century American literature.

Why Do We Need to Think We Agree on Reality? — Lawrence Sutin
Viewing all 2176 articles
Browse latest View live